Download Memorex MT-1091 Owner`s manual
Transcript
Introduction Connections VIDEO/AUDIO 2 18 DIGITAL VIDEO Basic playback DVD VIDEO/AUDIO PLAYER SD-4800 OWNER’S MANUAL Advanced playback Quick control Function setup Others 79077215 S PM0004884010 © 2002 Toshiba Corporation Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 26 34 46 56 68 IMPO Introduction CAUTION: P OWNERÕS M FUTURE RE About this Introduction SAFETY PRECAUTIONS See instructions The the page in in thisformanual details.describe the functions on the remote control. See the page in for details. 13. Unplug this apparatus during lightning storms or when unused flash for long The lightning withperiods arrowhead symbol, within an equilatWARNING of time. eral triangle, is intended to alert the user to the presence of RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK uninsulated “dangerous voltage” within the product’s encloDO NOT OPEN sure that may be sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE NE Notes on handling Notes Playable onof discs moisture condensation PAS and OUVRIRmanufactured to assure of electric shock to persons. Front panel control ThisRemote setAVIS has been designed personal safety. Improper use can result in electric shock or shipping fire manual hazard. The safeguards incorporated unit will you observe thediscs. following When theREDUCE DVD player, the original shipping Moisture condensation damages the DVD player. This owner’s explains theRISK basic instructions ofin this This DVDprotect player you can ifplay the following WARNING : TO THE OF exclamation point within annot equilateral triangle inprocedures installation, use and servicing. This unit is Please fully transistorized and does contain any parts is that carton andfor packing come in are handy. For read the following carefully. ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE this DVD player. Somematerials DVD video discs produced in The COVER (ORprotection, BACK). NO USERSERVICEABLE 26 orthe operatcan be repaired by the user. maximum repack unit operation as it was during tended to alert the user to the presence of important a manner that allows specific limited Disc Discwhen Mark Moisture is condensation occurs, for Contents example, when you PARTS INSIDE. REFER SERVICINGservice TO 14. Refer all servicing toCABINET qualified personnel. Servicing required 56 packed at the factory. playback. As such, the DVD player may not respond to MAY ing and (servicing) instructions in Drops theSize literature DOoriginally NOT REMOVE THE COVER, OR YOU BEmaintenance TO DANGEROUS VOLTAGE. QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL. pour aEXPOSED cold drink into a glass on a warm day. of the apparatus has been damaged in any way, such as power-supply cord or Do notSERVICING usecommands. volatile liquids, such spray, near accompanying all operating is notas a insect defect in the PERSONNEL DVD 26 the appliance. REFER TOThis QUALIFIED SERVICE ONLY. waterhave form fallen on the outside of the glass. In the68 same way, plug is damaged, liquid has been spilled or objects into the the DVD Do not leave or plastic player. Referplayer. to instruction notesrubber of discs. moisture may condense on the optical pick-up lens apparatus, the apparatus has been exposed to rain or moisture, does not products in contact with the DVD 19 player for a long 12 cmof inside this unit, one of the most crucial internal 68parts operate normally, or has been dropped. will on leave on the finish.operation. ” mayThey appear themarks TV screen during “ time. Thethe symbol CLASS II (Double Insulation) DVDfor player. video top andthat rearthe panels of theisDVD player may operation not permitted by the A “The” means 39 68 DVD le of mo re Examp ensat istu(moving 1. become Read warm after DVD playerthese or theinstructions. disc.a long period of use. This is not a i d on! pictures) video con malfunction. + discs 46 68 Audio When the DVDTO player is not in use,RISK be sure WARNING: REDUCE THE OFto FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT EXPOSE THIS APPLIANCE Notes on region numbers remove the disc and turn off theMOISTURE. power. 8 cm THE TO RAIN OR DANGEROUS HIGH VOLTAGES ARE PRESENT INSIDE 47 48Optical pick-up If you do not use the DVD player a long period, lens ENCLOSURE. DOfor NOT OPEN THE CABINET. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL The region number of this DVD player 1. If region the unit may not function properly in isthe future. Turnat a moderate level. If you use 15. When you use headphones, keep the volume ONLY. numbers, which stand for their playable area, printedsound, it may cause hearing on and use the DVDcontinuously player the headphones with highare volume 30 occasionally. Moisture condensation occurs during the on your DVD video disc and you do not find 1 or ALL , 2. Keep these instructions. damage. CAUTION: ELECTRIC WIDE BLADE FULLY 12 cm 56 following cases. OF PLUG TO WIDE SLOT, disc playback will TO not PREVENT be allowed by the player.SHOCK, (In this MATCH DVD INSERT. Notes on locating case, the DVD player will display a message on-screen.) Audio from a cold audioyou bring the DVD player directly When discsto a warm place. 56 place 8 cm Place the DVDPOUR player on a levelLES surface. Do not use it ATTENTION: CHOCS ELECTRIQUES, INTRODUIRE LA LAME PLUS DE LA 31EVITER When you use the DVD playerLA in a roomLARGE where you on a shaky or unstable surface such as a wobbling On VIDEO CDsDANS FICHE LA BORNE CORRESPONDANTE DE LA PRISE ET POUSSER JUSQU’AU FOND. just turned on the heater, or a place where 56the cold 28 The loaded disc may come off table or inclined stand. wind from the air conditioner directly hits the unit. the proper position cause damage to the DVD This DVD player supports VIDEO CDs equipped with 3. Heed alloverload warnings. CAUTION: This and Digital Video Disc Player employs System. cm In summer, when you use the DVD player in a12 hot 16. Do not wall outlets; extension cords, aorLaser integral convenience video31 28function. (PBC is the abbreviation theplayer. PBC (VersionTo 2.0) humid justmanual after youcarefully move the unitretain from for an ensure proper use of this product, pleaseand read this place owner’s and receptacles as this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock. (moving When youControl.) place this DVD a TV, radio, or of Playback You canplayer enjoy near two playback VIDEO air conditioned room.an authorized future reference. Should the unit require maintenance, contact service location pictures) 26 28 VCR, the playback on picture become poor and the CDs you use the DVD player in a humid variations depending typesmay of discs. + When place. service procedure. DIGITAL VIDEO sound may be see distorted. In this case, place the DVD Audio 27 8 cm • VIDEO CD not equipped with PBC function player away from radio, or or adjustments VCR. Usethe ofTV, controls or performance of procedures other than those herein too It’sspecified (Version Rear1.1) panel ! warm 27be played may result in hazardous radiation 29 Sound and movie can on this DVD playerexposure. in 4.the Follow instructions. same all way ascleaning an audio – + Notes on 38 CD. To prevent direct exposure to laser beam, do not try to open the enclosure. • VIDEO CD equipped with PBC function 1312 cm 17. Never insert Visible objectsand of any kind into this apparatus through openings as defeated. they invisible laser radiation when open and interlocks Audio (Version 2.0) Usemay a soft, dry cloth cleaning. Audio touch dangerous voltageINTO points or short-out partsCDs that could result in a DOfor NOT STARE BEAM. In addition to operation a cloth VIDEO not equipped 40of 138 cm For dirt,shock. soak the in aCD weak firestubborn or electric Never spill liquiddetergent of any kind on the apparatus. with the PBC function, you canUse enjoy playback ofwipe (CD single) solution, wring well and wipe. a dry cloth to 41 42digital device, FCC NOTICE: This with equipment has been and found to comply with the limits for a Class B interactive software search function bytested using the it dry. menu displayed on the TV screen (Menu Playback). pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rule. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection Do not use the DVD player when moisture Do not use any type of31 solvent, such as thinner and The following discs areoccur. also available. 31 5.Some Do not use this apparatus water. of the in this owner’s condensation may against harmfulnear interference residential installation. benzine, as functions they may described damage the surface of in theaDVD DVD-R discs of DVD video format manual workequipment with some generates, discs. uses, and can radiate radio energy and, if not installed player. may notThis discs player of CD-DA format IfCD-R/CD-RW you use thefrequency DVD in such a situation, it may and used in accordance with the unit, instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio If you use a chemical saturated cloth to clean Some of these discs may be incompatible. damage discs and internal parts. Remove the disc, follow that product’s instructions. communications. connect the power cord of the DVD player 37 35to the wall However, there is no guarantee that interference will inother aplayer, particular installation. outlet, turnnot on occur the DVD leave it for two or • You cannot play discs thanand those listed above. 36 35 three hours. After or three hours, the which DVD player If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio ortwo television reception, can be • You cannot play DVD-RAM discs or non-standardized To obtain a clear picture will have warmed up and evaporated any moisture. discs, etc., even if they may be labeled as above. determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the 6. Clean only with dry cloth. Keep the player DVD player connected to thesystem. wall outlet and • This DVD uses the NTSC color interference by one or more of the following measures: The DVD player is a high technology, precision device. If moisture condensation will seldom occur. the optical pick-up- lens and disc drive parts dirty or antenna. Reorient or relocate theare receiving worn down, the picture qualitythe deteriorates. obtain a the equipment and receiver. - Increase separationTobetween * MENU button clear picture, we recommend regular inspection W - Connect the equipment intoand an outlet on a circuit different that to which the receiver is aifrom t! the Use MENU button to display the maintenance (cleaning or parts replacement) every connected. menu included on many DVD video 1,000 hours of use depending on the operating Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician discs. for help. To operate a menu, follow the environment. For -details, contact your nearest dealer. instructions in “Locating a title using WARNING: Changes or modifications made to this equipment, not expressly approved by Toshiba, or the top menu.” 30 parties authorized by Toshiba, could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 2 18. 7. Do not your block fingers any well ventilation clearanofALL-POLE the openings. disc tray Install as it SWITCH is in closing. accordance Neglecting withto the do TheKeep instructions shall state that MAINS with a contact separation of at least 3 mm in manufacturer’s so mayshall cause instructions. personal each pole be serious incorporated in theinjury. electrical installation of the building. DVD video disc Retain this information for future reference. Title 2 Title 1 Playback side Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Do attach paper or tapedeformed, to discs. or repaired disc. These discs are easily 20. Donot not use cracked, Location the arequired label 9. broken Do notofdefeat thecause safety purpose of the polarized grounding-type plug. A and may serious personal injury andorapparatus malfunction. polarized plug has two blades with one wider than the other. A grounding type plug has two blades and a third grounding prong. The wide blade or the third prong are provided for your safety. If the provided plug does not fitDVD intoaudio disc your outlet, consult an electrician for replacement of the obsolete Group 1outlet. Group 2 Track 1 Track 2 Track 1 Track 2 Track 3 On cleaning discs PRODUCT IS CERTIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER TO COMPLY WITH DHHS RULE 21 CFR SUBCHAPTER J APPLICABLE AT THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE. Fingerprints and dust on the disc cause picture and MANUFACTURED sound deterioration. Wipe the disc from the center VIDEO CD/Audio CD outwards with a soft cloth. Always keep the disc 10.clean. Protect the power cord from being walked on or pinched particularly at plugs, convenience receptacles, and the point where they exitTrack from1 the Track apparatus. 2 Track 3 Track 4 Track 5 1-1,SHIBAURA 1-CHOME,MINATO-KU. TOKYO 105-8001,JAPAN Each title, chapter, group, or track is assigned a number, which is called “title number”, “chapter number”, “group you cannot wipe off the dust with a softspecified cloth, wipe 11.IfOnly use attachments/accessories by thenumber” manufacturer. or “track number” respectively. the disc lightly with a slightly moistened soft cloth and There may be discs that do not have these numbers. finish with a dry cloth. Do not use any type of solvent such as thinner, benzine, commercially available cleaners or antistatic Notes on copyright spray for vinyl LPs. It may damage the disc. Introduction the titles are sub-divided into chapters. DVD audio discs 19. Dospaces not place a heavy object on orthe step on the The object may fall, In the provided below, record Model andapparatus. Serial No. located the rear of yourare DVD player. are divided intoon groups, andpanel the groups sub-divided 8. Do not install near any heatinjury sources as radiators, heat stoves, CDs are divided into causing serious personal andsuch serious damage to theregisters, apparatus. into tracks. VIDEO CDs/audio or other apparatus (including amplifiers) that produce heat. tracks. Model No. Serial No. Introduction CAUTION: Thesediscs servicing instructions are for use by Structure qualified serviceof personnel only. To reduce the risk of On handling disc contents electric shock do not perform any servicing other than that contained in the operating instructions unless youdisc. are qualified to doNormally, so. Do not touch the playback side of the DVD video discs are divided into titles, and It is forbidden by law to copy, broadcast, show, 12.Use only with the cart, stand, tripod, bracket, orbroadcast table specified on cable, by playthe in public, and rent copyrighted On storing discs manufacturer, or sold with the apparatus. When a cart is used, use caution material without permission. when moving the cart/apparatus combination to avoid injury from tip-over. Do not store discs in a place subject to direct sunlight or near heat sources. Do not store discs in places subject to moisture and dust such as a bathroom or near a humidifier. Store discs vertically in a case. Stacking or placing objects on discs outside of their case may cause warping. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals DVD video discs are copy protected, and any recordings made from these discs will be distorted. S3125A This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. 3 IMPO Introduction CAUTION: P OWNERÕS M FUTURE RE About this Introduction SAFETY PRECAUTIONS See instructions The the page in in thisformanual details.describe the functions on the remote control. See the page in for details. 13. Unplug this apparatus during lightning storms or when unused flash for long The lightning withperiods arrowhead symbol, within an equilatof time. eral triangle, is intended to alert the user to the presence of uninsulated “dangerous voltage” within the product’s enclosure that may be sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk Notes on handling Notes Playable onof discs moisture condensation of electric shock to persons. Front panel control ThisRemote set has been designed and manufactured to assure personal safety. Improper use can result in electric shock or shipping fire manual hazard. The safeguards incorporated unit will you observe thediscs. following When theexplains DVD player, the original shipping Moisture condensation damages the DVD player. This owner’s the basic instructions ofin this This DVDprotect player you can ifplay the following exclamation point within annot equilateral triangle inprocedures installation, and servicing. This unit is Please fully transistorized and does contain any parts is that carton andfor packing come in are handy. For read the following carefully. this DVD player. Somematerials DVD use video discs produced in The operatcan be repaired by the user.orthe maximum repack unit operation as it was during tended to alert the user to the presence of important a manner thatprotection, allows specific limited Disc Discwhen Mark Moisture is condensation occurs, for Contents example, when you 14. Refer allpacked servicing toCABINET qualified service personnel. Servicing required at the factory. playback. As such, the DVD player may not respond to MAY ing and (servicing) instructions in Drops theSize literature DOoriginally NOT REMOVE THE COVER, OR YOU BEmaintenance TO DANGEROUS VOLTAGE. pour aEXPOSED cold drink into a glass on a warm day. of the apparatus has been damaged in any way, such as power-supply cord or Do notSERVICING usecommands. volatile liquids, such spray, near accompanying all operating is notas a insect defect in the PERSONNEL DVD the appliance. REFER TOThis QUALIFIED SERVICE ONLY. waterhave form fallen on the outside of the glass. In the same way, plug is damaged, liquid has been spilled or objects into the the DVD Do not leave or plastic player. Referplayer. to instruction notesrubber of discs. moisture may condense on the optical pick-up lens apparatus, the apparatus hasplayer beenforexposed products in contact with the DVD a long to rain or moisture, does not 12 cmof inside this unit, one of the most crucial internal parts operate normally, or has been dropped. will on leave on the finish.operation. ” mayThey appear themarks TV screen during “ time. Thethe symbol CLASS II (Double Insulation) DVDfor player. video top andthat rearthe panels of theisDVD player may operation not permitted by the A “The” means DVD (moving 1. become Read warm after DVD playerthese or theinstructions. disc.a long period of use. This is not a video pictures) malfunction. + discs Audio When the DVDTO player is not in use,RISK be sure WARNING: REDUCE THE OFto FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT EXPOSE THIS APPLIANCE Notes on region numbers remove the disc and turn off theMOISTURE. power. 8 cm THE TO RAIN OR DANGEROUS HIGH VOLTAGES ARE PRESENT INSIDE If you do not use the DVD player a long period, ENCLOSURE. DOfor NOT OPEN THE CABINET. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL The region number of this DVD player 1. If region the unit may not function properly in isthe future. Turnat a moderate level. If you use 15. When you use headphones, keep the volume ONLY. numbers, which stand for their occasionally. playable area, printedsound, it may cause hearing on and use the DVDcontinuously player the headphones with highare volume Moisture condensation occurs during the or , on your DVD video disc and you do not find 2. Keep these instructions. damage. CAUTION: ELECTRIC WIDE BLADE FULLY 12 cm following cases. OF PLUG TO WIDE SLOT, disc playback will TO not PREVENT be allowed by the player.SHOCK, (In this MATCH DVD INSERT. Notes on locating case, the DVD player will display a message on-screen.) Audio from a cold audioyou bring the DVD player directly When discsto a warm place. place 8 cm Place the DVDPOUR player EVITER on a levelLES surface. Do not use it ATTENTION: CHOCS ELECTRIQUES, INTRODUIRE LA LAME PLUS DE LA When you use the DVD playerLA in a roomLARGE where you on a shaky or unstable surface such as a wobbling On VIDEO CDsDANS FICHE LA BORNE CORRESPONDANTE DE LA PRISE ET POUSSER JUSQU’AU FOND. just turned on the heater, or a place where the cold table or inclined stand. The loaded disc may come off wind from the air conditioner directly hits the unit. the proper position cause damage to the DVD This DVD player supports VIDEO CDs equipped with 3. Heed alloverload warnings. CAUTION: This and Digital Video Disc Player employs System. cm In summer, when you use the DVD player in a12 hot 16. Do not wall outlets; extension cords, aorLaser integral convenience video theplayer. PBC (Version 2.0) function. (PBCuse is the this abbreviation humid justmanual after youcarefully move the unitretain from for an pleaseand read this place owner’s and receptacles To as ensure this canproper result in aofrisk ofproduct, fire or electric shock. (moving When youControl.) place this DVD a TV, radio, or of Playback You canplayer enjoy near two playback VIDEO air conditioned room.an authorized future reference. Should the unit require maintenance, contact service location pictures) VCR, the playback on picture become poor and the CDs you use the DVD player in a humid variations depending typesmay of discs. + When place. service procedure. sound may be see distorted. In this case, place the DVD Audio 8 cm • VIDEO CD not equipped with PBC function player away from radio, or or adjustments VCR. Usethe ofTV, controls or performance of procedures other than those specified herein (Version Rear1.1) panel may result in hazardous radiation Sound and movie can be played on this DVD playerexposure. in 4.the Follow all instructions. same way as an audio CD. Notes on To cleaning prevent direct exposure to laser beam, do not try to open the enclosure. 12 cm • VIDEO CD equipped with PBC function 17. Never insert Visible objectsand of any kind into apparatus openings as defeated. they invisible laserthis radiation whenthrough open and interlocks Audio (Version 2.0) Usemay a soft, dry cloth cleaning. Audio touch dangerous voltageINTO points or short-out partsCDs that could result in a DOfor NOT STARE BEAM. In addition to operation a cloth VIDEO not equipped For dirt,shock. soak of the in aCD weak firestubborn or electric Never spill liquiddetergent of any kind on the apparatus. 8 cm with the PBC function, you canUse enjoy playback ofwipe (CD single) solution, wring well and wipe. a dry cloth to FCC NOTICE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, interactive software with search function by using the it dry. menu displayed on the TV screen (Menu Playback). pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rule. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection Do not use the DVD player when moisture Do not use any type of solvent, such as thinner and The following discs areoccur. also available. 5.Some Do not use this apparatus water. of the in this owner’s condensation may against harmfulnear interference residential installation. benzine, as functions they may described damage the surface of in theaDVD DVD-R discs of DVD video format manual workequipment with some generates, discs. uses, and can radiate radio energy and, if not installed player. may notThis discs player of CD-DA format IfCD-R/CD-RW you use thefrequency DVD in such a situation, it may and used in accordance with the unit, instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio If you use a chemical saturated cloth to clean Some of these discs may be incompatible. damage discs and internal parts. Remove the disc, follow that product’s instructions. communications. connect the power cord of the DVD player to the wall However, there is no guarantee that interference will inother aplayer, particular installation. outlet, turnnot on occur the DVD leave it for two or • You cannot play discs thanand those listed above. three hours. After or three hours, the which DVD player If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio ortwo television reception, can be • You cannot play DVD-RAM discs or non-standardized To obtain a clear picture will have warmed up and evaporated any moisture. discs, etc., even if they may be labeled as above. determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the 6. Clean only with dry cloth. Keep the player DVD player connected to thesystem. wall outlet and • This DVD uses the NTSC color interference by one or more of the following measures: The DVD player is a high technology, precision device. If moisture condensation will seldom occur. the optical pick-up- lens and disc drive parts dirty or antenna. Reorient or relocate theare receiving worn down, the picture qualitythe deteriorates. obtain a the equipment and receiver. - Increase separationTobetween * MENU button clear picture, we recommend regular inspection - Connect the equipment intoand an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is Use the MENU button to display the maintenance (cleaning or parts replacement) every connected. menu included on many DVD video 1,000 hours of use depending on the operating Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician discs. for help. To operate a menu, follow the environment. For -details, contact your nearest dealer. instructions in “Locating a title using WARNING: Changes or modifications made to this equipment, not expressly approved the top menu.” by Toshiba, or parties authorized by Toshiba, could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 2 18. 7. Do not your block fingers any well ventilation clearanofALL-POLE the openings. disc tray Install as it SWITCH is in closing. accordance Neglecting withto the do TheKeep instructions shall state that MAINS with a contact separation of at least 3 mm in manufacturer’s so mayshall cause instructions. personal each pole be serious incorporated in theinjury. electrical installation of the building. DVD video disc Retain this information for future reference. Title 2 Title 1 Playback side Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Do attach paper or tapedeformed, to discs. or repaired disc. These discs are easily 20. Donot not use cracked, Location the arequired label 9. broken Do notofdefeat thecause safety purpose of the polarized grounding-type plug. A and may serious personal injury andorapparatus malfunction. polarized plug has two blades with one wider than the other. A grounding type plug has two blades and a third grounding prong. The wide blade or the third prong are provided for your safety. If the provided plug does not fitDVD intoaudio disc your outlet, consult an electrician for replacement of the obsolete Group 1outlet. Group 2 Track 1 Track 2 Track 1 Track 2 Track 3 On cleaning discs PRODUCT IS CERTIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER TO COMPLY WITH DHHS RULE 21 CFR SUBCHAPTER J APPLICABLE AT THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE. Fingerprints and dust on the disc cause picture and MANUFACTURED sound deterioration. Wipe the disc from the center VIDEO CD/Audio CD outwards with a soft cloth. Always keep the disc 10.clean. Protect the power cord from being walked on or pinched particularly at plugs, convenience receptacles, and the point where they exitTrack from1 the Track apparatus. 2 Track 3 Track 4 Track 5 1-1,SHIBAURA 1-CHOME,MINATO-KU. TOKYO 105-8001,JAPAN Each title, chapter, group, or track is assigned a number, which is called “title number”, “chapter number”, “group you cannot wipe off the dust with a softspecified cloth, wipe 11.IfOnly use attachments/accessories by thenumber” manufacturer. or “track number” respectively. the disc lightly with a slightly moistened soft cloth and There may be discs that do not have these numbers. finish with a dry cloth. Do not use any type of solvent such as thinner, benzine, commercially available cleaners or antistatic Notes on copyright spray for vinyl LPs. It may damage the disc. Introduction the titles are sub-divided into chapters. DVD audio discs 19. Dospaces not place a heavy object on orthe step on the The object may fall, In the provided below, record Model andapparatus. Serial No. located the rear of yourare DVD player. are divided intoon groups, andpanel the groups sub-divided 8. Do not install near any heatinjury sources as radiators, heat stoves, CDs are divided into causing serious personal andsuch serious damage to theregisters, apparatus. into tracks. VIDEO CDs/audio or other apparatus (including amplifiers) that produce heat. tracks. Model No. Serial No. Introduction CAUTION: Thesediscs servicing instructions are for use by Structure qualified serviceof personnel only. To reduce the risk of On handling disc contents electric shock do not perform any servicing other than that contained in the operating instructions unless youdisc. are qualified to doNormally, so. Do not touch the playback side of the DVD video discs are divided into titles, and It is forbidden by law to copy, broadcast, show, 12.Use only with the cart, stand, tripod, bracket, orbroadcast table specified on cable, by playthe in public, and rent copyrighted On storing discs manufacturer, or sold with the apparatus. When a cart is used, use caution material without permission. when moving the cart/apparatus combination to avoid injury from tip-over. Do not store discs in a place subject to direct sunlight or near heat sources. Do not store discs in places subject to moisture and dust such as a bathroom or near a humidifier. Store discs vertically in a case. Stacking or placing objects on discs outside of their case may cause warping. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals DVD video discs are copy protected, and any recordings made from these discs will be distorted. S3125A This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. 3 IMPO Introduction CAUTION: P OWNERÕS M FUTURE RE About this Introduction SAFETY PRECAUTIONS See instructions The the page in in thisformanual details.describe the functions on the remote control. See the page in for details. 13. Unplug this apparatus during lightning storms or when unused flash for long The lightning withperiods arrowhead symbol, within an equilatof time. eral triangle, is intended to alert the user to the presence of uninsulated “dangerous voltage” within the product’s enclosure that may be sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk Notes on handling Notes Playable onof discs moisture condensation of electric shock to persons. Front panel control ThisRemote set has been designed and manufactured to assure personal safety. Improper use can result in electric shock or shipping fire manual hazard. The safeguards incorporated unit will you observe thediscs. following When theexplains DVD player, the original shipping Moisture condensation damages the DVD player. This owner’s the basic instructions ofin this This DVDprotect player you can ifplay the following exclamation point within annot equilateral triangle inprocedures installation, and servicing. This unit is Please fully transistorized and does contain any parts is that carton andfor packing come in are handy. For read the following carefully. this DVD player. Somematerials DVD use video discs produced in The operatcan be repaired by the user.orthe maximum repack unit operation as it was during tended to alert the user to the presence of important a manner thatprotection, allows specific limited Disc Discwhen Mark Moisture is condensation occurs, for Contents example, when you 14. Refer allpacked servicing toCABINET qualified service personnel. Servicing required at the factory. playback. As such, the DVD player may not respond to MAY ing and (servicing) instructions in Drops theSize literature DOoriginally NOT REMOVE THE COVER, OR YOU BEmaintenance TO DANGEROUS VOLTAGE. pour aEXPOSED cold drink into a glass on a warm day. of the apparatus has been damaged in any way, such as power-supply cord or Do notSERVICING usecommands. volatile liquids, such spray, near accompanying all operating is notas a insect defect in the PERSONNEL DVD the appliance. REFER TOThis QUALIFIED SERVICE ONLY. waterhave form fallen on the outside of the glass. In the same way, plug is damaged, liquid has been spilled or objects into the the DVD Do not leave or plastic player. Referplayer. to instruction notesrubber of discs. moisture may condense on the optical pick-up lens apparatus, the apparatus hasplayer beenforexposed products in contact with the DVD a long to rain or moisture, does not 12 cmof inside this unit, one of the most crucial internal parts operate normally, or has been dropped. will on leave on the finish.operation. ” mayThey appear themarks TV screen during “ time. Thethe symbol CLASS II (Double Insulation) DVDfor player. video top andthat rearthe panels of theisDVD player may operation not permitted by the A “The” means DVD (moving 1. become Read warm after DVD playerthese or theinstructions. disc.a long period of use. This is not a video pictures) malfunction. + discs Audio When the DVDTO player is not in use,RISK be sure WARNING: REDUCE THE OFto FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT EXPOSE THIS APPLIANCE Notes on region numbers remove the disc and turn off theMOISTURE. power. 8 cm THE TO RAIN OR DANGEROUS HIGH VOLTAGES ARE PRESENT INSIDE If you do not use the DVD player a long period, ENCLOSURE. DOfor NOT OPEN THE CABINET. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL The region number of this DVD player 1. If region the unit may not function properly in isthe future. Turnat a moderate level. If you use 15. When you use headphones, keep the volume ONLY. numbers, which stand for their occasionally. playable area, printedsound, it may cause hearing on and use the DVDcontinuously player the headphones with highare volume Moisture condensation occurs during the or , on your DVD video disc and you do not find 2. Keep these instructions. damage. CAUTION: ELECTRIC WIDE BLADE FULLY 12 cm following cases. OF PLUG TO WIDE SLOT, disc playback will TO not PREVENT be allowed by the player.SHOCK, (In this MATCH DVD INSERT. Notes on locating case, the DVD player will display a message on-screen.) Audio from a cold audioyou bring the DVD player directly When discsto a warm place. place 8 cm Place the DVDPOUR player EVITER on a levelLES surface. Do not use it ATTENTION: CHOCS ELECTRIQUES, INTRODUIRE LA LAME PLUS DE LA When you use the DVD playerLA in a roomLARGE where you on a shaky or unstable surface such as a wobbling On VIDEO CDsDANS FICHE LA BORNE CORRESPONDANTE DE LA PRISE ET POUSSER JUSQU’AU FOND. just turned on the heater, or a place where the cold table or inclined stand. The loaded disc may come off wind from the air conditioner directly hits the unit. the proper position cause damage to the DVD This DVD player supports VIDEO CDs equipped with 3. Heed alloverload warnings. CAUTION: This and Digital Video Disc Player employs System. cm In summer, when you use the DVD player in a12 hot 16. Do not wall outlets; extension cords, aorLaser integral convenience video theplayer. PBC (Version 2.0) function. (PBCuse is the this abbreviation humid justmanual after youcarefully move the unitretain from for an pleaseand read this place owner’s and receptacles To as ensure this canproper result in aofrisk ofproduct, fire or electric shock. (moving When youControl.) place this DVD a TV, radio, or of Playback You canplayer enjoy near two playback VIDEO air conditioned room.an authorized future reference. Should the unit require maintenance, contact service location pictures) VCR, the playback on picture become poor and the CDs you use the DVD player in a humid variations depending typesmay of discs. + When place. service procedure. sound may be see distorted. In this case, place the DVD Audio 8 cm • VIDEO CD not equipped with PBC function player away from radio, or or adjustments VCR. Usethe ofTV, controls or performance of procedures other than those specified herein (Version Rear1.1) panel may result in hazardous radiation Sound and movie can be played on this DVD playerexposure. in 4.the Follow all instructions. same way as an audio CD. Notes on To cleaning prevent direct exposure to laser beam, do not try to open the enclosure. 12 cm • VIDEO CD equipped with PBC function 17. Never insert Visible objectsand of any kind into apparatus openings as defeated. they invisible laserthis radiation whenthrough open and interlocks Audio (Version 2.0) Usemay a soft, dry cloth cleaning. Audio touch dangerous voltageINTO points or short-out partsCDs that could result in a DOfor NOT STARE BEAM. In addition to operation a cloth VIDEO not equipped For dirt,shock. soak of the in aCD weak firestubborn or electric Never spill liquiddetergent of any kind on the apparatus. 8 cm with the PBC function, you canUse enjoy playback ofwipe (CD single) solution, wring well and wipe. a dry cloth to FCC NOTICE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, interactive software with search function by using the it dry. menu displayed on the TV screen (Menu Playback). pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rule. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection Do not use the DVD player when moisture Do not use any type of solvent, such as thinner and The following discs areoccur. also available. 5.Some Do not use this apparatus water. of the in this owner’s condensation may against harmfulnear interference residential installation. benzine, as functions they may described damage the surface of in theaDVD DVD-R discs of DVD video format manual workequipment with some generates, discs. uses, and can radiate radio energy and, if not installed player. may notThis discs player of CD-DA format IfCD-R/CD-RW you use thefrequency DVD in such a situation, it may and used in accordance with the unit, instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio If you use a chemical saturated cloth to clean Some of these discs may be incompatible. damage discs and internal parts. Remove the disc, follow that product’s instructions. communications. connect the power cord of the DVD player to the wall However, there is no guarantee that interference will inother aplayer, particular installation. outlet, turnnot on occur the DVD leave it for two or • You cannot play discs thanand those listed above. three hours. After or three hours, the which DVD player If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio ortwo television reception, can be • You cannot play DVD-RAM discs or non-standardized To obtain a clear picture will have warmed up and evaporated any moisture. discs, etc., even if they may be labeled as above. determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the 6. Clean only with dry cloth. Keep the player DVD player connected to thesystem. wall outlet and • This DVD uses the NTSC color interference by one or more of the following measures: The DVD player is a high technology, precision device. If moisture condensation will seldom occur. the optical pick-up- lens and disc drive parts dirty or antenna. Reorient or relocate theare receiving worn down, the picture qualitythe deteriorates. obtain a the equipment and receiver. - Increase separationTobetween * MENU button clear picture, we recommend regular inspection - Connect the equipment intoand an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is Use the MENU button to display the maintenance (cleaning or parts replacement) every connected. menu included on many DVD video 1,000 hours of use depending on the operating Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician discs. for help. To operate a menu, follow the environment. For -details, contact your nearest dealer. instructions in “Locating a title using WARNING: Changes or modifications made to this equipment, not expressly approved the top menu.” by Toshiba, or parties authorized by Toshiba, could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 2 18. 7. Do not your block fingers any well ventilation clearanofALL-POLE the openings. disc tray Install as it SWITCH is in closing. accordance Neglecting withto the do TheKeep instructions shall state that MAINS with a contact separation of at least 3 mm in manufacturer’s so mayshall cause instructions. personal each pole be serious incorporated in theinjury. electrical installation of the building. DVD video disc Retain this information for future reference. Title 2 Title 1 Playback side Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Do attach paper or tapedeformed, to discs. or repaired disc. These discs are easily 20. Donot not use cracked, Location the arequired label 9. broken Do notofdefeat thecause safety purpose of the polarized grounding-type plug. A and may serious personal injury andorapparatus malfunction. polarized plug has two blades with one wider than the other. A grounding type plug has two blades and a third grounding prong. The wide blade or the third prong are provided for your safety. If the provided plug does not fitDVD intoaudio disc your outlet, consult an electrician for replacement of the obsolete Group 1outlet. Group 2 Track 1 Track 2 Track 1 Track 2 Track 3 On cleaning discs Fingerprints and dust on the disc cause picture and sound deterioration. Wipe the disc from the center VIDEO CD/Audio CD outwards with a soft cloth. Always keep the disc 10.clean. Protect the power cord from being walked on or pinched particularly at plugs, convenience receptacles, and the point where they exitTrack from1 the Track apparatus. 2 Track 3 Track 4 Track 5 Each title, chapter, group, or track is assigned a number, which is called “title number”, “chapter number”, “group you cannot wipe off the dust with a softspecified cloth, wipe 11.IfOnly use attachments/accessories by thenumber” manufacturer. or “track number” respectively. the disc lightly with a slightly moistened soft cloth and There may be discs that do not have these numbers. finish with a dry cloth. Do not use any type of solvent such as thinner, benzine, commercially available cleaners or antistatic Notes on copyright spray for vinyl LPs. It may damage the disc. Introduction the titles are sub-divided into chapters. DVD audio discs 19. Dospaces not place a heavy object on orthe step on the The object may fall, In the provided below, record Model andapparatus. Serial No. located the rear of yourare DVD player. are divided intoon groups, andpanel the groups sub-divided 8. Do not install near any heatinjury sources as radiators, heat stoves, CDs are divided into causing serious personal andsuch serious damage to theregisters, apparatus. into tracks. VIDEO CDs/audio or other apparatus (including amplifiers) that produce heat. tracks. Model No. Serial No. Introduction CAUTION: Thesediscs servicing instructions are for use by Structure qualified serviceof personnel only. To reduce the risk of On handling disc contents electric shock do not perform any servicing other than that contained in the operating instructions unless youdisc. are qualified to doNormally, so. Do not touch the playback side of the DVD video discs are divided into titles, and It is forbidden by law to copy, broadcast, show, 12.Use only with the cart, stand, tripod, bracket, orbroadcast table specified on cable, by playthe in public, and rent copyrighted On storing discs manufacturer, or sold with the apparatus. When a cart is used, use caution material without permission. when moving the cart/apparatus combination to avoid injury from tip-over. Do not store discs in a place subject to direct sunlight or near heat sources. Do not store discs in places subject to moisture and dust such as a bathroom or near a humidifier. Store discs vertically in a case. Stacking or placing objects on discs outside of their case may cause warping. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals DVD video discs are copy protected, and any recordings made from these discs will be distorted. This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. 3 IMPO Introduction CAUTION: P OWNERÕS M FUTURE RE About this Introduction SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Precautions Notes Identification on Discs of(continued) Controls (continued) See instructions The the page in in thisformanual details.describe the functions on the remote control. See the page in for details. 13. Unplug this apparatus during lightning storms or when unused flash for long The lightning withperiods arrowhead symbol, within an equilatWARNING of time. eral triangle, is intended to alert the user to the presence of RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK uninsulated “dangerous voltage” within the product’s encloDO NOT OPEN sure that may be sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE NE Notes on handling Notes Playable onof discs moisture condensation PAS and OUVRIRmanufactured to assure of electric shock to persons. Front panel control ThisRemote setAVIS has been designed personal safety. Improper use can result in electric shock or shipping fire manual hazard. The safeguards incorporated unit will you observe thediscs. following When theREDUCE DVD player, the original shipping Moisture condensation damages the DVD player. This owner’s explains theRISK basic instructions ofin this This DVDprotect player you can ifplay the following WARNING : TO THE OF exclamation point within annot equilateral triangle inprocedures installation, use and servicing. This unit is Please fully transistorized and does contain any parts is that carton andfor packing come in are handy. For read the following carefully. ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE this DVD player. Somematerials DVD video discs produced in The COVER (OR BACK). NO USERSERVICEABLE 26 orthe power operatcan beDVD repaired bybutton the user. maximum protection, repack unit operation as it was during tended to alert the user to the presence of important a manner that allows specific limited Disc Discwhen Mark Contents Moisture is condensation occurs, forbutton example, when you PARTS INSIDE. REFER SERVICINGservice TO 14. Refer all servicing toCABINET qualified personnel. Servicing required 56 SETUP packed at the factory. playback. As such, the DVD player26 may not respond to MAY ing and (servicing) instructions in Drops theSize literature DOoriginally NOT REMOVE THE COVER, ORDVDYOU BEmaintenance TO DANGEROUS VOLTAGE. 27 TV QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL. TV/VIDEO pour aEXPOSED cold drink into a glass on a warm day. of the apparatus has been damaged in any way, such as power-supply cord or Do notSERVICING usecommands. volatile liquids, such spray, near accompanying all operating is notas a insect defect in the PERSONNEL DVD 26 OPEN/CLOSE button the appliance. REFER TOThis QUALIFIED SERVICE ONLY. 26 the 27 waterhave form fallen on the outside of the glass. In the same way, 48 been spilled or objects 68 TV power button plug is damaged, liquid has into the DVD Do not leave or plastic player. Referplayer. to instruction notesrubber of discs. moisture may condense on the optical pick-up lens apparatus, the apparatus has been exposed rain or26 moisture, does not SETUP 26 products in contact with the DVD long to 19 player for aOPEN/CLOSE PROGRESSIVE button 12 cmof inside this unit, one of theTV/VIDEO most crucial internal 68parts button operate normally, or has been dropped. NU TOP ME NU ME will on leave on the finish.operation. ” mayThey appear themarks TV screen during “ time. Thethe symbol CLASS II (Double Insulation) DVDfor player. video CH top andbutton rearthe panels of theisDVD player may means that operation not permitted by the A “The”E.A.M. 39 VOL (Volume) buttons 68 E.A.M. PROGRESSIVE DVD VOL o le of m re Examp ensat istu(moving 1. become Read warm after DVD playerthese or theinstructions. disc.a long period of use. This is not a i d on! pictures) video con malfunction. + discs V-REMOTE button 46 68 CH EXPOSE (Channel) buttons Audio When the DVDTO player is not in use,RISK be sure -REMOTE WARNING: REDUCE THE OFto FIRE OR SHOCK, DO NOT THIS APPLIANCE VELECTRIC N K AV IC Notes on region numbers I remove the disc and turn off theMOISTURE. power. 8 cm THE QU TO RAIN OR DANGEROUS HIGH VOLTAGES ARE PRESENT INSIDE QUICK button 47 NAVI button 48Optical pick-up If you do not use the DVD player a long period, lens ENCLOSURE. DOfor NOT OPEN THE CABINET. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL The region number of this DVD player 1. If region the unit may not function properly in isthe future. Turnat a moderate 15. When you use headphones, keep the volume 13 level. If you use ONLY. numbers, which stand for their playable area, printedsound, it may cause hearing on and use the DVD player the headphones continuously with highare volume 30 occasionally. TOP MENU button MENU button* 31 38 on your DVD video disc and you do not find 1 or ALL , ENTER Moisture condensation occurs during the 2. Keep these instructions. damage. CAUTION: TO PREVENT ELECTRIC SHOCK, MATCH WIDE BLADE OF PLUG TO WIDE SLOT, FULLY Direction buttons 12 cm 56 following cases. 56 disc playback will not be allowed by the player. (In this DVD INSERT. ( / / / ) Notes on locating case, the DVD player will display a message on-screen.)30 Audio from a cold audioyou bring the DVD player19 When directly discs ENTER button 56 place to a warm place. CLEAR RETURN 8 cm 56 Place the DVD player on a levelLES surface. Do not use it ATTENTION: POUR CHOCS ELECTRIQUES, INTRODUIRE LA LAME PLUS DE LA 31EVITER CLEAR button When you use the DVD playerLA in a roomLARGE where you on a shaky or unstable surface such as a wobbling On VIDEO CDsDANS FICHE LA BORNE CORRESPONDANTE DE LA PRISE ET POUSSER JUSQU’AU FOND. 26 just turned on the heater, or a place where 56the cold RETURN button SKIP REV offFWD 28 The loaded disc may come REV button stand. table or inclined wind from the air conditioner directly hits the unit. the proper position cause damage to the DVD This DVD player supports VIDEO CDs equipped with 3. Heed alloverload warnings. CAUTION: This and Digital Video Disc Player employs System. cm In summer, when you use the DVD player in a12 hot 16. Do not wall outlets; extension cords, aorLaser integral convenience video31 28function. (PBC is the abbreviation FWD button2.0) theplayer. PBC (Version SKIPyou buttons PAUSE/STEP STOP and PLAY humid justmanual after move the unitretain from for an To ensure proper use of this product, please read this place owner’s carefully and receptacles as this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock. (moving When youControl.) place this DVD a TV, radio, or of Playback You canplayer enjoy near two playback VIDEO air conditioned room.an future reference. Should the unit require maintenance, contact authorized service location pictures) 26 PLAY button 28 PAUSE/STEP button VCR, the playback on picture become poor and the CDs you use the DVD player in a humid variations depending typesmay of discs. + When place. service procedure. DIGITAL VIDEO sound maybutton be see distorted. In this case, place the DVD Audio 27 STOP 8 cm • VIDEO CD not equipped with PBC function SLOW player away from radio, or or adjustments VCR. Usethe ofTV, controls orPAGE performance of procedures other than those herein too It’sspecified (Version 1.1) Rear panel ! warm 27be played may result in hazardous radiation PAGE 29 SLOW buttons Sound and buttons movie can on this DVD playerexposure. inZOOM FL DIMMER 4.the Follow all instructions. same way ascleaning an audio – + Notes on 38 CD. ZOOM buttons To prevent direct exposure to laser beam, do not try to open the enclosure. • VIDEO CD equipped with PBC function FL DIMMER button 1312 cm 17. Never insert Visible objectsand of any kind into apparatus openings as defeated. they invisible laserthis radiation whenthrough open and interlocks Audio (Version 2.0) ANGLE SUBTITLE AUDIO FL SELECT Usemay a soft, dry cloth cleaning. Audio touch dangerous voltageINTO points or short-out partsCDs that could result in a DOfor NOT STARE BEAM. In addition tobutton operation a cloth VIDEO not equipped 40of ANGLE FL SELECT button 138 cm For stubborn dirt,shock. soak the in aCD weak fire or electric Never spill liquiddetergent of any kind on the SEARCH apparatus. with the PBC function, you canUse enjoy playback ofwipe (CD single) solution, wring well and wipe. a dry cloth to 41 SUBTITLE button 42digital device, AUDIO 2 3to comply T FCC NOTICE: This equipment has been and found with the limits for abutton Class B interactive software with search function bytested using1the it dry. menu on the TV (Menu Playback). pursuant toscreen part such 15 ofas the FCC and Rule. TheseDo limits provide reasonable notare usedesigned the DVD to player when moisture protection Do Number notdisplayed use any type of31 solvent, thinner The following discs areoccur. also available. T button +10 19 near 4 5 6condensation 23 31 5.Some Do not usebuttons this apparatus water. of the in this owner’s may against harmful interference residential installation. benzine, as functions they may described damage the surface of in theaDVD DVD-R discs of DVD video format manual workequipment with some generates, discs. uses, and can radiate radio energy and, if not installed player. may notThis 18 discs player of CD-DA format you thefrequency DVD in such a situation, it may 7 8 9IfCD-R/CD-RW 0use 21 22 23 and used in accordance with the unit, instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio If you use a chemical saturated cloth to clean Some of these discs may be incompatible. damage discs and internal parts. Remove the disc, RANDOM MEMORY REPEAT A-B RPT follow that product’s instructions. communications. connect the power cord of the DVD player 37 RANDOM button 35to the wall A-B RPT button However, there is no guarantee that interference will inother aplayer, particular installation. outlet, turnnot on occur the DVD leave it for two or • You cannot play discs thanand those listed above. 36 MEMORY If button 35 REPEAT button three hours. After or three hours, the which DVD player this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio ortwo television reception, can be • You cannot play DVD-RAM discs or non-standardized To obtain a clear picture will have warmed up and evaporated any moisture. discs, etc., even if they may be labeled as above. determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the 6. Clean only with dry cloth. Keep the player DVD player connected to thesystem. wall outlet and • This DVD uses the NTSC color interference by one or more of the following measures: The DVD player is a high technology, precision device. If moisture condensation will seldom occur. the optical pick-up- lens and disc drive parts dirty or antenna. Reorient or relocate theare receiving worn down, the picture qualitythe deteriorates. obtain a the equipment and receiver. - Increase separationTobetween * MENU button clear picture, we recommend regular inspection 21 22 23circuit different W - Connect the equipment intoand an outlet on a that to which the receiver is aifrom t! the Use MENU button to display maintenance (cleaning or parts replacement) every Wall outlet the connected. 18 19 menu included on many DVD video 1,000 hours of use depending on the operating Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician discs. for help. To operate a menu, follow the environment. For -details, contact your nearest 18 dealer. instructions in “Locating a title using WARNING: Changes or modifications made to this equipment, not expressly approved by Toshiba, or the top menu.” 30 19 parties authorized by Toshiba, could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 2 Notes on Discs 18. 7. Do not your block fingers any well ventilation clearanofALL-POLE the openings. disc tray Install as it SWITCH is in closing. accordance Neglecting withto the do TheKeep instructions shall state that MAINS with a contact separation of at least 3 mm in manufacturer’s so mayshall cause instructions. personal each pole be serious incorporated in theinjury. electrical installation of the building. DVD video disc Retain this information for future reference. Title 2 Title 1 Playback side Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Do attach paper or tapedeformed, to discs. or repaired disc. These discs are easily 20. Donot not use cracked, Location the arequired label 9. broken Do notofdefeat thecause safety purpose of the polarized grounding-type plug. A and may serious personal injury andorapparatus malfunction. polarized plug has two blades with one wider than the other. A grounding type plug has two blades and a third grounding prong. The wide blade or the third prong are provided for your safety. If the provided plug does not fitDVD intoaudio disc your outlet, consult an electrician for replacement of the obsolete Group 1outlet. Group 2 Track 1 Track 2 Track 1 Track 2 Track 3 On cleaning discs Fingerprints and dust on the disc cause picture and sound deterioration. Wipe the disc from the center VIDEO CD/Audio CD outwards with a soft cloth. Always keep the disc 10.clean. Protect the power cord from being walked on or pinched particularly at plugs, convenience receptacles, and the point where they exitTrack from1 the Track apparatus. 2 Track 3 Track 4 Track 5 Each title, chapter, group, or track is assigned a number, which is called “title number”, “chapter number”, “group you cannot wipe off the dust with a softspecified cloth, wipe 11.IfOnly use attachments/accessories by thenumber” manufacturer. or “track number” respectively. the disc lightly with a slightly moistened soft cloth and There may be discs that do not have these numbers. finish with a dry cloth. Do not use any type of solvent such as thinner, benzine, commercially available cleaners or antistatic Notes on copyright spray for vinyl LPs. It may damage the disc. Introduction the titles are sub-divided into chapters. DVD audio discs 19. Dospaces not place a heavy object on orthe step on the The object may fall, In the provided below, record Model andapparatus. Serial No. located the rear of yourare DVD player. are divided intoon groups, andpanel the groups sub-divided 8. Do not install near any heatinjury sources as radiators, heat stoves, CDs are divided into causing serious personal andsuch serious damage to theregisters, apparatus. into tracks. VIDEO CDs/audio or other apparatus (including amplifiers) that produce heat. tracks. Model No. Serial No. Introduction CAUTION: Thesediscs servicing instructions are for use by Structure qualified serviceof personnel only. To reduce the risk of On handling disc contents electric shock do not perform any servicing other than that contained in the operating instructions unless youdisc. are qualified to doNormally, so. Do not touch the playback side of the DVD video discs are divided into titles, and It is forbidden by law to copy, broadcast, show, 12.Use only with the cart, stand, tripod, bracket, orbroadcast table specified on cable, by playthe in public, and rent copyrighted On storing discs manufacturer, or sold with the apparatus. When a cart is used, use caution material without permission. when moving the cart/apparatus combination to avoid injury from tip-over. Do not store discs in a place subject to direct sunlight or near heat sources. Do not store discs in places subject to moisture and dust such as a bathroom or near a humidifier. Store discs vertically in a case. Stacking or placing objects on discs outside of their case may cause warping. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals DVD video discs are copy protected, and any recordings made from these discs will be distorted. This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. 3 IMPO Introduction CAUTION: P OWNERÕS M FUTURE RE About this Introduction SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Precautions Notes Identification on Discs of(continued) Controls (continued) See instructions The the page in in thisformanual details.describe the functions on the remote control. See the page in for details. 13. Unplug this apparatus during lightning storms or when unused flash for long The lightning withperiods arrowhead symbol, within an equilatWARNING of time. eral triangle, is intended to alert the user to the presence of RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK uninsulated “dangerous voltage” within the product’s encloDO NOT OPEN sure that may be sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE NE Notes on handling Notes Playable onof discs moisture condensation PAS and OUVRIRmanufactured to assure of electric shock to persons. Front panel control ThisRemote setAVIS has been designed personal safety. Improper use can result in electric shock or shipping fire manual hazard. The safeguards incorporated unit will you observe thediscs. following When theREDUCE DVD player, the original shipping Moisture condensation damages the DVD player. This owner’s explains theRISK basic instructions ofin this This DVDprotect player you can ifplay the following WARNING : TO THE OF exclamation point within annot equilateral triangle inprocedures installation, use and servicing. This unit is Please fully transistorized and does contain any parts is that carton andfor packing come in are handy. For read the following carefully. ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE this DVD player. Somematerials DVD video discs produced in The COVER (ORprotection, BACK). NO USERSERVICEABLE 26 orthe operatcan be repaired by the user. maximum repack unit operation as it was during tended to alert the user to the presence of important a manner that allows specific limited Disc Discwhen Mark Moisture is condensation occurs, for Contents example, when you PARTS INSIDE. REFER SERVICINGservice TO 14. Refer all servicing toCABINET qualified personnel. Servicing required 56 packed at the factory. playback. As such, the DVD player may not respond to MAY ing and (servicing) instructions in Drops theSize literature DOoriginally NOT REMOVE THE COVER, OR YOU BEmaintenance TO DANGEROUS VOLTAGE. QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL. pour aEXPOSED cold drink into a glass on a warm day. of the apparatus has been damaged in any way, such as power-supply cord or Do notSERVICING usecommands. volatile liquids, such spray, near accompanying all operating is notas a insect defect in the PERSONNEL DVD 26 the appliance. REFER TOThis QUALIFIED SERVICE ONLY. waterhave form fallen on the outside of the glass. In the68 same way, plug is damaged, liquid has been spilled or objects into the the DVD Do not leave or plastic player. Referplayer. to instruction notesrubber of discs. moisture may condense on the optical pick-up lens apparatus, the apparatus has been exposed to rain or moisture, does not products in contact with the DVD 19 player for a long 12 cmof inside this unit, one of the most crucial internal 68parts operate normally, or has been dropped. will on leave on the finish.operation. ” mayThey appear themarks TV screen during “ time. Thethe symbol CLASS II (Double Insulation) DVDfor player. video top andthat rearthe panels of theisDVD player may operation not permitted by the A “The” means 39 68 DVD le of mo re Examp ensat istu(moving 1. become Read warm after DVD playerthese or theinstructions. disc.a long period of use. This is not a i d on! pictures) video con malfunction. + discs 46 68 Audio When the DVDTO player is not in use,RISK be sure WARNING: REDUCE THE OFto FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT EXPOSE THIS APPLIANCE Notes on region numbers remove the disc and turn off theMOISTURE. power. 8 cm THE TO RAIN OR DANGEROUS HIGH VOLTAGES ARE PRESENT INSIDE 47 48Optical pick-up If you do not use the DVD player a long period, lens ENCLOSURE. DOfor NOT OPEN THE CABINET. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL The region number of this DVD player 1. If region the unit may not function properly in isthe future. Turnat a moderate level. If you use 15. When you use headphones, keep the volume ONLY. numbers, which stand for their playable area, printedsound, it may cause hearing on and use the DVDcontinuously player the headphones with highare volume 30 occasionally. Moisture condensation occurs during the on your DVD video disc and you do not find 1 or ALL , 2. Keep these instructions. damage. CAUTION: ELECTRIC WIDE BLADE FULLY 12 cm 56 following cases. OF PLUG TO WIDE SLOT, disc playback will TO not PREVENT be allowed by the player.SHOCK, (In this MATCH DVD INSERT. Notes on locating case, the DVD player will display a message on-screen.) Audio from a cold audioyou bring the DVD player directly When discsto a warm place. 56 place 8 cm Place the DVDPOUR player on a levelLES surface. Do not use it ATTENTION: CHOCS ELECTRIQUES, INTRODUIRE LA LAME PLUS DE LA 31EVITER When you use the DVD playerLA in a roomLARGE where you on a shaky or unstable surface such as a wobbling On VIDEO CDsDANS FICHE LA BORNE CORRESPONDANTE DE LA PRISE ET POUSSER JUSQU’AU FOND. just turned on the heater, or a place where 56the cold 28 The loaded disc may come off table or inclined stand. wind from the air conditioner directly hits the unit. the proper position cause damage to the DVD This DVD player supports VIDEO CDs equipped with 3. Heed alloverload warnings. CAUTION: This and Digital Video Disc Player employs System. cm In summer, when you use the DVD player in a12 hot 16. Do not wall outlets; extension cords, aorLaser integral convenience video31 28function. (PBC is the abbreviation theplayer. PBC (VersionTo 2.0) humid justmanual after youcarefully move the unitretain from for an ensure proper use of this product, pleaseand read this place owner’s and receptacles as this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock. (moving When youControl.) place this DVD a TV, radio, or of Playback You canplayer enjoy near two playback VIDEO air conditioned room.an authorized future reference. Should the unit require maintenance, contact service location pictures) 26 28 VCR, the playback on picture become poor and the CDs you use the DVD player in a humid variations depending typesmay of discs. + When place. service procedure. DIGITAL VIDEO sound may be see distorted. In this case, place the DVD Audio 27 8 cm • VIDEO CD not equipped with PBC function player away from radio, or or adjustments VCR. Usethe ofTV, controls or performance of procedures other than those herein too It’sspecified (Version Rear1.1) panel ! warm 27be played may result in hazardous radiation 29 Sound and movie can on this DVD playerexposure. in 4.the Follow instructions. same all way ascleaning an audio – + Notes on 38 CD. To prevent direct exposure to laser beam, do not try to open the enclosure. • VIDEO CD equipped with PBC function 1312 cm 17. Never insert Visible objectsand of any kind into this apparatus through openings as defeated. they invisible laser radiation when open and interlocks Audio (Version 2.0) Usemay a soft, dry cloth cleaning. Audio touch dangerous voltageINTO points or short-out partsCDs that could result in a DOfor NOT STARE BEAM. In addition to operation a cloth VIDEO not equipped 40of 138 cm For dirt,shock. soak the in aCD weak firestubborn or electric Never spill liquiddetergent of any kind on the apparatus. with the PBC function, you canUse enjoy playback ofwipe (CD single) solution, wring well and wipe. a dry cloth to 41 42digital device, FCC NOTICE: This with equipment has been and found to comply with the limits for a Class B interactive software search function bytested using the it dry. menu displayed on the TV screen (Menu Playback). pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rule. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection Do not use the DVD player when moisture Do not use any type of31 solvent, such as thinner and The following discs areoccur. also available. 31 5.Some Do not use this apparatus water. of the in this owner’s condensation may against harmfulnear interference residential installation. benzine, as functions they may described damage the surface of in theaDVD DVD-R discs of DVD video format manual workequipment with some generates, discs. uses, and can radiate radio energy and, if not installed player. may notThis discs player of CD-DA format IfCD-R/CD-RW you use thefrequency DVD in such a situation, it may and used in accordance with the unit, instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio If you use a chemical saturated cloth to clean Some of these discs may be incompatible. damage discs and internal parts. Remove the disc, follow that product’s instructions. communications. connect the power cord of the DVD player 37 35to the wall However, there is no guarantee that interference will inother aplayer, particular installation. outlet, turnnot on occur the DVD leave it for two or • You cannot play discs thanand those listed above. 36 35 three hours. After or three hours, the which DVD player If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio ortwo television reception, can be • You cannot play DVD-RAM discs or non-standardized To obtain a clear picture will have warmed up and evaporated any moisture. discs, etc., even if they may be labeled as above. determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the 6. Clean only with dry cloth. Keep the player DVD player connected to thesystem. wall outlet and • This DVD uses the NTSC color interference by one or more of the following measures: The DVD player is a high technology, precision device. If moisture condensation will seldom occur. the optical pick-up- lens and disc drive parts dirty or antenna. Reorient or relocate theare receiving worn down, the picture qualitythe deteriorates. obtain a the equipment and receiver. - Increase separationTobetween * MENU button clear picture, we recommend regular inspection W - Connect the equipment intoand an outlet on a circuit different that to which the receiver is aifrom t! the Use MENU button to display the maintenance (cleaning or parts replacement) every connected. menu included on many DVD video 1,000 hours of use depending on the operating Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician discs. for help. To operate a menu, follow the environment. For -details, contact your nearest dealer. instructions in “Locating a title using WARNING: Changes or modifications made to this equipment, not expressly approved by Toshiba, or the top menu.” 30 parties authorized by Toshiba, could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 2 Notes on Discs 18. 7. Do not your block fingers any well ventilation clearanofALL-POLE the openings. disc tray Install as it SWITCH is in closing. accordance Neglecting withto the do TheKeep instructions shall state that MAINS with a contact separation of at least 3 mm in manufacturer’s so mayshall cause instructions. personal each pole be serious incorporated in theinjury. electrical installation of the building. DVD video disc Retain this information for future reference. Title 2 Title 1 Playback side Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Do attach paper or tapedeformed, to discs. or repaired disc. These discs are easily 20. Donot not use cracked, Location the arequired label 9. broken Do notofdefeat thecause safety purpose of the polarized grounding-type plug. A and may serious personal injury andorapparatus malfunction. polarized plug has two blades with one wider than the other. A grounding type plug has two blades and a third grounding prong. The wide blade or the third prong are provided for your safety. If the provided plug does not fitDVD intoaudio disc your outlet, consult an electrician for replacement of the obsolete Group 1outlet. Group 2 Track 1 Track 2 Track 1 Track 2 Track 3 On cleaning discs Fingerprints and dust on the disc cause picture and sound deterioration. Wipe the disc from the center VIDEO CD/Audio CD outwards with a soft cloth. Always keep the disc 10.clean. Protect the power cord from being walked on or pinched particularly at plugs, convenience receptacles, and the point where they exitTrack from1 the Track apparatus. 2 Track 3 Track 4 Track 5 Each title, chapter, group, or track is assigned a number, which is called “title number”, “chapter number”, “group you cannot wipe off the dust with a softspecified cloth, wipe 11.IfOnly use attachments/accessories by thenumber” manufacturer. or “track number” respectively. the disc lightly with a slightly moistened soft cloth and There may be discs that do not have these numbers. finish with a dry cloth. Do not use any type of solvent such as thinner, benzine, commercially available cleaners or antistatic Notes on copyright spray for vinyl LPs. It may damage the disc. Introduction the titles are sub-divided into chapters. DVD audio discs 19. Dospaces not place a heavy object on orthe step on the The object may fall, In the provided below, record Model andapparatus. Serial No. located the rear of yourare DVD player. are divided intoon groups, andpanel the groups sub-divided 8. Do not install near any heatinjury sources as radiators, heat stoves, CDs are divided into causing serious personal andsuch serious damage to theregisters, apparatus. into tracks. VIDEO CDs/audio or other apparatus (including amplifiers) that produce heat. tracks. Model No. Serial No. Introduction CAUTION: Thesediscs servicing instructions are for use by Structure qualified serviceof personnel only. To reduce the risk of On handling disc contents electric shock do not perform any servicing other than that contained in the operating instructions unless youdisc. are qualified to doNormally, so. Do not touch the playback side of the DVD video discs are divided into titles, and It is forbidden by law to copy, broadcast, show, 12.Use only with the cart, stand, tripod, bracket, orbroadcast table specified on cable, by playthe in public, and rent copyrighted On storing discs manufacturer, or sold with the apparatus. When a cart is used, use caution material without permission. when moving the cart/apparatus combination to avoid injury from tip-over. Do not store discs in a place subject to direct sunlight or near heat sources. Do not store discs in places subject to moisture and dust such as a bathroom or near a humidifier. Store discs vertically in a case. Stacking or placing objects on discs outside of their case may cause warping. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals DVD video discs are copy protected, and any recordings made from these discs will be distorted. This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. 3 IMPO Introduction CAUTION: P OWNERÕS M FUTURE RE About this Introduction SAFETY IdentificationPRECAUTIONS of Controls See instructions The the page in in thisformanual details.describe the functions on the remote control. See the page in for details. 13. Unplug this apparatus during lightning storms or when unused flash for long The lightning withperiods arrowhead symbol, within an equilatof time. eral triangle, is intended to alert the user to the presence of uninsulated “dangerous voltage” within the product’s enclosure that may be sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk Notes on handling Notes Playable onof discs moisture condensation of electric shock to persons. Front panel control ThisRemote set has been designed and manufactured to assure personal safety. Improper use can result in electric shock or shipping fire manual hazard. The safeguards incorporated unit will you observe thediscs. following When theexplains DVD player, the original shipping Moisture condensation damages the DVD player. This owner’s the basic instructions ofin this This DVDprotect player you can ifplay the following exclamation point within annot equilateral triangle inprocedures installation, and servicing. This unit is Please fully transistorized and does contain any parts is that carton andfor packing come in are handy. For read the following carefully. this DVD player. Somematerials DVD use video discs produced in The power operatcan beDVD repaired bybutton the user.orthe maximum protection, repack unit operation as it was during tended to alert the user to the presence of important a manner that allows specific limited Disc Discwhen Mark Contents Moisture is condensation occurs, forbutton example, when you 14. Refer allpacked servicing toCABINET qualified service personnel. Servicing required SETUP at the factory. playback. As such, the DVD player26 may not respond to MAY ing and (servicing) instructions in Drops theSize literature DOoriginally NOTON/STANDBY REMOVE THE COVER, ORDVDYOU BEmaintenance TO DANGEROUS VOLTAGE. button indicator 27 TV TV/VIDEO pour aEXPOSED cold drink into aPAUSE glass on a warm day. of the apparatus has been damaged in any way, such as power-supply cord or Do notSERVICING usecommands. volatile liquids, such spray, near accompanying all operating This is notas a insect defect in the PERSONNEL DVD OPEN/CLOSE button the appliance. REFER TO QUALIFIED SERVICE ONLY. button 26 the 27same way, waterhave form button on the outside ofSTOP the glass. In the NAVIliquid buttonhas 48 been spilled or OPEN/CLOSE TV power button plug is damaged, objects fallen into the DVD Do not leave or plastic player. Referplayer. to instruction notesrubber of discs. moisture may condense on the optical pick-up lens apparatus, the apparatus hasplayer beenforexposed to rain moisture, does not SETUP PLAY button 26 trayor26 products in contact with theMENU DVD aOPEN/CLOSE long Disc button PROGRESSIVE button 12 cmof inside this unit, one of theTV/VIDEO most crucial internal parts button operate normally, or has been dropped. will on leave on the finish.operation. ” mayThey appear themarks TV screen during “ time. Thethe symbol CLASS II (Double Insulation) DVDfor player. video CH top andbutton rearthe panels of theisDVD player may means that operation not permitted by the A “The”E.A.M. VOL (Volume) E.A.M. PROGRESSIVE DVD VOL (movingbuttons 1. become Read warm after DVD playerthese or theinstructions. disc.a long period of use. This is not a video pictures) malfunction. + discs V-REMOTE button CH EXPOSE (Channel) buttons Audio When the DVDTO player is not in use,RISK be sure -REMOTE WARNING: REDUCE THE OFto FIRE OR SHOCK, DO NOT THIS APPLIANCE VELECTRIC N K AV IC Notes on region numbers I remove the disc and turn off theMOISTURE. power. 8 cm THE QU TO RAIN OR DANGEROUS HIGH VOLTAGES ARE PRESENT INSIDE QUICK button NAVI button If you do not use the DVD player a long period, ENCLOSURE. DOfor NOT OPEN THE CABINET. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL The region number of this DVD player 1. If region the unit may not function properly in isthe future. Turn 15. When you use headphones, keep the volume at display a moderate DVD 13 level. If you use ONLY. numbers, which stand for their occasionally. playable area, are printedsound, it may cause hearing on and use the DVD player the headphones continuously with high volume TOP MENU button button* SKIPMENU buttons ZOOM button 38Moisture condensation 31 occurs during the or , ENTER on your DVD video disc and you do not find 2. Keep these instructions. damage. CAUTION: TO PREVENT ELECTRIC SHOCK, MATCH WIDE BLADE OF PLUG TO WIDE SLOT, FULLY Direction buttons 12 cm following cases. Direction buttons / ENTER button 56 disc playback will not be allowed by the player. (In this DVD INSERT. ( / / / ) Notes on locating case, the DVD player will display aTOP message on-screen.) Audio from a cold audioyou bring the DVD player directly MENU button 30 When OPEN/CLOSE ON/STANDBY NAVI RETURN TOP MENU MENU ZOOM PAUSE STOP PLAY SKIP ME NU TOP ME NU ENTER PROGRESSIVE indicator 19 discs place to a warm place.ENTER button CLEAR RETURN RETURN button 8 cm 56 Place the DVD player on a level surface. Do not use it ATTENTION: POUR EVITER LES CHOCS ELECTRIQUES, INTRODUIRE LA LAME PLUS DE LA CLEAR button When you use the DVD playerLA in a roomLARGE where you on a shaky or unstable surface such as a wobbling On VIDEO CDsDANS ON/STANDBY buttonLA FICHE BORNE CORRESPONDANTE DE LA PRISE ET POUSSER JUSQU’AU FOND. 26 just turned on the heater, or a place where the cold RETURN button SKIP REV offFWD REV button stand. The loaded disc may come table or inclined wind from the air conditioner directly hits the unit. the proper position cause damage to the DVD This DVD player supports VIDEO CDs equipped with 3. Heed alloverload warnings. CAUTION: This and Digital Video Disc Player employs System. cm In summer, when you use the DVD player in a12 hot 16. Do not wall outlets; extension cords, aorLaser integral convenience video FWD button theplayer. PBC (Version 2.0) function. (PBCuse is the abbreviation SKIP buttons PAUSE/STEP STOP and PLAY humid justmanual after you move the unitretain from for an To ensure proper of this product, please read this place owner’s carefully and receptacles as this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock. (moving When youControl.) place this DVD a TV, radio, or of Playback You canplayer enjoy near two playback VIDEO air conditioned room.an future reference. Should the unit require maintenance, contact authorized service location pictures) PLAY button PAUSE/STEP button VCR, the playback on picture become poor and the CDs you use the DVD player in a humid variations depending typesmay of discs. + When place. service procedure. sound maybutton be see distorted. In this case, place the DVD Audio STOP 8 cm • VIDEO CD not equipped with PBC function SLOW player away from radio, or or adjustments VCR. Usethe ofTV, controls orPAGE performance of procedures other than those specified herein (Version 1.1) Rear panel may result in hazardous radiation PAGE SLOW buttons Sound and buttons movie can be played on this DVD playerexposure. inZOOM FL DIMMER 4.the Follow all instructions. same way as an audio CD. Notes cleaning ZOOMon buttons To prevent direct exposure to laser beam, do not try to open the enclosure. • VIDEO CD equipped with PBC function connecting the optical digital cable, remove FL DIMMER button 12 cm 17. Never insert Visible objectsand of any kindWhen into this apparatus through openings as defeated. they invisible laser radiation when open and interlocks Audio (Version 2.0) the cap and fit the connector into the jack firmly. ANGLE SUBTITLE AUDIO FL SELECT Usemay a soft, dry cloth cleaning. Audio touch dangerous voltageINTO points or short-out partsCDs that could result in a DOfor NOT STARE BEAM. When not using the jack, keep the cap inserted In addition to button operation a cloth VIDEO CD not equipped ANGLE FL SELECT button 8 cm For stubborn dirt,shock. soak of the in a weak fire or electric Never spill liquiddetergent of any kind on the SEARCH apparatus. toplayback protect it from dust intrusion. with the PBC function, you canUse enjoy ofwipe (CD single) solution, wring well and wipe. a dry cloth to SUBTITLE button AUDIO 2 3to comply T FCC NOTICE: This equipment has been and found with the limits for abutton Class B digital device, interactive software with search function bytested using1the it dry. VIDEO OUT (Y/P B/PR) menu on the (Menu Playback). pursuant toscreen part such 15 ofas the FCC and Rule. TheseDo limits provide reasonable notare usedesigned the DVD to player when moisture protection Do Number notdisplayed use any type ofTV solvent, thinner The following discs arejacks also available. T button (Component video) jacks +10 19 near 4 SURROUND ANALOG OUT 5 AUDIO 6condensation 23 5.Some Do not usebuttons this apparatus water. of the in5.1CH this owner’s may occur. against harmful interference residential installation. benzine, as functions they may described damage the surface of in theaDVD DVD-R discs of DVD video format OPTICAL (DIGITAL) manual notThis workequipment with some generates, discs. BITSTREAM/PCM uses, and can radiate radio energy and, if not installed player. may 18 VIDEO OUT jack discs player of CD-DA format you thefrequency DVD in such a situation, it may 7 8 9IfCD-R/CD-RW 0use 21 22 23 AUDIO OUT jack and used in accordance with the unit, instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio If you use a chemical saturated cloth to clean Some of these discs may be incompatible. damage discs and internal parts. Remove the disc, RANDOM MEMORY REPEAT A-B RPT follow that product’s instructions. communications. connect the power cord of the DVD player to the wall RANDOM button A-B RPT button However, there is no guarantee that interference will inother aplayer, particular installation. outlet, turnnot on occur the DVD leave it for two or • You cannot play discs thanand those listed above. MEMORY If button REPEAT button three hours. After or three hours, the which DVD player this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio ortwo television reception, can be • You cannot play DVD-RAM discs or non-standardized To obtain a clear picture will have warmed up and evaporated any moisture. discs, etc., even if they may be labeled as above. determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the 6. Clean only with dry cloth. Keep the player DVD player connected to thesystem. wall outlet and • This DVD uses the NTSC color interference by one or more of the following measures: AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C L Ls Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SUB Rs R SELECT PR The DVD player is a high technology, precision device. If moisture condensation will seldom occur. the optical pick-up- lens and disc drive parts dirty or antenna. Reorient or relocate theare receiving Power cord worn down, the picture qualitythe deteriorates. Tobetween obtain aCOAXIAL BITSTREAM/PCM (DIGITAL) - Increase separation the equipment and receiver. * MENU button clear picture, we recommend regular inspection and 21 22 23circuit different from that to which the receiver is AUDIO OUT - Connect the equipment intojack an outlet on a Use the MENU button to display maintenance (cleaning or parts replacement) every Wall outlet the connected. 2CHon AUDIO ANALOG OUT jacks 18 19 menu included on many DVD video 1,000 hours of use depending the operating Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician discs. for help. To operate a menu, follow the environment. For -details, contact your nearest S VIDEO OUT jack 18 dealer. instructions in “Locating a title using WARNING: SELECT Changes modifications made to this equipment, not expressly approved the top menu.” by Toshiba, or (I/P) or switch 19 I P S R 2CH L COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL parties authorized by Toshiba, could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 2 18. 7. Do not your block fingers any well ventilation clearanofALL-POLE the openings. disc tray Install as it SWITCH is in closing. accordance Neglecting withto the do TheKeep instructions shall state that MAINS with a contact separation of at least 3 mm in manufacturer’s so mayshall cause instructions. personal each pole be serious incorporated in theinjury. electrical installation of the building. DVD video disc Retain this information for future reference. Title 2 Title 1 Playback side Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Do attach paper or tapedeformed, to discs. or repaired disc. These discs are easily 20. Donot not use cracked, Location the arequired label 9. broken Do notofdefeat thecause safety purpose of the polarized grounding-type plug. A and may serious personal injury andorapparatus malfunction. polarized plug has two blades with one wider than the other. A grounding type plug has two blades and a third grounding prong. The wide blade or the third prong are provided for your safety. If the provided plug does not fitDVD intoaudio disc your outlet, consult an electrician for replacement of the obsolete Group 1outlet. Group 2 Track 1 Track 2 Track 1 Track 2 Track 3 On cleaning discs PRODUCT IS CERTIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER TO COMPLY WITH DHHS RULE 21 CFR SUBCHAPTER J APPLICABLE AT THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE. Fingerprints and dust on the disc cause picture and MANUFACTURED sound deterioration. Wipe the disc from the center VIDEO CD/Audio CD outwards with a soft cloth. Always keep the disc 10.clean. Protect the power cord from being walked on or pinched particularly at plugs, convenience receptacles, and the point where they exitTrack from1 the Track apparatus. 2 Track 3 Track 4 Track 5 1-1,SHIBAURA 1-CHOME,MINATO-KU. TOKYO 105-8001,JAPAN Each title, chapter, group, or track is assigned a number, which is called “title number”, “chapter number”, “group you cannot wipe off the dust with a softspecified cloth, wipe 11.IfOnly use attachments/accessories by thenumber” manufacturer. or “track number” respectively. the disc lightly with a slightly moistened soft cloth and There may be discs that do not have these numbers. finish with a dry cloth. Do not use any type of solvent such as thinner, benzine, commercially available cleaners or antistatic Notes on copyright spray for vinyl LPs. It may damage the disc. Introduction the titles are sub-divided into chapters. DVD audio discs 19. Dospaces not place a heavy object on orthe step on the The object may fall, In the provided below, record Model andapparatus. Serial No. located the rear of yourare DVD player. are divided intoon groups, andpanel the groups sub-divided 8. Do not install near any heatinjury sources as radiators, heat stoves, CDs are divided into causing serious personal andsuch serious damage to theregisters, apparatus. into tracks. VIDEO CDs/audio or other apparatus (including amplifiers) that produce heat. tracks. Model No. Serial No. Introduction CAUTION: Thesediscs servicing instructions are for use by Structure qualified serviceof personnel only. To reduce the risk of On handling disc contents electric shock do not perform any servicing other than that contained in the operating instructions unless youdisc. are qualified to doNormally, so. Do not touch the playback side of the DVD video discs are divided into titles, and It is forbidden by law to copy, broadcast, show, 12.Use only with the cart, stand, tripod, bracket, orbroadcast table specified on cable, by playthe in public, and rent copyrighted On storing discs manufacturer, or sold with the apparatus. When a cart is used, use caution material without permission. when moving the cart/apparatus combination to avoid injury from tip-over. Do not store discs in a place subject to direct sunlight or near heat sources. Do not store discs in places subject to moisture and dust such as a bathroom or near a humidifier. Store discs vertically in a case. Stacking or placing objects on discs outside of their case may cause warping. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals DVD video discs are copy protected, and any recordings made from these discs will be distorted. S3125A This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. 3 IMPO Introduction CAUTION: P OWNERÕS M FUTURE RE About this Introduction SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Precautions Notes Identification on Discs of(continued) Controls (continued) See instructions The the page in in thisformanual details.describe the functions on the remote control. See the page in for details. 13. Unplug this apparatus during lightning storms or when unused flash for long The lightning withperiods arrowhead symbol, within an equilatWARNING of time. eral triangle, is intended to alert the user to the presence of RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK uninsulated “dangerous voltage” within the product’s encloDO NOT OPEN sure that may be sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE NE Notes on handling Notes Playable onof discs moisture condensation PAS and OUVRIRmanufactured to assure of electric shock to persons. Front panel control ThisRemote setAVIS has been designed personal safety. Improper use can result in electric shock or shipping fire manual hazard. The safeguards incorporated unit will you observe thediscs. following When theREDUCE DVD player, the original shipping Moisture condensation damages the DVD player. This owner’s explains theRISK basic instructions ofin this This DVDprotect player you can ifplay the following WARNING : TO THE OF exclamation point within annot equilateral triangle inprocedures installation, use and servicing. This unit is Please fully transistorized and does contain any parts is that carton andfor packing come in are handy. For read the following carefully. ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE this DVD player. Somematerials DVD video discs produced in The COVER (OR BACK). NO USERSERVICEABLE 26 orthe power operatcan beDVD repaired bybutton the user. maximum protection, repack unit operation as it was during tended to alert the user to the presence of important a manner that allows specific limited Disc Discwhen Mark Contents Moisture is condensation occurs, forbutton example, when you PARTS INSIDE. REFER SERVICINGservice TO 14. Refer all servicing toCABINET qualified personnel. Servicing required 56 SETUP packed at the factory. playback. As such, the DVD player26 may not respond to MAY ing and (servicing) instructions in Drops theSize literature DOoriginally NOT REMOVE THE COVER, ORDVDYOU BEmaintenance TO DANGEROUS VOLTAGE. 27 TV QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL. TV/VIDEO pour aEXPOSED cold drink into a glass on a warm day. of the apparatus has been damaged in any way, such as power-supply cord or Do notSERVICING usecommands. volatile liquids, such spray, near accompanying all operating is notas a insect defect in the PERSONNEL DVD 26 OPEN/CLOSE button the appliance. REFER TOThis QUALIFIED SERVICE ONLY. 26 the 27 waterhave form fallen on the outside of the glass. In the same way, 48 been spilled or objects 68 TV power button plug is damaged, liquid has into the DVD Do not leave or plastic player. Referplayer. to instruction notesrubber of discs. moisture may condense on the optical pick-up lens apparatus, the apparatus has been exposed rain or26 moisture, does not SETUP 26 products in contact with the DVD long to 19 player for aOPEN/CLOSE PROGRESSIVE button 12 cmof inside this unit, one of theTV/VIDEO most crucial internal 68parts button operate normally, or has been dropped. NU TOP ME NU ME will on leave on the finish.operation. ” mayThey appear themarks TV screen during “ time. Thethe symbol CLASS II (Double Insulation) DVDfor player. video CH top andbutton rearthe panels of theisDVD player may means that operation not permitted by the A “The”E.A.M. 39 VOL (Volume) buttons 68 E.A.M. PROGRESSIVE DVD VOL o le of m re Examp ensat istu(moving 1. become Read warm after DVD playerthese or theinstructions. disc.a long period of use. This is not a i d on! pictures) video con malfunction. + discs V-REMOTE button 46 68 CH EXPOSE (Channel) buttons Audio When the DVDTO player is not in use,RISK be sure -REMOTE WARNING: REDUCE THE OFto FIRE OR SHOCK, DO NOT THIS APPLIANCE VELECTRIC N K AV IC Notes on region numbers I remove the disc and turn off theMOISTURE. power. 8 cm THE QU TO RAIN OR DANGEROUS HIGH VOLTAGES ARE PRESENT INSIDE QUICK button 47 NAVI button 48Optical pick-up If you do not use the DVD player a long period, lens ENCLOSURE. DOfor NOT OPEN THE CABINET. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL The region number of this DVD player 1. If region the unit may not function properly in isthe future. Turnat a moderate 15. When you use headphones, keep the volume 13 level. If you use ONLY. numbers, which stand for their playable area, printedsound, it may cause hearing on and use the DVD player the headphones continuously with highare volume 30 occasionally. TOP MENU button MENU button* 31 38 on your DVD video disc and you do not find 1 or ALL , ENTER Moisture condensation occurs during the 2. Keep these instructions. damage. CAUTION: TO PREVENT ELECTRIC SHOCK, MATCH WIDE BLADE OF PLUG TO WIDE SLOT, FULLY Direction buttons 12 cm 56 following cases. 56 disc playback will not be allowed by the player. (In this DVD INSERT. ( / / / ) Notes on locating case, the DVD player will display a message on-screen.)30 Audio from a cold audioyou bring the DVD player19 When directly discs ENTER button 56 place to a warm place. CLEAR RETURN 8 cm 56 Place the DVD player on a levelLES surface. Do not use it ATTENTION: POUR CHOCS ELECTRIQUES, INTRODUIRE LA LAME PLUS DE LA 31EVITER CLEAR button When you use the DVD playerLA in a roomLARGE where you on a shaky or unstable surface such as a wobbling On VIDEO CDsDANS FICHE LA BORNE CORRESPONDANTE DE LA PRISE ET POUSSER JUSQU’AU FOND. 26 just turned on the heater, or a place where 56the cold RETURN button SKIP REV offFWD 28 The loaded disc may come REV button stand. table or inclined wind from the air conditioner directly hits the unit. the proper position cause damage to the DVD This DVD player supports VIDEO CDs equipped with 3. Heed alloverload warnings. CAUTION: This and Digital Video Disc Player employs System. cm In summer, when you use the DVD player in a12 hot 16. Do not wall outlets; extension cords, aorLaser integral convenience video31 28function. (PBC is the abbreviation FWD button2.0) theplayer. PBC (Version SKIPyou buttons PAUSE/STEP STOP and PLAY humid justmanual after move the unitretain from for an To ensure proper use of this product, please read this place owner’s carefully and receptacles as this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock. (moving When youControl.) place this DVD a TV, radio, or of Playback You canplayer enjoy near two playback VIDEO air conditioned room.an future reference. Should the unit require maintenance, contact authorized service location pictures) 26 PLAY button 28 PAUSE/STEP button VCR, the playback on picture become poor and the CDs you use the DVD player in a humid variations depending typesmay of discs. + When place. service procedure. DIGITAL VIDEO sound maybutton be see distorted. In this case, place the DVD Audio 27 STOP 8 cm • VIDEO CD not equipped with PBC function SLOW player away from radio, or or adjustments VCR. Usethe ofTV, controls orPAGE performance of procedures other than those herein too It’sspecified (Version 1.1) Rear panel ! warm 27be played may result in hazardous radiation PAGE 29 SLOW buttons Sound and buttons movie can on this DVD playerexposure. inZOOM FL DIMMER 4.the Follow all instructions. same way ascleaning an audio – + Notes on 38 CD. ZOOM buttons To prevent direct exposure to laser beam, do not try to open the enclosure. • VIDEO CD equipped with PBC function FL DIMMER button 1312 cm 17. Never insert Visible objectsand of any kind into apparatus openings as defeated. they invisible laserthis radiation whenthrough open and interlocks Audio (Version 2.0) ANGLE SUBTITLE AUDIO FL SELECT Usemay a soft, dry cloth cleaning. Audio touch dangerous voltageINTO points or short-out partsCDs that could result in a DOfor NOT STARE BEAM. In addition tobutton operation a cloth VIDEO not equipped 40of ANGLE FL SELECT button 138 cm For stubborn dirt,shock. soak the in aCD weak fire or electric Never spill liquiddetergent of any kind on the SEARCH apparatus. with the PBC function, you canUse enjoy playback ofwipe (CD single) solution, wring well and wipe. a dry cloth to 41 SUBTITLE button 42digital device, AUDIO 2 3to comply T FCC NOTICE: This equipment has been and found with the limits for abutton Class B interactive software with search function bytested using1the it dry. menu on the TV (Menu Playback). pursuant toscreen part such 15 ofas the FCC and Rule. TheseDo limits provide reasonable notare usedesigned the DVD to player when moisture protection Do Number notdisplayed use any type of31 solvent, thinner The following discs areoccur. also available. T button +10 19 near 4 5 6condensation 23 31 5.Some Do not usebuttons this apparatus water. of the in this owner’s may against harmful interference residential installation. benzine, as functions they may described damage the surface of in theaDVD DVD-R discs of DVD video format manual workequipment with some generates, discs. uses, and can radiate radio energy and, if not installed player. may notThis 18 discs player of CD-DA format you thefrequency DVD in such a situation, it may 7 8 9IfCD-R/CD-RW 0use 21 22 23 and used in accordance with the unit, instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio If you use a chemical saturated cloth to clean Some of these discs may be incompatible. damage discs and internal parts. Remove the disc, RANDOM MEMORY REPEAT A-B RPT follow that product’s instructions. communications. connect the power cord of the DVD player 37 RANDOM button 35to the wall A-B RPT button However, there is no guarantee that interference will inother aplayer, particular installation. outlet, turnnot on occur the DVD leave it for two or • You cannot play discs thanand those listed above. 36 MEMORY If button 35 REPEAT button three hours. After or three hours, the which DVD player this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio ortwo television reception, can be • You cannot play DVD-RAM discs or non-standardized To obtain a clear picture will have warmed up and evaporated any moisture. discs, etc., even if they may be labeled as above. determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the 6. Clean only with dry cloth. Keep the player DVD player connected to thesystem. wall outlet and • This DVD uses the NTSC color interference by one or more of the following measures: The DVD player is a high technology, precision device. If moisture condensation will seldom occur. the optical pick-up- lens and disc drive parts dirty or antenna. Reorient or relocate theare receiving worn down, the picture qualitythe deteriorates. obtain a the equipment and receiver. - Increase separationTobetween * MENU button clear picture, we recommend regular inspection 21 22 23circuit different W - Connect the equipment intoand an outlet on a that to which the receiver is aifrom t! the Use MENU button to display maintenance (cleaning or parts replacement) every Wall outlet the connected. 18 19 menu included on many DVD video 1,000 hours of use depending on the operating Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician discs. for help. To operate a menu, follow the environment. For -details, contact your nearest 18 dealer. instructions in “Locating a title using WARNING: Changes or modifications made to this equipment, not expressly approved by Toshiba, or the top menu.” 30 19 parties authorized by Toshiba, could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 2 18. 7. Do not your block fingers any well ventilation clearanofALL-POLE the openings. disc tray Install as it SWITCH is in closing. accordance Neglecting withto the do TheKeep instructions shall state that MAINS with a contact separation of at least 3 mm in manufacturer’s so mayshall cause instructions. personal each pole be serious incorporated in theinjury. electrical installation of the building. DVD video disc Retain this information for future reference. Title 2 Title 1 Playback side Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Do attach paper or tapedeformed, to discs. or repaired disc. These discs are easily 20. Donot not use cracked, Location the arequired label 9. broken Do notofdefeat thecause safety purpose of the polarized grounding-type plug. A and may serious personal injury andorapparatus malfunction. polarized plug has two blades with one wider than the other. A grounding type plug has two blades and a third grounding prong. The wide blade or the third prong are provided for your safety. If the provided plug does not fitDVD intoaudio disc your outlet, consult an electrician for replacement of the obsolete Group 1outlet. Group 2 Track 1 Track 2 Track 1 Track 2 Track 3 On cleaning discs PRODUCT IS CERTIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER TO COMPLY WITH DHHS RULE 21 CFR SUBCHAPTER J APPLICABLE AT THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE. Fingerprints and dust on the disc cause picture and MANUFACTURED sound deterioration. Wipe the disc from the center VIDEO CD/Audio CD outwards with a soft cloth. Always keep the disc 10.clean. Protect the power cord from being walked on or pinched particularly at plugs, convenience receptacles, and the point where they exitTrack from1 the Track apparatus. 2 Track 3 Track 4 Track 5 1-1,SHIBAURA 1-CHOME,MINATO-KU. TOKYO 105-8001,JAPAN Each title, chapter, group, or track is assigned a number, which is called “title number”, “chapter number”, “group you cannot wipe off the dust with a softspecified cloth, wipe 11.IfOnly use attachments/accessories by thenumber” manufacturer. or “track number” respectively. the disc lightly with a slightly moistened soft cloth and There may be discs that do not have these numbers. finish with a dry cloth. Do not use any type of solvent such as thinner, benzine, commercially available cleaners or antistatic Notes on copyright spray for vinyl LPs. It may damage the disc. Introduction the titles are sub-divided into chapters. DVD audio discs 19. Dospaces not place a heavy object on orthe step on the The object may fall, In the provided below, record Model andapparatus. Serial No. located the rear of yourare DVD player. are divided intoon groups, andpanel the groups sub-divided 8. Do not install near any heatinjury sources as radiators, heat stoves, CDs are divided into causing serious personal andsuch serious damage to theregisters, apparatus. into tracks. VIDEO CDs/audio or other apparatus (including amplifiers) that produce heat. tracks. Model No. Serial No. Introduction CAUTION: Thesediscs servicing instructions are for use by Structure qualified serviceof personnel only. To reduce the risk of On handling disc contents electric shock do not perform any servicing other than that contained in the operating instructions unless youdisc. are qualified to doNormally, so. Do not touch the playback side of the DVD video discs are divided into titles, and It is forbidden by law to copy, broadcast, show, 12.Use only with the cart, stand, tripod, bracket, orbroadcast table specified on cable, by playthe in public, and rent copyrighted On storing discs manufacturer, or sold with the apparatus. When a cart is used, use caution material without permission. when moving the cart/apparatus combination to avoid injury from tip-over. Do not store discs in a place subject to direct sunlight or near heat sources. Do not store discs in places subject to moisture and dust such as a bathroom or near a humidifier. Store discs vertically in a case. Stacking or placing objects on discs outside of their case may cause warping. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals DVD video discs are copy protected, and any recordings made from these discs will be distorted. S3125A This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. 3 Connections Basic Advanced Quick Function playback control playback Setup You can Read Begin Customizing Simple this your use change chapter operation. ofthe a single the performance first default to button make settings and ofallyour the necessary toDVD cursor customize player. control preparations. enables performance you to to direct your preference. your playback, without manipulating many actual buttons. Playing a Disc Accessing a Specific Location Customizing Connecting tothe a TV Function Directly Variable Speed Playback Settings Connecting to an audio system Playing Repeatedly Using the Remote Locating aVirtual Desired Section and Table TV of equipped Languages with Control V-REMOTE Playing in a Favorite Order Playing an MP3 Encoded component video inputs CD Selecting the Playback Function Playing in Random Order Connecting to an amplifier -Zooming QUICK - a Picture equipped with a Dolby Digital Accessing Features decoder the Selecting Sound -Enhancement NAVI Connecting to (E.A.M.) an amplifier equipped with Dolby Surround Selecting the Camera Angle Pro Logic Selecting Subtitles Connecting to an amplifier Selecting a Language equipped with a DTS decoder Connecting to an amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audio decoder Connecting to an amplifier equipped with 5.1ch audio inputs Connecting to an amplifier equipped with a digital audio input Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals Connections Basic Others playback LIMITED Connections TV/VIDEO CAUTION TV 2 power Keep your fingers well clear of the disc VOLtray as it is closing. Toshiba America Consumer Products, Inc. (“TACP”), Toshiba Hawaii (“THI”) and Toshiba Canada Limited (“TCL”) MENU Neglecting to do so may cause serious injury.the TOPpersonal MENU make CH Connect This You Check can section the enjoy play the following DVD shows discs MP3 highplayer files at quality you guide various on the tofor this dynamic your basics the speeds, DVD TV. possible on sounds player. how and cause resume tobyplay connecting ofaplayback adisc. problem from DVD before the player contacting location to or any service. following limited warranties. These limited warranties extend to the original purchaser person receiving this set as a gift // // // optional you audio stopped equipment. playback. from where the original purchaser and to no purchaser or transferee. 43 . For details of output sound, seeother 3 2, 4 PAUSE PLAY ENTER ON/STANDBY / / ENTER ENTER You can operate the basic functions of selected TVsindicator FWD using the supplied remote control. REV PLAY Commercial Units Limited Ninety (90) Day Warranty PLAY Products sold and used for commercial TACP/THI warrant this product against defects in materials 3 use have a limited PAUSE/STEP STOP 1 ninety (90) day warranty for all parts PAUSE/STEP and labor. or workmanship for a period of ninety (90) days after the original retail During this period,toTACP/ •date Forofconnection to purchase. your TV, see “Connecting a TV” Warning Symptom Cause Correction MENU DVD display Number buttons Page Owner’s Manual THI repair product or part, at their 18will19 . or replace a defective MENU manual • When areTOP connecting (via the BITSTREAM/PCM shouldyou the owner’s thoroughly option, with a of new or refurbished product part is without The power disconnected. You 18 •read Connect the power plug securely into before the 43 . or plug • No Forpower. details output sound, •see (DIGITAL) AUDIO OUT jack) AV decoder does outlet. video discs are divided intoproduct titles, and sub-divided into chapters. DVDan audio discsand arethat divided operating thiswall product. You should complete mail the into charge to DVD you. You deliver thereference entire to athe titles are •Normally, ThisDVD-A section usesmust the following marks. DVD-V not have Digital or MPEG2 function, be enclosed Demographic card within tendecoding (10) days after you, TACP/THI Authorized Service Station. You responsible groups, the groups are sub-divided intoare tracks. VIDEO CDs and audio CDs are divided into tracks. You can quickly 27 The turned off by • The automatic power off function turned • Dolby Press the PLAY button. “DTS” and “DTS Digital Out” are locate VCD DVD CDandplayer sure to setwho “Digital to “PCM” fromTheater the DTS is a high surround technology used in theaters and now available for Output” itself. the unit off. for or the person has given you thisofproduct as aon-screen gift, for all transportation and insurance charges the unit to trademarks Digital Systems, any specific title,quality chapter, group, or track. Signal flow 56product. 61 . Otherwise, high sound mayto displaysthis Inc. is one This wayvolume to enable and the Authorized Service If not you livetoas inreceive the home use, on DVD video discs or audio CDs. No from picture. • Station. The TV is set DVDpurchased signal • Select the appropriate video input modeTACP 26 Preparations MP3 disc compatibility with this player is limited follows: : Front speaker To pause resume playback normal playback Preparation damage your hearing as well as the speakers. provide you with better customer service andDVD improved U.S.A. you may, at your option, return your Unit to:only) output. IfWhen you have a DTS decoder or processor, you can obtain full input benefit of on5.1 the TV the picture from the DVD audio disc Press or FWD during playback. youREV want toCD-ROM, view DVD a“To video disc, disc turn on theDVD TV and select thethe video connected to so the DVD player. •Follow Playable discs: CD-R (650MB / 74 min. • during Use DVD video discs or audio PLAY. PAUSE/STEP playback. the instruction ofsound program the remote control” to the brand code. •Press DOCDs. NOT play DTS-encoded discs when you are player appears onand the TV products. Failure to return the card willscreen. not affect your rights Toshiba America Consumer Products Inc. DTS encoded tracks on DVD video discs system, or set audio •channel When you want to enjoy the sound of discs from the audio turn on the audio system select the input connected CD-RW is not recommendable. Title 1 Title 2 : Rear speaker CDsthat encoded viahave the DTS Group 2 REV : Fast reverse playback Group 1 REV FWD connecting an AV decoder does not DTS18, 19 PLAY under this warranty. Returns Center • The video cable is not connected securely. • Connect the video cable securely into the to the DVD player. • Sampling 44.1 kHz only 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 1 Frequency: Chapter 2 Chapter 1 Chapter PAUSE/STEP recording system. resume normal decoding function. TrackTo 1 program Track 2 the To Track 1 control Track 2 playback, Track 3 press the remote 1420C Toshiba Dr.FWD: Fast forward playback appropriate jacks. • Bit rate 32 kbps-320 kbps : Sub woofer • Make the following setting. PLAY button. Point the remote control at your TV, and • When playing DTS-encoded discs (audio CDs), Your Responsibility Lebanon, TN 37087 Amplifier• equipped with connected with the audio 1 While• holding down ENTER, press sound. The equipment Select the correct input mode of the the number26 • No CD physical format: Mode 1, Mode 2 XA Form 1 or noisereceiver may from thetoanalog audioPage Each time you press REV use buttons as follows. a DTS decoder Theexcessive above warranties arebe subject toto the following Upon receipt wethe will, at our option, exchange the DVD UnitDVD signal On-screen display Select: (red) (white) (yellow) cable is not the set to receive audio sooutput youto can listen the To S VIDEO OUT Press power button (ON/STANDBY). Press OPEN/CLOSE close the disc buttons that correspond your TV’s brand code •with File ISO9660 Level 1output. : Center speaker output jacks. Tofrom avoid possible damage to the audio FWD button, the playback speed conditions: a system: new or refurbished unit. Canadian consumers are sound the DVD player. referring to the list on the next page. “Bitstream” tray. ON/STANDBY •requested File names are limited to eight characters orand less and The DVD player turns on the To OPTICAL To COAXIAL system, you take proper precautions when the 56 Notes changes. Selecting a should track the disc (1) You must retain your bill ofincable sale or provideinto other of to contact TCL. In Hawaii consumers are or proof To wall outlet “Digital Output” 18-23 •the Thepower audio cable is not securely. • Connect the(file) audio securely TV power To turn on and off.connected type digital type digital Connect either. must incorporate “MP3” extension. ON/STANDBY indicator on the : Signal flow analog audio output jacks ofand the omits DVD player areduring 61 • The DVD player mutes sound subtitles purchase. requested to contact THI. “PCM” the appropriate jacks. To 2CH To VIDEO OUT 1 If a track list is not displayed, press the MENU button TV/VIDEO To select a video input. e.g. To Program brand code 0071. OPEN/CLOSE audio input audio input e.g.“********.MP3” player illuminates. connected to an aamplification system. To enjoy DTS Playback starts. VIDEO CD/Audio CD reverse and forward scan of DVD video discs. (2) notify TACP/THI/TCL /Authorized cable to must show it. on the • The receiver or75 TV iscoaxial turned off.You • Turn equipment connected with Service26 VOL + / – cannot contain To AUDIO adjust theaudio volume. 56 Digital Surround™ playback, an external 5.1 channel •Limited File names special characters such as • DVD audio discs may not be played inyou fast reverse Station within thirty (30) days after discover aorinfast One (1)Track Year Warranty OUT “Stereo” “Analog Output” the audio cable. SELECT The current track being played is highlighted red. Track 1 2 Track 4 Track 3 To select a channel. Track 5 Optical digital cable CH / 59 DTS Digital Surround™ decoder system must be “?!><+*}{`[@]:;\ /.,” etc. forward directions. defective product or part. TACP/THI further warrant the parts in this product against /the /proper / 0 audio buttons to(DIGITAL) a track you Press 42, 56 • The setting of output sound format is2connected • the Select ENTER tospeed the AUDIO 7setting. 1select •defects Total number of files on the disc should not exceed 254. (3) • DVD-V The mayofdiffer depending onbe themade disc. Allplayback warranty servicing this product must by a in materials for a period of one (1) If you insert a0BITSTREAM/PCM DVD video disc that contains a top I the Por workmanship 59 incorrect. want to play. When DVD player is turned on for 42 Recording system DTS Notes OUT jack of the DVD player. TACP/THI/TCL Authorized Service Station. year after the dateTV/VIDEO of original retail purchase. During this menu, a menu may appear. See “Locating a title The selected highlighted the connect firstpicture time, an on-screen display 9 playback • The disc is(DIGITAL) dirty.will appear • Eject thetrack disc is and clean it. in green. • The DO NOT thehas BITSTREAM/PCM (4) U.S.A. warranties are effective period, TACP/THI repair or replace a defective product Preparations Set to “I.”will 30 only if the product is using theENTER top menu.” TV power occasional distortion. 3 Press the button to begin playback of the / to provide initial settings. Press the • It is in fast forward or fast reverse • Sometimes a small amount of picture Hold down. AUDIO OUT jack of the DVD player to the AC-3 RF input purchased and operated in the U.S.A. or – part, atyou their option, with a newencoded or refurbished product or •orWhen playback an MP3 CD, set “Priority You may need to press theContinental TOP MENU or MENU selected track. playback. buttons toVOL select an item, andon press the distortion may appear. This is not a with TV or monitor of awithout Dolby Digital Receiver. This input your A/V Puerto Rico. part charge to you, except 65if a defective part is > JPG ”.that Contents 2” to “CH MP3 button to display disc menu (depending on the ToENTER. video input (yellow) audio/video inputs malfunction. , is and ENTER button. the pages in of Receiver is reserved forSee Laserdisc use only and Release (5) 2Labor service for set installation. Set up, replaced after ninety (90) days from the date the original Audio/video cable actual DVDcharges video disc.) Brightness is unstable or • The effect of copy protection. • Connect the control DVD player directly tothe the selected / buttons, then make a selection using the incompatible with the BITSTREAM/PCM (DIGITAL) The DVD remote memorizes adjustment of customer controls and installation or 18 retail purchase you pay labor charges (supplied) involved in the (white) A menu may appear depending the to disc. DVD-A noises are present in the TV. Avoid connecting the DVDon player Notes AUDIO OUT jackmust of the DVD player. press the ENTER button. brand code. repair of antenna systems are not covered by this replacement. You also deliver the entire product to a See “Locating a title using the top menu” 30 . playback pictures. amay VCRnot or TV/VCR combination. Place a CD Service that contains MP3 filesOUT on • DVD-V Connect the BITSTREAM/PCM (DIGITAL) AUDIO • Some discs permit this operation. To audio inputs (red) DVD-A warranty. Reception problems caused by inadequate TACP/THI Authorized Station. You are responsible 61 On-Screen Language S video cable The DVD player does not • No disc is inserted. • Insert a disc. jack of the DVD player to the “DIGITAL (OPTICAL)” or the disc tray. • If you stop playback by pressing the STOP button, and 26 then antenna systems are your responsibility. forVCD all transportation and insurance charges for the unit to CD TV Shape 58 (not supplied) start playback. “DIGITAL (COAXIAL)” of•aStation. Receiver or Processor. press the PLAY button, playback will in start 10 An unplayable disc in is the inserted. (6) • Insert a playable (Check thefrom discthe Warranties extend only todisc. defects materials or beginning and from the Authorized input Service If you live Notes Note •U.S.A. Referyou to the owner’s manual ofreturn the connected theremote track.type.) and After making alloption, the settings, select “Unit”to: To resume normal playback workmanship as limited above and extend to any may, at your your DVDequipment • of The control programmed at do thenot factory to operate To Sis video If the TV has an S video input, connect thetray the disc contains a disc you have already played, Press TOP MENU. Press ENTER. as well. 31 35input 37 SKIP , REPEAT and RANDOM functions Press PAUSE/STEP during still playback. press the ENTER button. 26 via The disc Inc. is placed upside down. •If The •TVs. Place the disc with the playback side product or parts which have been lost ordiscs discarded by Toshiba America Consumer•Products TOSHIBA Press PLAY. • Use DVD video encoded MPEG2 sound DVD player with an S video cable. When playback will begin from the location where you last stopped • When you connect the DVD player to otherthe equipment, be also Press OPEN/CLOSE to load the disc. you oravailable. to down. damage to products or parts caused byon Returns Center The top menu appears onPAUSE/ the TV starts from chapter 1 ofthe the • are A single brand may Playback use different codes depending Each time you press PAUSE/STEP the MPEG2 recording system. using an S video cable, do not connect the You can enjoy motion picture and live concert DVD video discs with dynamic PLAY 29 playback. sure to turn off theDr. power and •unplug all is ofnot theplaced equipment misuse, accident, damage caused by Acts of God, such 1420C Toshiba 26 The disc within the guide. • Place the disc correctly inside the guide particular model. Enter the correct number referring to the screen. selected title. STEP button, the picture advances Press OPEN/CLOSE. ENTER yellow cable. • Make the following setting. realistic by connecting an amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audio from thesound wallTN outlet before making anyvideo connections. disc tray. in electric power, improper as lighting orthe fluctuations Lebanon, 37087 brand code on table. one frame. OPEN/CLOSE Playback starts. OPEN/CLOSE decoder or MPEG2 processor. The disc tray opens. e.g. To start playback inOn-screen the stop mode • The receipt output sound the DVD player has a wide dynamic TITLE 1 TITLE 2 This DVD player requires discs/recordings toviolation meet Try installation, improper maintenance orare useprovided. in of Upon we will,ofaudio at our option, exchange the DVD Unit display Select: Page • For some •brands, several brand codes 9 • The disc is dirty. Clean the disc. • Make the following setting. range. Beor sure to adjust unit. the receiver’s volume to a are certain technical standards in order to achieve optimal Press PLAY. instructions furnished by us; or to units which have with a new refurbished Canadian Consumers each of them until the remote control operates your TV. 56,56 63 • The parental lock is set. Notes • Cancel the parental lock function or To start playback from stopfunction mode, moderate to listening level. Otherwise, speakers may playback quality. Pre-recorded DVDs automatically beenTVs altered or without ofinTACP/ requested contact TCL. In Hawaiithe consumers are be • The Some may notmodified respond to lock all ofauthorization the are functions thePage On-screen display Select: “Digital Output” change the parental level. “Bitstream” •Notes soundPLAY is muted during frame by frame playback. press the PLAY button. damaged by a sudden high volume sound. 61 set to these standards. There are many different types THI/TCL orortomay damage to operated products at or all part thereof which requested to contact THI. Amplifier with an 3 equipped table above, not be this remote – does not follow theTITLEyou • Itconnect is in TITLE the4 or mode of repeatthe playback, • These operations may prevent a with proper When using a DVD audio disc that includes pictures, this 56 •• The instructions above describe basic procedures which • Playback Turn off the amplifier before disconnect MPEG2 audio decoder of recordable disc formats (including CD-R containing have had thecase, serial number removed, altered, defaced control. Inmay this operate that TV picture with its“Stereo” own remote “Analog Output” a disc on the disc tray. coursePlace of the disc’s program. memory playback, etc. progress of the contents. operation be permitted in some segments. 56 may vary depending on the contents of the DVD video disc. 59 DVD player’s power cord. If you leave the amplifier power MP3 files). Given the fact that technology in this area is or rendered illegible. Rental Units To stop playback, press STOP. control. “Stereo” “Analog Output” –59 Buttons do not work. • PowerTosupply fluctuations or other If different•instructions Press and hold the ON/STANDBY button To OPTICAL COAXIAL appear on the TV screen, follow those on, the speakers may be damaged. still maturing, Toshiba cannot guarantee that all genre of (7) Should you elect to return your DVD Unit to TACP after The warranty for rental units beginabnormalities with the firstsuch rental or • If you replace the remote control’s batteries, remember to as static electricity may on the front panel for more than about 3 type digital type digital STOP Connect either. With instructions. recordable discs will produce optimal playback the ninetythe (90) days and within one (1) year, or quality. after the thirty (30) days from theaudio dateinput of shipment tothe theplayback rental firm, reprogram brand codes forplayer TV. audio input interrupt correct operations. seconds. The DVD turns off. 42 Recording system MPEG • If you display thecriteria top menu during playback and press the side down. The technical set out inCall this owner’s warranty period hasbutton expired: (800)-631-3811 whichever comes first. coaxial cable Press the again to turn it on. Ifmanual the toare Press / / / to select the title75you TOP MENU again without selecting any title, thetoDVD meant asinformation abutton guidestill only. receive concerning an exchange price. • Even if “Analog Output” is set buttons do not work, disconnect the Optical digital cable want. player may power resume playback from the point where you first plug and insert it into the Payment must be enclosed with product in the form a “Multi,” sound will wall be output in of pressed the TOP MENU button (depending on the actual outlet again. Customers should also note that permission is required certified check or money order including If the titles in the top menu are bitstream format. reason for DVD videotodisc.) in order download MP3control files and music from the 15 return. assigned number, canisdirectly The remote control does not •aThe remoteyou control not pointed at the • Point the remote at the remote When usingToshiba adamaged DVDofaudio disc, the DVD player resumes internet. has no right to are grant such permission. work properly. remote sensor of the DVD player. sensor theDVD DVD player. (8) Physically Units not acceptable for locate a specific title by pressing its ENTER playback from the beginning of the track where pressed shouldthe always bein sought from theyou copyright repair whether or out of warranty and designated number with the is number 15 • The remote control too far from thePermission DVD or• exchange Operate remote control within about the TOP button. owner. will be MENU returned 7 m. as received. buttons. player. • This method of locating a title is available only on a disc that Notes • There are two different disc sizes. Place the disc in 15 • The batteries in the remote control contains are Replace a• top menu.the batteries with new ones. • Refer tothe thecorrect owner’s manual of the connected guide on the disc tray. If the TV discasiswell. out exhausted. • Instruction notes of discs may refer to the button that • When you connect DVDdamage player to your because sure to turn off the power and unplug both units from the wall outlet before of the guide,the it may the discTV, and the displays the top menu as TITLE button. makingDVD any connections. player to malfunction. • If your• television set a has one audio connect the left and right audio outputs of the DVD player to a Y cable adapter (not Do not place disc which is input, unplayable in this supplied) andplayer. then connect to your TV. DVD • Connect the DVD player directly to your TV. If you connect the DVD player to a VCR, TV/VCR combination or video selector, the playback picture may be distorted as DVD video discs are copy protected. Before Calling Connecting Variable Locating Playing Operating an aSpeed aDisc aDesired MP3 to TVaOptional Service Playback with TV Encoded Section thePersonnel Equipment Remote CD (Continued) Control W Connectin Digital Theater Symptoms and correction Connecting to a TV Playing Basic anaMP3 playback encoded CDor fast Playing in with fast reverse forward directions Operating TV the remote control AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C L Ls Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SUB Rs R SELECT PR I P S R 2CH L COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y 1 SELECT I 4 P ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB PR COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL R 2CH L S TOP ME NU Locating a titleby using the top menu Playing frame frame 1Connecting to an amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audio decoder 1 3 2 2 AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y 3 3 2 Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 18 ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT PR I P S R 2CH L COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL How to Obtain W INTERLACED outputs/inputs (ColorStream®) PROGRESSIVE outputs/inputs (ColorStream®Pro) Tocomponent obtain a higher picture Some TVs or monitors are equipped with video quality Some TVs or monitors are equipped with component video Occasionally, noise during a normal broadcast may inputs. Connecting to these inputs allows you to enjoysome picture inputs thatnot areusually capablevisible of reproducing a progressively appear on the TV screenscanned while playing a DVD Connecting video disc because the high higher quality picture playback. video signal. to these inputs allows Actual labels for component video inputs resolution may varypictures on these you to discs viewinclude the highest a lot quality of information. pictures While with less theflicker. amount of (1) Referon to the troubleshooting guide in owner’s manual. list this mayDVD solveplayer, your problem. depending TV manufacturer. (ex.noise Y, your R-Y, B-Y or Y, depends on the TVThis youcheck use with you should generally reduce C(2) B, CR In) the U.S.A., only call the TACP toll number adjustment 800-631-3811, or if in Canada seevideo listingdiscs. below within (30) thefree sharpness on your TVHawaii whenor viewing DVD In some TVs or monitors, color levels of the playback days after you find athe defective product or part. About picture maycode befor reduced slightly tint may change. In Brand table (3) Arrange the delivery of or thethe product to the TACP/THI/TCL Authorized Service Station or TACP Return Center. The icons on the heading bar show the playable discs for the such aProducts case, adjust the to TVthe or monitor optimum shipped Service for Station must be insured and safely and securely packed, preferably in the original Brand name Brand code Brand name Brand code function described under that heading. performance. shipping carton, and a letter explaining the defect and also a copy of the bill of sale or other proof of purchase must be : DVD audio discs. enclosed. TOSHIBA 0001 0071 0211: DVD 0571video discs. RCA 0971 1071 1081 1091 0201 DVD player Number buttons : Audio CD. : VIDEOcontact: CDs. In Canada contact: In the & Continental States contact: BELL HOWELLUnited 0471 0651 0071In Hawaii 0281 0441 1041 0501 Power supply 120 V AC, 60 Hz Consumer Electronics Group Consumer Electronics Toshiba Hawaii Inc. CARVER 0201 0251 0281 0411 0501 REALISTIC 0631 1001 1011 1021 Group 1031 191 McNabb Street 22171 Fraserwood Way 327 Kamakee Street Dolby Digital • Use DVD video discs encoded CITIZEN 0201 0251 0851 0201 0501 0481 0321via Power consumption 16 W Manufactured under license from Dolby 5.1ch surround sound Markham, Ontario L3R 8H2 Richmond, B.C. V6W 1J5 Honolulu, HAin 96814 Dolby Digital is the surround sound used theaters showing the the Dolby Digital recording CURTIS MATHES 0471 0651technology 0071 0281 0441 0331 0501 0651 0771 Laboratories. “Dolby”, “Pro Logic” andflow Signal The Dolby Digital decoder equipped with this DVD player enables you to obtain (905)-470-5400 (604)-303-2500 (808)-521-5377 Massmovies, and is now available to reproduce 2.5 kgthis realistic effect in the home. latest the double-D symbol are trademarks of system. 0311 sound 0431 tracks 0521 when 0571you connect the RUNCO 0071 0091 0281 0291 0341 the full benefit of 5.1 channel DVD player to About To resume the screen normal saver playback Laboratories. Consumer Electronics GroupConfidential You can enjoy motion picture and live 0471 concert DVD video with this dynamic dimensions 430 ¥ 690571 ¥ 219discs mm (W/H/D) • Dolby Make the following setting. EMERSON 0201 0231 0481 0471 0651 anExternal amplifier equipped with 5.1 channel audio inputs. Press Press SLOW T. during playback. Repeat steps 2 and 3 if necessary. unpublished works. Copyright North Road Presssound PAUSE/STEP during playback. If you PLAY. Press pause a1643 picture ofService a DVD video disc0281 and1992-1997 leave realistic by connecting DVD player to a 6 channel amplifier equipped 0581 the 0651 SAMSUNG 0171 0181 0251 0411it Dolby Laboratories. All rights reserved. Droval, the QC H9P 1J1display Signal Standard NTSC On-screen Select: Page If system you are using a VIDEO CD/audio CD, skip steps 1If you have Each time you press the SLOW still for a long while, screen saver of the DVD player with a Dolby Digital decoder or Dolby Digital processor. a Dolby FISHER 0041 0121 0181 0201press 0281 0491 0501 0631 0661 0791 To resume normal playback, (514)-856-4100 and 2. Then at step 3, enter the number for the track button, the slow-motion speed • Use DVD video discs encoded automatically appears (when “Screen Saver” is set tovia Surround you will obtain the full benefit laser, of Pro Logic from 650 the nm 0021 Laser Pro Logic decoder, wavelength / 780 nm 0471 0571 0651 Semiconductor SANYO 0041 0081 “Multi” 0121 0171 the PLAY button. “Analog Output” you want using theprovide number buttons. changes. Dolby Digital recording ). To turn off the screen saver, press the PLAY “On” same DVD movies that full 5.1-channel Dolby Digital soundtracks, as well Amplifier equipped with Press PLAY or ENTER. GE 0941 0951 0961 DVD 0971linear 0981 0181 0231 0241 0451 Frequency range by state sound : button. kHz samplingand 4 Hz to 220201 kHz All warranties law, including the implied warranties of48merchantability fitness for a particular purpose, are system. audio inputs as To from with mark. (red) (white) Y titles To implied PB the To Dolby PR5.1ch 0991Surround 1041 0571 0651 0671 0701 0711 Playback starts from by the 96 kHz sampling 4 Hz to 44 kHz Recording system D/MPEG e.g. expressly limited to the duration of limited warranties set forthNotes above.system With the exception of any warranties implied state If you press the SLOW button • Sound is muted during still mode. Audio • Make the following setting. VIDEO VIDEO VIDEO GOLDSTAR 0201 0251 0281 0411 0501 0721 location. 192 4Off Hz to selected 88 kHz agreements Toyou 5.1ch audio lawOUT as hereby limited,OUT the foregoing warranty is exclusive ofsound allkHz other warranties, guarantees, andchannel during playback, can view theand in •lieu The issampling muted during slow-motion playback. Automatic Power function OUT When “To wall Pro Logic” is setSelect: to “On,” 20501 outlet On-screen display HALLMARK 0001 0511 inputs 0201 0231 0471 SEARS 0001 0191 0491 0201 Page To 5.1CH similar obligations of manufacturer or seller with respect to the repair or replacement of any parts. In no event TACP/THI • The playback speedismay differ depending onshall the disc.is picture in reverse slow-motion. (Only To stop playback sound is output in the Dolby Surround Pro Signal-to-noise ratio More than 112 dB Amplifier equipped with a If the DVD player stopped, or the screen saver 0481 0571 0581 0651 0071 0211 0571 0041 0121 SURROUND be Press liable for consequential orusing incidental damages. Logic format. Toincludes obtain thepictures, original 2 channel • When usingfor a DVD audio disc thatminutes, this when a DVD video0351 disc.) 0371 Dolby Digital decoder STOP. OUT engaged approximately 20 the DVD player HITACHI 0021 0221 0251 More 0181 0201 0281 “Digital “Bitstream” Audio dynamic than AUDIO 108 dB Pro Logic” to0471 “Off”. 0651 sound, set “Output” No person, agent,range dealer or company is authorized to change, modify or extend thein terms of these warranties in operation may be permitted some picture segments. Audio cable Press /distributor, to select a section you want will automatically turn itself off. 0381 0431 0571 0751 SHARP 0851obligation 0511 of 0571 0201 arising 0501 Each time you press the0641 SLOW To be 2CH AUDIO OUT any manner distortion whatsoever. The time within which an action must commenced to enforce any TACP/THI To OPTICAL To COAXIAL Notes Harmonic Less than 0.002 % to warranty locate.or button, INFINITY 0501 SONY 0451 0571 0681 thestatute, slow-motion speed under the under any or law of the United Connect States oreither. any state thereof, is0441 hereby limited to ninety (90) days type digital type digital • Pressing the CLEAR button resets the numbers. To clear the (white) (red) “Stereo” “Analog Output” Stilllimitation pictures included onto0481 DVD audio discsarising JBLtheand 0501 SOUNDESIGN 0201 Wow Below level (less than ±0.001 % (W.PEAK)) audio audio changes. e.g. When youhave want toinput locate measurable a the defect. display, from dateflutter you discover or input should discovered, This does not apply implied warranties press the T button several times. cable audio discs may0501 JVC state law. 0311 0431 0521 0571 75 W coaxial SYLVANIA 0071 0191 0221 0461 stillispictures, which are under chapter. of locating ainclude title/group available only on a Operating conditions Temperature: 5 ∞ C• This toDVD 35method ∞ C, Operation status: Horizontal Towarranty remove the you disc Optical cable LXI 0001 legal 0511 rights 0851and you may 0471 0591 0611 0651 0371 D Recording system This gives specific alsodigital have other rights which may vary from state to state. Some classified into two large groups. disc thatTocontains title/group audio inputs of thenumbers. amplifier MAGNAVOX 0501 0071long0191 0221 warranty 0461 lasts, when an action may be 0511 0531 0841 Press states do OPEN/CLOSE. not allow limitation on how an implied brought, or the exclusion or • Even if “Analog Output” is set to 0471 0591 damages, 0611 0651 TANDY 0171 0511 0851 0571 0201 limitation of incidental or consequential so the above provisions may not apply to you. • Slideshow: Still pictures appear one after another Playing of sound DVD audio “Multi,” will be discs output in Remove the disc after the disc tray TV orbonus monitorgroups equipped Outputs SELECTwith the disc MARANTZ 0201 0501 0501 consistent automatically bitstream format. with component video Some DVD audio discs may include an extra content opens completely. ATTENTION CONSUMERS: 1.0 V (p-p), 75 W, negative MEMOREX 0411 TECHNICS 0371 0501 0511 0531 0761 Set to “I.” be operated. Video outputCANADIAN sync.,program. pin jack ¥They 1 cannot (INTERLACED) inputs To PRavideo input of the called “Bonus group”. I P / to enter number Canadian consumers are requested to complete the special Canadian “Warranty Registration and forward MGA Press 0201 0841 Form” 0911 enclosed, or If you select it to play, a display appears to enter a key S video outputform with0201 1.0 V0501 (p-p), W, negative sync., Mini DIN 4-pin ¥ 10481 this completed a copy of bill ofinput sale(Y) to TOSHIBA OF75 CANADA and Validate” their warranty. Product section. MITSUBISHI 0451 TEKNIKA 0201 0251 0501 •number. Browsable pictures: TVtoor“Register monitor equipped To P0321 B video0331 SELECT Press the number buttons to enter the key (C) 0.286 V (p-p), 75 W must be purchased from0511 an Authorized Canadian purchased inYou thecan U.S.A. and 0251 used Canada are not 0571 0651 0771Dealer. Products TMK 0201 with component video display your in favorite still picture number, then press ENTER. Set to “P.” covered by these 2negative Press PLAY. Y videobuttons input (Y)are (PROGRESSIVE) inputs MTC 0251 VIDTECH 0201 0501 0401 0411 0851 selected with the buttons on the remote Component videowarranties. output 1.0 V (p-p), 75 W, sync., pin jack ¥ 1 I P Also0201 the To number When the number is entered correctly, playback of the at0001 the location where you NAD Press STOP 0511 0511 control. of those mayfrom change (PB)/(PR) 0.7 V (p-p),bonus 75 W, group pin jack ¥ 2 •• Some available. Make the following setting. Make the following setting. Playback starts the starts. IMPORTANT: PACKING AND SHIPPING INSTRUCTION want to interrupt playback. OPTONICA 0511 0851 0201 0501 WARDS 0201 0501 of0001 0191 title. 0481 automatically. You can enjoy of(interlaced/ 20571 channel digital stereo by an beginning the(I/P), current realistic of Dolby Surround Logic bynumbers, To get key to this instruction notes discs. * After setting switch beofsure to When you sendthe the product tosound a Service Station, you must use the original carton box andrefer packing material, then insert the Audio output (BITSTREAM/PCM Optical connector ¥Pro 1connecting Switching thedynamic output signal On-screen display Select: Page e.g. To enter 25sound PANASONIC 0371 0501 0511 0531 0761 0491 0851 0511from 0571 0071 The DVD player memorizes the amplifier equipped with a digital audio input and speaker system (right and left Playback starts the connecting an amplifier and speaker system (right and left front speakers, a power off the DVD player then turn it on original carton box containing the unit into another carton using more packing material. progressive) using the remote control OPTICAL) Notes 0841 0911 1061 is stopped. 0281 0441 : To a picture. (The of pictures location where or playback front speakers). beginning of theorder current group. center speaker, and or two rear speakers). to select activate the setting. “Stereo” “Analog Output” (only when theone SELECT (I/P) switch isVset to “P”) “Digital “PCM” A key be cleared inOutput” some cases such as when depending onstarts the disc) PHILCO 0071 0111 0181 0.5 0201 0271 ZENITH 0931 Audio output (BITSTREAM/PCM (p-p), 75 W,•pin jacknumber ¥ 1 mayvary Playback from the Be sure to press the OPEN/CLOSE button to close removing the disc. Enter the key number again if necessary. With amplifier equipped with Digital Youancan temporarily switch theDolby output signal 0301 0461 0501 0651for better COAXIAL) beginning of the disc. the disc the tray after you remove theway disc.as described in “Connecting • When you use a :bonus group a programmed play such as picture quality. Connect equipment the same to an To return to in a specific one programmed on PHILIPS 0071 0191 0221 0461 0471 Amplifier equipped with Press PLAY. Be sure to set “Analog Output” “Stereo” Audio output (2CH AUDIO) 2.0 V (rms), 680 W, pin jacks (L, R)to¥the 1 disc. “Analog Output” Press PROGRESSIVE on the remote control. memory playback, enter the key number beforehand. amplifier equipped with a Dolby Digital decoder.” Refer to that amplifier’s • If you want return to the beginning of a DVD video/ 0591input 0611 0651 a0501 digital audio to “Stereo” when you enjoy While manual the DVDand player is progressive signals, The DVD player resumes owner’s set theoutputting amplifier so you can enjoy Dolby Surround audio Audio output (5.1CH SURROUND) 2.0playback V (rms), 680 W, pin jacks disc, ¥Pro 6 open and close the disc tray once with PROTON 0201 the sound. indicator on the right side on To the frontyou panel sounds Dolby Surround To OPTICAL COAXIAL from the location where stopped Logic the OPEN/CLOSE buttonof before pressing the Pro PLAY PULSAR 0931 0071 0091 0281 0291 illuminates. Logic using this connection. type digital type digital Connect either. playback. button. • Make the following setting. 0341 0471 0651 input withaudio input With an amplifier notaudio equipped Dolby Digital QUASAR 0371 0501 0511 0531 75 0761 Supplied W coaxial cable On-screen display Select: Page Connect Accessories the equipment as follows. * Connect one or two rear speakers. Notes 0841 0911 Optical digital cable The output sound from the rear speakers 56 Audio/video cable ................................................. 1 •Notes Resuming cannot function when: To start playback from beginning regardless RADIO SHACK 0631the 1001 1011 1021 1031 “Analog Output” even “Stereo” will be monaural if you connect59 two Amplifier equipped with – you change thenot parental lock setting or select a disc Press SKIP or repeatedly to display of the location where you stopped playback • Some titles may display chapter numbers. 0851 0201 0501 0481 0321 * Remote control (SE-R0071) ................................. 1 rear speakers. Dolby Surround Pro Logic menu language . • When you set “Title/Group Stop” to “Off” , you can the chapter or track number you want. 1 Press STOP twice.0331 0501 0651 0771 Notes Batteries (AAA) ..................................................... 2 – you play a PBC-featured VIDEO CD while “PBC” is To connected audio input equipment • Refer to thestarts owner’s manual of the as well.access chapters in another title. If you go back to the Playback from the selected chapter The DVD player erases or thetrack. previous set to “On.” preceding title by pressing the SKIP button, the DVD To 2CH AUDIO OUT • When you connect the DVD player to other equipment, be sure to turn off the power and unplug all of the equipment from the – you open thethe discfirst tray. location from its memory. Notes player locates chapter of the title. When “Title/Group To locate succeeding chapters or wall outlet before making any connections. • There may be a difference in access the location where playback •• Do not move the DVD player during playback. Doing so may damage Stop” the is set disc. to “On,” you can chapters only within the tracks. If you place the DVD player near a tuner or radio, the radio broadcast sound might be distorted. In this case, place the DVD resumes depending on while the disc. Especially whensousing Audio cable • Use the OPEN/CLOSE button to open and close the disc tray. Do current not push title. the disc tray it is moving. Doing may a player away the tuner and • Designs andfrom specifications areradio. subject to change without notice. DVD audio disc, playback may resume the beginning of the DVD player to DVD malfunction. press and hold the SKIP or from on the front starts has froma the • cause The output sound ofPlayback the player widebeginning dynamic range.• IfBeyou sure to adjust the receiver’s volume to abutton moderate the current track. • Do not push up on the disc tray or put any objects other than discs panel on the during disc playback, tray. Doing the so DVD may player cause performs the DVD fast player reverse to of the the current chapter listening level. Otherwise, speakers mayorbetrack. damaged by a sudden high volume sound. • Settings you changed using the on-screen the fast forward can vary the displays speed bywhile twice, playback the DVD or • malfunction. Turn off the amplifierWhen beforeyou youpress connect or disconnect player’s power playback. cord. If youYou leave the amplifier power on, the DVD player keeps afurther. location in thedisplay memory may function • In many instances, a menu screen will appear after playback of a pressing movie is the completed. button Prolonged of an on-screen starts from the beginning of the speakers may be damaged. only after theitsmemory isTocleared. damage your television set, permanently etching thatTo image locate onto chapters screen. or tracks avoid during this, fast bereverse sure to or press fast the • menu The S may VIDEO OUT jack and thechapter VIDEO OUT jack cannot output video signals simultaneously, if you select progressive preceding or track. forward playback, first press the PLAY button to resume STOP button twice on your remote control signal when the SELECT (I/P) switch is setonce to “P.”the movie is completed. or button. normal playback, then use the SKIP DVD player / outputs / supplied accessories Connecting Connecting to an amplifier amplifier equipped with with a5.1ch Dolby Digital inputs decoder Connecting toto anan audio systemequipped and TV equipped with audio component video inputs C L Ls Y 1 ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SUB Rs R SELECT PR I P S R 2CH L COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL 4 5 2 Connections Basic Others playback AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT Connections To pause playb Playing ina slow-motion Locating desired section by entering its corresponding number Connectin 2Dolby channel digita Surround Resuming playback from the same location 3Connecting to an amplifier equipped with Dolby Surround Pro Logic 1 2 Locating a specific chapter or track Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 19 Connections Basic Others playback LIMITED Connections TV/VIDEO CAUTION TV 2 power Keep your fingers well clear of the disc VOLtray as it is closing. Toshiba America Consumer Products, Inc. (“TACP”), Toshiba Hawaii (“THI”) and Toshiba Canada Limited (“TCL”) make Neglecting to do so may cause serious injury.the CH personal Connect This You Check can section the enjoy play the following DVD shows discs MP3 highplayer files at quality you guide various on the tofor this dynamic your basics the speeds, DVD TV. possible on sounds player. how and cause resume tobyplay connecting ofaplayback adisc. problem from DVD before the player contacting location to or any service. following limited warranties. These limited warranties extend to the original purchaser person receiving this set as a gift optional you audio stopped equipment. playback. from where the original purchaser and to no purchaser or transferee. 43 . For details of output sound, seeother 3 2, 4 ON/STANDBY / / ENTER ENTER You can operate the basic functions of selected TVsindicator using the supplied remote control. Commercial Units Limited Ninety (90) Day Warranty Before Calling Connecting Variable Locating Playing Operating an aSpeed aDisc aDesired MP3 to TVaOptional Service Playback with TV Encoded Section thePersonnel Equipment Remote CD (Continued) Control W Connectin Digital Theater Symptoms and correction Products sold and used for commercial TACP/THI warrant this product against defects in materials 3 use have a limited 1 ninety (90) day warranty for all parts and labor. or workmanship for a period of ninety (90) days after the original retail During this period,toTACP/ •date Forofconnection to purchase. your TV, see “Connecting a TV” Warning Symptom Cause Correction DVD display Number buttons Page Owner’s Manual THI repair product or part, at their 18will19 . or replace a defective • When arethe connecting (via the BITSTREAM/PCM shouldyou owner’s manual thoroughly option, with a of new or refurbished product part is without The power disconnected. You 18 •read Connect the power plug securely into before the 43 . or plug • No Forpower. details output sound, •see (DIGITAL) AUDIO OUT jack) AV decoder does outlet. video discs are divided intoproduct titles, and sub-divided into chapters. DVDan audio discsand arethat divided operating thiswall product. You should complete mail the into charge to DVD you. You deliver thereference entire to athe titles are •Normally, ThisDVD-A section usesmust the following marks. DVD-V not have Digital or MPEG2 function, be enclosed Demographic card within tendecoding (10) days after you, TACP/THI Authorized Service Station. You responsible groups, the groups are sub-divided intoare tracks. VIDEO CDs and audio CDs are divided into tracks. You can quickly 27 The turned off by • The automatic power off function turned • Dolby Press the PLAY button. “DTS” and “DTS Digital Out” are locate VCD DVD CDandplayer sure to setwho “Digital to “PCM” fromTheater the DTS is a high surround technology used in theaters and now available for Output” itself. the unit off. for or the person has given you thisofproduct as aon-screen gift, for all transportation and insurance charges the unit to trademarks Digital Systems, any specific title,quality chapter, group, or track. Signal flow 56product. 61 . Otherwise, high sound mayto displaysthis Inc. is one This wayvolume to enable and the Authorized Service If not you livetoas inreceive the home use, on DVD video discs or audio CDs. No from picture. • Station. The TV is set DVDpurchased signal • Select the appropriate video input modeTACP 26 Preparations MP3 disc compatibility with this player is limited follows: : Front speaker To pause resume playback normal playback Preparation damage your hearing as well as the speakers. provide you with better customer service andDVD improved U.S.A. you may, at your option, return your Unit to:only) output. IfWhen you have a DTS decoder or processor, you can obtain full input benefit of on5.1 the TV the picture from the DVD audio disc Press or FWD during playback. youREV want toCD-ROM, view DVD a“To video disc, disc turn on theDVD TV and select thethe video connected to so the DVD player. •Follow Playable discs: CD-R (650MB / 74 min. • during Use DVD video discs or audio PLAY. PAUSE/STEP playback. the instruction ofsound program the remote control” to the brand code. •Press DOCDs. NOT play DTS-encoded discs when you are player appears onand the TV products. Failure to return the card willscreen. not affect your rights Toshiba Consumer Products Inc. DTS encoded tracks on DVD video discs system, or set audio •channel When you want to enjoy the sound of discs from the audio turn on the audio system select the input connected CD-RW isAmerica not Title 1: recommendable. Title 2 Rear speaker CDsthat encoded viahave the DTS Group 2 REV : Fast reverse playback Group 1 connecting an AV decoder does not DTS18, 19 under this warranty. Returns Center • The video cable is not connected securely. • Connect the video cable securely into the to the DVD player. • Sampling 44.1 kHz only 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 1 Frequency: Chapter 2 Chapter 1 Chapter recording system. resume normal decoding function. TrackTo 1 program Track 2 the To Track 1 control Track 2 playback, Track 3 press the remote 1420C Toshiba Dr.FWD: Fast forward playback appropriate jacks. • Bit rate 32 kbps-320 kbps : Sub woofer • Make the following setting. PLAY button. Point the remote control at your TV, and • When playing DTS-encoded discs (audio CDs), Your Responsibility Lebanon, TN 37087 Amplifier• equipped with connected with the audio 1 While• holding down ENTER, press sound. The equipment Select the correct input mode of the the number26 • No CD physical format: Mode 1, Mode 2 XA Form 1 or noisereceiver may from thetoanalog audioPage Each time you press REV use buttons as follows. a DTS decoder Theexcessive above warranties arebe subject toto the following Upon receipt wethe will, at our option, exchange the DVD UnitDVD signal On-screen display Select: (red) (white) (yellow) cable is not the set to receive audio sooutput youto can listen the To S VIDEO OUT Press power button (ON/STANDBY). Press OPEN/CLOSE close the disc buttons that correspond your TV’s brand code •with File ISO9660 Level 1output. : Center speaker output jacks. Tofrom avoid possible damage to the audio FWD button, the playback speed conditions: a system: new or refurbished unit. Canadian consumers are sound the DVD player. referring to the list on the next page. “Bitstream” tray. •requested File names are limited to eight characters orand less and The DVD player turns on the To OPTICAL To COAXIAL system, you take proper precautions when the 56 Notes changes. Selecting a should track the disc (1) You must retain your bill ofincable sale or provideinto other of to contact TCL. In Hawaii consumers are or proof To wall outlet “Digital Output” 18-23 •the Thepower audio cable is not securely. • Connect the(file) audio securely TV power To turn on and off.connected type digital type digital Connect either. must incorporate “MP3” extension. ON/STANDBY indicator on the : Signal flow analog audio output jacks ofand the omits DVD player areduring 61 • The DVD player mutes sound subtitles purchase. requested to contact THI. “PCM” the appropriate jacks. To 2CH To VIDEO OUT 1 If a track list is not displayed, press the MENU button TV/VIDEO To select a video input. e.g. To Program brand code 0071. audio input audio input e.g.“********.MP3” player illuminates. connected to an aamplification system. To enjoy DTS Playback starts. VIDEO CD/Audio CD reverse and forward scan of DVD video discs. (2) notify TACP/THI/TCL /Authorized cable to must show it. on the • The receiver or75 TV iscoaxial turned off.You • Turn equipment connected with Service26 VOL + / – cannot contain To AUDIO adjust theaudio volume. 56 Digital Surround™ playback, an external 5.1 channel •Limited File names special characters such as • DVD audio discs may not be played inyou fast reverse Station within thirty (30) days after discover aorinfast One (1)Track Year Warranty OUT “Stereo” “Analog Output” the audio cable. The current track being played is highlighted red. Track 1 2 Track 4 Track 3 To select a channel. Track 5 Optical digital cable CH / 59 DTS Digital Surround™ decoder system must be “?!><+*}{`[@]:;\ /.,” etc. forward directions. defective product or part. TACP/THI further warrant the parts in this product against /the /proper / 0 audio buttons to(DIGITAL) a track you Press 42, 56 • The setting of output sound format is2connected • the Select ENTER tospeed the AUDIO 7setting. 1select •defects Total number of files on the disc should not exceed 254. (3) • DVD-V The mayofdiffer depending onbe themade disc. Allplayback warranty servicing this product must by a in materials or workmanship for a period of one (1) If you insert a0BITSTREAM/PCM DVD video disc that contains a top 59 incorrect. want to play. When the DVD player is turned on for 42 Recording system DTS Notes OUT jack of the DVD player. TACP/THI/TCL Authorized Service Station. year after the dateTV/VIDEO of original retail purchase. During this menu, a menu may appear. See “Locating a title The selected highlighted the connect firstpicture time, an on-screen display 9 playback • The disc is(DIGITAL) dirty.will appear • Eject thetrack disc is and clean it. in green. • The DO NOT thehas BITSTREAM/PCM (4) U.S.A. warranties are effective period, TACP/THI repair or replace a defective product Preparations Set to “I.”will 30 only if the product is using theENTER top menu.” TV power occasional distortion. 3 Press the button to begin playback of the / to provide initial settings. Press the • It is in fast forward or fast reverse • Sometimes a small amount of picture Hold down. AUDIO OUT jack of the DVD player to the AC-3 RF input purchased and operated in the U.S.A. or – part, atyou their option, with a newencoded or refurbished product or •orWhen playback an MP3 CD, set “Priority You may need to press theContinental TOP MENU or MENU selected track. playback. buttons toVOL select an item, andon press the distortion may appear. This is not a with TV or monitor of awithout Dolby Digital Receiver. This input your A/V Puerto Rico. part charge to you, except 65if a defective part is > JPG ”.that Contents 2” to “CH MP3 button to display disc menu (depending on the ToENTER. video input (yellow) audio/video inputs malfunction. , is and ENTER button. the pages in of Receiver is reserved forSee Laserdisc use only and Release (5) 2Labor service for set installation. Set up, replaced after ninety (90) days from the date the original Audio/video cable actual DVDcharges video disc.) Brightness is unstable or • The effect of copy protection. • Connect the control DVD player directly tothe the selected / buttons, then make a selection using the incompatible with the BITSTREAM/PCM (DIGITAL) The DVD remote memorizes adjustment of customer controls and installation or 18 retail purchase you pay labor charges (supplied) involved in the (white) A menu may appear depending the to disc. DVD-A noises are present in the TV. Avoid connecting the DVDon player Notes AUDIO OUT jackmust of the DVD player. press the ENTER button. brand code. repair of antenna systems are not covered by this replacement. You also deliver the entire product to a See “Locating a title using the top menu” 30 . playback pictures. amay VCRnot or TV/VCR combination. Place a CD Service that contains MP3 filesOUT on • DVD-V Connect the BITSTREAM/PCM (DIGITAL) AUDIO • Some discs permit this operation. To audio inputs (red) DVD-A warranty. Reception problems caused by inadequate TACP/THI Authorized Station. You are responsible 61 On-Screen Language S video cable The DVD player does not • No disc is inserted. • Insert a disc. jack of the DVD player to the “DIGITAL (OPTICAL)” or the disc tray. • If you stop playback by pressing the STOP button, and 26 then antenna systems are your responsibility. forVCD all transportation and insurance charges for the unit to CD TV Shape 58 (not supplied) start playback. “DIGITAL (COAXIAL)” of•aStation. Receiver or Processor. press the PLAY button, playback will in start 10 An unplayable disc in is the inserted. (6) • Insert a playable (Check thefrom discthe Warranties extend only todisc. defects materials or beginning and from the Authorized input Service If you live Notes Note •U.S.A. Referyou to the owner’s manual ofreturn the connected theremote track.type.) and After making alloption, the settings, select “Unit”to: To resume normal playback workmanship as limited above and extend to any may, at your your DVDequipment • of The control programmed at do thenot factory to operate To Sis video If the TV has an S video input, connect thetray the disc contains a disc you have already played, Press TOP MENU. Press ENTER. as well. 31 35input 37 SKIP , REPEAT and RANDOM functions Press PAUSE/STEP during still playback. press the ENTER button. 26 via The disc Inc. is placed upside down. •If The •TVs. Place the disc with the playback side product or parts which have been lost ordiscs discarded by Toshiba America Consumer•Products TOSHIBA Press PLAY. • Use DVD video encoded MPEG2 sound DVD player with an S video cable. When playback will begin from the location where you last stopped • When you connect the DVD player to otherthe equipment, be also Press OPEN/CLOSE to load the disc. you oravailable. to down. damage to products or parts caused byon Returns Center The top menu appears onPAUSE/ the TV starts from chapter 1 ofthe the • are A single brand may Playback use different codes depending Each time you press the MPEG2 recording system. using an S video cable, do not connect the You can enjoy motion picture and live concert DVD video discs with dynamic 29 playback. sure to turn off theDr. power and •unplug all is ofnot theplaced equipment misuse, accident, damage caused by Acts of God, such 1420C Toshiba 26 The disc within the guide. • Place the disc correctly inside the guide particular model. Enter the correct number referring to the screen. selected title. STEP button, the picture advances Press OPEN/CLOSE. yellow cable. Make the following setting. realistic by connecting an amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audioon the disc •tray. from thesound wallTN outlet before making anyvideo connections. as lighting or fluctuations in electric power, improper Lebanon, 37087 brand code table. one frame. Playback starts. decoder or MPEG2 processor. The disc tray opens. e.g. To start playback in the stop mode • The receipt output sound the DVD player has a wide dynamic This DVD player requires discs/recordings toviolation meet Try installation, improper maintenance orare useprovided. in of Upon we will,ofaudio at our option, exchange the DVD Unit On-screen display Select: Page • For some •brands, several brand codes 9 • The disc is dirty. Clean the disc. • Make the following setting. range. Beor sure to adjust unit. the receiver’s volume to a are certain technical standards in order to achieve optimal Press PLAY. instructions furnished by us; or to units which have with a new refurbished Canadian Consumers each of them until the remote control operates your TV. 56,56 63 • The parental lock is set. Notes • Cancel the parental lock function or To start playback from stopfunction mode, moderate to listening level. Otherwise, speakers may playback quality. Pre-recorded DVDs automatically beenTVs altered or without ofinTACP/ requested contact TCL. In Hawaiithe consumers are be • The Some may notmodified respond to lock all ofauthorization the are functions thePage On-screen display Select: “Digital Output” change the parental level. “Bitstream” •Notes sound is muted during frame by frame playback. press the PLAY button. damaged by a sudden high volume sound. 61 set to these standards. There are many different types THI/TCL orortomay damage to operated products at or all part thereof which requested to contact THI. Amplifier equipped with an table above, not be this remote – does not follow the you • Itconnect is in the or mode of repeatthe playback, • These operations may prevent a with proper When using a DVD audio disc that includes pictures, this 56 •• The instructions above describe basic procedures which • Playback Turn off the amplifier before disconnect MPEG2 audio decoder of recordable disc formats (including CD-R containing have had thecase, serial number removed, altered, defaced control. Inmay this operate that TV picture with its“Stereo” own remote “Analog Output” a disc on the disc tray. coursePlace of the disc’s program. memory playback, etc. progress of the contents. operation be permitted in some segments. 56 may vary depending on the contents of the DVD video disc. 59 DVD player’s power cord. If you leave the amplifier power MP3 files). Given the fact that technology in this area is or rendered illegible. Rental Units To stop playback, press STOP. control. “Stereo” “Analog Output” –59 Buttons do not work. • PowerTosupply fluctuations or other If different•instructions Press and hold the ON/STANDBY button To OPTICAL COAXIAL appear on the TV screen, follow those on, the speakers may be damaged. still maturing, Toshiba cannot guarantee that all genre of (7) Should you elect to return your DVD Unit to TACP after The warranty for rental units beginabnormalities with the firstsuch rental or • If you replace the remote control’s batteries, remember to as static electricity may on the front panel for more than about 3 type digital type digital Connect either. With instructions. recordable discs will produce optimal playback the ninetythe (90) days and within one (1) year, or quality. after the thirty (30) days from theaudio dateinput of shipment tothe theplayback rental firm, reprogram brand codes forplayer TV. audio input interrupt correct operations. seconds. The DVD turns off. 42 Recording system MPEG • If you display thecriteria top menu during playback and press the side down. The technical set out inCall this owner’s warranty period hasbutton expired: (800)-631-3811 whichever comes first. coaxial cable Press the again to turn it on. Ifmanual the toare Press / / / to select the title75you TOP MENU again without selecting any title, thetoDVD meant asinformation abutton guidestill only. receive concerning an exchange price. • Even if “Analog Output” is set buttons do not work, disconnect the Optical digital cable want. player may power resume playback from the point where you first plug and insert it into the Payment must be enclosed with product in the form a “Multi,” sound will wall be output in of pressed the TOP MENU button (depending on the actual outlet again. Customers should also note that permission is required certified check or money order including If the titles in the top menu are bitstream format. reason for DVD videotodisc.) in order download MP3control files and music from the 15 return. assigned number, canisdirectly The remote control does not •aThe remoteyou control not pointed at the • Point the remote at the remote When usingToshiba adamaged DVDofaudio disc, the DVD player resumes internet. has no right to are grant such permission. work properly. remote sensor of the DVD player. sensor theDVD DVD player. (8) Physically Units not acceptable for locate a specific title by pressing its playback from the beginning of the track where pressed shouldthe always bein sought from theyou copyright repair whether or out of warranty and designated number with the is number 15 • The remote control too far from thePermission DVD or• exchange Operate remote control within about the TOP button. owner. will be MENU returned 7 m. as received. buttons. player. • This method of locating a title is available only on a disc that Notes • There are two different disc sizes. Place the disc in 15 • The batteries in the remote control contains are Replace a• top menu.the batteries with new ones. • Refer tothe thecorrect owner’s manual of the connected guide on the disc tray. If the TV discasiswell. out exhausted. • Instruction notes of discs may refer to the button that • When you connect DVDdamage player to your because sure to turn off the power and unplug both units from the wall outlet before of the guide,the it may the discTV, and the displays the top menu as TITLE button. makingDVD any connections. player to malfunction. • If your• television set a has one audio connect the left and right audio outputs of the DVD player to a Y cable adapter (not Do not place disc which is input, unplayable in this supplied) andplayer. then connect to your TV. DVD • Connect the DVD player directly to your TV. If you connect the DVD player to a VCR, TV/VCR combination or video selector, the playback picture may be distorted as DVD video discs are copy protected. Connecting to a TV Playing Basic anaMP3 playback encoded CDor fast Playing in with fast reverse forward directions Operating TV the remote control 1 4 Locating a titleby using the top menu Playing frame frame 1Connecting to an amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audio decoder 1 3 2 2 3 3 2 Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 18 How to Obtain W INTERLACED outputs/inputs (ColorStream®) PROGRESSIVE outputs/inputs (ColorStream®Pro) Tocomponent obtain a higher picture Some TVs or 1 monitors are equipped with video quality Some TVs or monitors are equipped with component video Occasionally, noise during a normal broadcast may inputs. Connecting you to enjoysome picture inputs thatnot areusually capablevisible of reproducing a progressively 2, 4to these inputs allows appear on the TV screenscanned while playing a DVD Connecting video disc because the high higher quality TOP picture playback. video signal. toCLEAR these inputs allows MENU Actual labels for component video inputs resolution may varypictures on these you to discs viewinclude the highest a lot quality of information. pictures While with less theflicker. amount of (1) Referon to MENU the troubleshooting guide in owner’s manual. list this mayDVD solveplayer, your problem. depending TV manufacturer. (ex.noise Y, your R-Y, B-Y or Y, depends on the TVThis youcheck use with you should / / / generally reduce ENTER C(2) B, CR In) the U.S.A., only call the TACP toll number adjustment 800-631-3811, or if in Canada seevideo listing below within (30) thefree sharpness on your TVHawaii whenor viewing DVD discs. ENTER RETURN In some TVs or monitors, the color levels of the playback days after or part. DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD /you find a defective product About PLAY SKIP picture maycode bePLAY reduced slightly tint may change. In Brand table (3) Arrange for the delivery of or thethe product to the TACP/THI/TCL Authorized Service Station or TACP Return Center. DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD icons on the heading bar show theSTOP The playable discs for the PLAY such aProducts case, adjust the to TVthe or monitor optimum shipped Service for Station must be insured and safely and securely packed, preferably in the original STOP Brand name Brand code Brand name Brand codeSLOW function described under that heading. performance. shippingPAGE carton, and a letter explaining the defect and also a copy of the bill of sale or other proof of purchase must be T DVD-A : DVD audio discs. DVD-V PAUSE/STEP enclosed. TOSHIBA 0001 0071 0211: DVD 0571video discs. RCA 0971 1071 1081 1091 0201 DVD player CD : Audio CD. Number buttons VCD : VIDEO CDs. In Canada contact: In the & Continental States contact: BELL HOWELLUnited 0471 0651 0071In Hawaii 0281 contact: 0441 1041 0501 Power supply 120 V AC, 60 Hz Consumer Electronics Group Consumer Electronics Toshiba Hawaii Inc. CARVER 0201 0251 0281 0411 0501 REALISTIC 0631 1001 1011 1021 Group 1031 191 McNabb Street 22171 Fraserwood Way DVD-V DVD-A 327 Kamakee Street Dolby Digital • Use DVD video discs encoded CITIZEN 0201 0251 0851 0201 0501 0481 0321via Power consumption 16 W Manufactured under license from Dolby 5.1ch surround sound Markham, Ontario L3R 8H2 Richmond, B.C. V6W 1J5 Honolulu, HAin 96814 VCD Digital CD MATHES Dolby is the surround sound used theaters showing the the Dolby Digital recording CURTIS 0471 0651technology 0071 0281 0441 0331 0501 0651 0771 Laboratories. “Dolby”, “Pro Logic” andflow Signal Toll Free The Dolby Digital decoder equipped with this DVD player enables you to obtain (905)-470-5400 (604)-303-2500 (808)-521-5377 Massmovies, 2.5 kgthis realistic effect in the home. latest and is now0311 available reproduce the double-D symbol are trademarks of 800-631-3811 system. 0431to 0521 0571you connect the RUNCO 0071 0091 0281 0291 0341 the full benefit of 5.1 channel sound tracks when DVD player to About To resume the screen normal saver playback Laboratories. Consumer Electronics GroupConfidential You can enjoy motion picture and live 0471 concert DVD video with this dynamic dimensions 430 × 690571 × 219discs mm (W/H/D) • Dolby Make the following setting. EMERSON 0201 0231 0481 0471 0651 anExternal amplifier equipped with 5.1 channel audio inputs. Press Press SLOW T. during playback. Repeat steps 2 and 3 if necessary. unpublished works. Copyright North Road Presssound PAUSE/STEP during playback. If you PLAY. Press pause a1643 picture ofService a DVD video disc0281 and1992-1997 leave realistic by connecting DVD player to a 6 channel amplifier equipped 0581 the 0651 SAMSUNG 0171 0181 0251 0411it Dolby Laboratories. All rights reserved. Droval, the QC H9P 1J1display Signal Standard NTSC On-screen Select: Page SLOW If system you are using a VIDEO CD/audio CD, skip steps 1If you have Each time you press the SLOW still for a long while, screen saver of the DVD player with a Dolby Digital decoder or Dolby Digital processor. a Dolby PLAY FISHER 0041 0121 0181 0201press 0281 0491 0501 0631 0661 0791 To resume normal playback, (514)-856-4100 PAUSE/STEP and 2. Then at step 3, enter the number for the track button, the slow-motion speed • Use DVD video discs encoded automatically appears (when “Screen Saver” is set to 56via Surround you will obtain the full benefit laser, of Pro Logic from 650 the nm 0021 Laser Pro Logic decoder, wavelength / 780 nm 0471 0571 0651 Semiconductor SANYO 0041 0081 “Multi” 0121 0171 the PLAY button. “Analog Output” you want using theprovide number buttons. changes. 63 ). To Dolby Digital recording turn off the screen saver, press the PLAY “On” same DVD movies that full 5.1-channel Dolby Digital soundtracks, as well 59 Amplifier equipped with Press PLAY or ENTER. GE 0941 0951 0961 DVD 0971linear 0981 0181 0231 0241 0451 Frequency range by state sound : button. kHz samplingand 4 Hz to 220201 kHz All warranties law, including the implied warranties of48merchantability fitness for a particular purpose, are system. audio inputs as To from with Surround mark. (red) (white) Y titles To implied PB the To Dolby PR5.1ch 0991 1041 0571 0651 0671 0701 0711 PLAY Playback starts from by thestate 42 96 kHz sampling 4 •Hz to kHz Recording system D/MPEG DVD-V e.g. SEARCH expressly limited to the duration of limited warranties set forthNotes above. With the exception of 44 any warranties implied If you press the SLOW button SLOW • Sound is muted during still mode. Audio system Make the following setting. VIDEO VIDEO VIDEO GOLDSTAR 0201 0251 0281 0411 0501 0721 location. 192 4Off Hz to selected 88 kHz agreements Toyou 5.1ch audio ENTER lawOUT as hereby limited,OUT the foregoing warranty is exclusive ofsound allkHz other warranties, guarantees, andchannel during playback, can view theand in •lieu The issampling muted during slow-motion playback. Automatic Power function When “To wall Pro Logic” is setSelect: to “On,” 20501 TOUT outlet On-screen display HALLMARK 0001 0511 inputs 0201 0231 0471 SEARS 0001 0191 0491 0201 Page To 5.1CH similar obligations of manufacturer or seller with respect to the repair or replacement of any parts. In no event TACP/THI • The playback speedismay differ depending onshall the disc.is picture in reverse slow-motion. (Only To stop playback sound is output in the Dolby Surround Pro Signal-to-noise ratio More than 112 dB Amplifier equipped with a If the DVD player stopped, or the screen saver 0481 0571 0581 0651 0071 0211 0571 0041 0121 SURROUND be Press liable for consequential orusing incidental damages. Logic format. Toincludes obtain thepictures, original 2 channel • When usingfor a DVD audio disc thatminutes, this56 when a DVD video0351 disc.) 0371 Dolby Digital decoder STOP. OUT engaged approximately 20 the DVD player HITACHI 0021 0221 0251 More 0181 0201 0281 “Digital “Bitstream” Audio dynamic than AUDIO 108 dB Pro Logic” to0471 “Off”. 0651 sound, set “Output” No person, agent,range distributor, dealer or company is authorized to change, modify or extend thein terms of these warranties in61 operation may be permitted some picture segments. Audio cable Press / to select a section you want will automatically turn itself off. 0381 0431 0571 0751 SHARP 0851obligation 0511 of 0571 0201 arising 0501 STOP Each time you press the0641 SLOW To be 2CH AUDIO OUT any manner whatsoever. The time within which an action must commenced to enforce any TACP/THI To OPTICAL To COAXIAL Notes Harmonic distortion Less than 0.002 % to warranty locate.or button, INFINITY 0501 SONY 0451 0571 0681 thestatute, slow-motion speed 56 under the under any or law of the United Connect States oreither. any state thereof, is0441 hereby limited to ninety (90) days type digital type digital • Pressing the CLEAR button resets the numbers. To clear the (white) (red) “Stereo” “Analog Output” Stilllimitation pictures included onto0481 DVD audio discsarising JBLtheand 0501 SOUNDESIGN 0201 Wow Below level (less than ±0.001 % (W.PEAK)) audio audio changes. e.g. When youhave want toinput locate measurable a the defect. display, from dateflutter you discover or input should discovered, This does not apply implied warranties press the T button several times. 59 cable audio discs may0501 JVC state law. 0311 0431 0521 0571 75 Ω coaxial SYLVANIA 0071 0191 0221 0461 stillispictures, which are under chapter. of locating ainclude title/group available only on a Operating conditions Temperature: 5 °C• This toDVD 35method °C, Operation status: Horizontal Towarranty remove the disc0001 legal Optical cable LXI 0511 rights 0851and you may 0471 0591 0611 0651 0371 42 D Recording system This alsodigital have other rights which may vary from state to state. Some classified into two large groups. ENTER gives you specific disc thatTocontains title/group audio inputs of thenumbers. amplifier MAGNAVOX 0501 0071long0191 0221 warranty 0461 lasts, when an action may be 0511 0531 0841 Press states do OPEN/CLOSE. not allow limitation on how an implied brought, or the exclusion or • Even if “Analog Output” is set to 0471 0591 damages, 0611 0651 TANDY 0171 0511 0851 0571 0201 limitation of incidental or consequential so the above provisions may not apply to you. • Slideshow: Still pictures appear one after another Playing of sound DVD audio “Multi,” will be discs output in Remove the disc after the disc tray TV orbonus monitorgroups equipped OPEN/CLOSE Outputs ΣΕΛΕΧΤwith the disc MARANTZ 0201 0501 0501 consistent automatically bitstream format. with component video Some DVD audio discs may include an extra content opens completely. ATTENTION CONSUMERS: 1.0 V (p-p), 75 Ω, negative MEMOREX 0411 TECHNICS 0371 0501 0511 0531 0761 Set to “I.” be operated. Video outputCANADIAN sync.,program. pin jack ×They 1 cannot (INTERLACED) inputs To PRavideo input of the called “Bonus group”. Ι Π Press / to enter number Canadian consumers are requested to complete the special Canadian “Warranty Registration and forward DVD-V MGADVD-A 0201 0841 Form” 0911 enclosed, or If you select it to play, a display appears to enter a key S 1.0 V0501 (p-p), Ω, negative sync., Mini DIN 4-pin × 10481 this completed a copy of bill ofinput sale(Y) to TOSHIBA OF75 CANADA and Validate” their warranty. Product section. VCDvideo CD outputform with0201 MITSUBISHI 0451 TEKNIKA 0201 0251 0501 •number. Browsable pictures: TVtoor“Register monitor equipped To P0321 B video0331 ΣΕΛΕΧΤ Press the number buttons to enter the key (C) 0.286 V (p-p), 75 Ω must be purchased from0511 an Authorized Canadian purchased inYou thecan U.S.A. and 0251 used Canada are not 0571 0651 0771Dealer. Products TMK 0201 with component video display your in favorite still picture number, then press ENTER. Set to “P.” covered by these 2negative Press PLAY. Y videobuttons input (Y)are (PROGRESSIVE) inputs MTC 0251 VIDTECH 0201 0501 0401 0411 0851 selected with the buttons on the remote Component videowarranties. output 1.0 V (p-p), 75 Ω, sync., pin jack × 1 Ι Π Also0201 the To number When the number is entered correctly, playback of the at0001 the location where you NAD Press STOP 0511 0511 control. Some of those mayfrom change PLAY (PB)/(PR) 0.7 V (p-p),bonus 75 Ω, pin jack × 2DVD-V available. • Make the following setting. • Make the following setting. Playback starts the group starts. IMPORTANT: AND SHIPPING INSTRUCTION ENTER PACKING want to interrupt playback. OPTONICA 0511 0851 0201 0501 WARDS 0201 0501 of0001 0191 title. 0481 automatically. You can enjoy of(interlaced/ 20571 channel digital stereo by an beginning the(I/P), current realistic of Dolby Surround Logic bynumbers, To get key to this instruction notes discs. * After setting switch beofsure to When you sendthe the product tosound a Service Station, you must use the original carton box andrefer packing material, then insert the Audio output (BITSTREAM/PCM Optical connector ×Pro 1connecting Switching thedynamic output signal On-screen display Select: Page e.g. To enter 25sound PANASONIC 0371 0501 0511 0531 0761 0491 0851 0511from 0571 0071 The DVD player memorizes the STOP DVD-A amplifier equipped with a digital audio input and speaker system (right and left Playback starts the connecting an amplifier and speaker system (right and left front speakers, a power off the DVD player then turn it on original carton box containing the unit into another carton using more packing material. progressive) using the remote control OPTICAL) Notes 56 0911 1061 +10 0281 0441 : To a picture. (The of pictures location is stopped. PAGE 56 +10 2 0841 5where or playback front speakers). 5to “P”) beginning of theorder current group. center speaker, and or two rear speakers). to select activate the setting. “Stereo” “Analog Output” (only when theone SELECT (I/P) switch isVset “Digital “PCM” A key be cleared inOutput” some cases such as when onstarts the disc) PHILCO 0071 0111 0181 0.5 0201 0271 ZENITH 0931 Audio output (BITSTREAM/PCM (p-p), 75 Ω,•pin jacknumber × 1 mayvary 59 VCDdepending Playback from the 61 Be sure to press the OPEN/CLOSE button to close removing the disc. Enter the key number again if necessary. With amplifier equipped with Digital Youancan temporarily switch theDolby output signal 0301 0461 0501 0651for better COAXIAL) CD beginning of the disc. the disc tray after you remove the disc. • When you use a bonus group in a programmed play such picture quality. Connect the equipment the same way as described in “Connecting to an 56as : To return to a specific one programmed on RETURN PHILIPS 0071 0191 0221 0461 0471 Amplifier equipped with 2.0 Press PLAY. sure to set “Analog Output” “Stereo” Audio output (2CH AUDIO) V (rms), 680 Ω, pin jacks (L, R)to×the 1 Be “Analog Output” Press PROGRESSIVE on the remote control. memory playback, enter the key number beforehand. amplifier equipped with a Dolby Digital decoder.” Refer to that amplifier’s • If you want return to the beginning of a DVD video/ disc. 0591input 0611 0651 a0501 digital audio 59 to “Stereo” when you enjoy WhilePLAY the DVDand player is progressive signals, The DVD player resumes owner’s manual set theoutputting amplifier so you can enjoy Dolby Surround audio Audio output (5.1CH SURROUND) 2.0playback V (rms), 680 Ω, pin jacks disc, ×Pro 6 open and close the disc tray once with PROTON 0201 the sound. indicator on the right side on To the frontyou panel sounds Dolby Surround To OPTICAL COAXIAL from the location where stopped Logic the OPEN/CLOSE buttonof before pressing the Pro PLAY PULSAR 0931 0071 0091 0281 0291 illuminates. Logic using this connection. type digital type digital Connect either. playback. button. • Make the following setting. 0341 0471 0651 DVD-V input withaudio input WithDVD-A an amplifier notaudio equipped Dolby Digital QUASAR 0371 0501 0511 0531 75 0761 Supplied Ω coaxial cable VCD CD Accessories On-screen display Select: Page Connect the equipment as follows. * Connect one or two rear speakers. Notes 0841 0911 Optical digital cable The output sound from the rear speakers Audio/video cable ................................................. 1 •Notes Resuming cannot function when: To start playback from beginning regardless RADIO SHACK 0631the 1001 1011 1021 1031 “Analog Output” even “Stereo” will be monaural you connect two Amplifier equipped with 63 if or – you change thenot parental lock setting select a disc Press SKIP or repeatedly to display of the location where you stopped playback • Some titles may display chapter 0851 0201 0501 0481 0321 * Remote control (SE-R0071) ................................. 1 rear speakers. numbers. Dolby Surround Pro Logic 61 . menu language 65 • When you set “Title/Group Stop” to “Off” , you can the chapter or track number you want. 1 Press STOP twice.0331 0501 0651 0771 Notes Batteries (AAA) ..................................................... 2 65 is – you play a PBC-featured VIDEO CD while “PBC” access chapters in another title. If you go back to the To audio input • Refer to thestarts owner’s manual of the connected equipment as well. Playback from the selected track. The DVD playerchapter erases or the previous set to “On.” STOP preceding title by pressing the SKIP button, the To 2CH AUDIO OUT • When you connect the DVD player to other equipment, be sure to turn off the power and unplug all of the equipment DVD from the – you open thethe discfirst tray. location from its memory. SKIP Notes player locates chapter of the title. When “Title/Group To locate succeeding chapters or wall outlet before making any connections. • There may be a difference in the location where playback •• Do notplace movethe theDVD DVD playernear during playback. Doing maybroadcast damage Stop”the is set disc. to “On,”beyou can access chapters only within the tracks. If you player a tuner or radio, theso radio sound might distorted. In this case, place the DVD depending on while the disc. whensousing Audio cable • Use theaway OPEN/CLOSE button to open and close the disc tray. Doresumes current not push title. the disc tray it is Especially moving. Doing may a player the tuner and • Designs andfrom specifications areradio. subject to change without notice. DVD audio disc, playback may resume the beginning of the DVD player to DVD malfunction. press and hold the SKIP or from on the front starts has froma the SKIP • cause The output sound ofPlayback the player widebeginning dynamic range.• IfBeyou sure to adjust the receiver’s volume to abutton moderate the current track. • Do not push up on the disc tray or put any objects other than discs panel on the during disc playback, tray. Doing the so DVD may player cause performs the DVD fast player reverse to of the the current chapter listening level. Otherwise, speakers mayorbetrack. damaged by a sudden high volume sound. • Settings you changed using the on-screen the fast forward can vary the displays speed bywhile twice, playback the DVD or • malfunction. Turn off the amplifierWhen beforeyou youpress connect or disconnect player’s power playback. cord. If youYou leave the amplifier power on, the DVD player keeps afurther. location in thedisplay memory may function • In many instances, a menu screen will appear after playback of a pressing movie is the completed. button Prolonged of an on-screen starts from the beginning of the speakers may be damaged. only after theitsmemory isTocleared. damage your television set, permanently etching thatTo image locate onto chapters screen. or tracks avoid during this, fast bereverse sure to or press fast the • menu The S may VIDEO OUT jack and thechapter VIDEO OUT jack cannot output video signals simultaneously, if you select progressive preceding or track. forward playback, first press the PLAY button to resume STOP button twice on your remote control signal when the SELECT (I/P) switch is setonce to “P.”the movie is completed. or button. normal playback, then use the SKIP DVD player / outputs / supplied accessories Connecting Connecting to an amplifier amplifier equipped with with a5.1ch Dolby Digital inputs decoder Connecting toto anan audio systemequipped and TV equipped with audio component video inputs Χ ΑΥ∆ΙΟ ΟΥΤ Λσ Λ Ψ 1 ΑΝΑΛΟΓ 5.1ΧΗ ΣΥΡΡΟΥΝ∆ ςΙ∆ΕΟ 4 5 ΒΙΤΣΤΡΕΑΜ /ΠΧΜ ΠΒ ΣΥΒ Ρσ Ρ ΣΕΛΕΧΤ ΠΡ Ι Π Σ Ρ 2ΧΗ Λ ΧΟΑΞΙΑΛ ΟΠΤΙΧΑΛ ∆ΙΓΙΤΑΛ AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT I P PR COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL R 2CH L S AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT 2 PR I P COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL R 2CH L S Connections Basic Others playback ςΙ∆ΕΟ ΟΥΤ Connections To pause playb Playing ina slow-motion Locating desired section by entering its corresponding number Connectin 2Dolby channel digita Surround Resuming playback from the same location 3Connecting to an amplifier equipped with Dolby Surround Pro Logic 1 AUDIO OUT 2 VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT PR I P R 2CH L S COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL Locating a specific chapter or track AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT PR I Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals P S R 2CH L COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL 19 Connections Basic Others playback LIMITED Connections TV/VIDEO CAUTION TV 2 power Keep your fingers well clear of the disc VOLtray as it is closing. Toshiba America Consumer Products, Inc. (“TACP”), Toshiba Hawaii (“THI”) and Toshiba Canada Limited (“TCL”) MENU Neglecting to do so may cause serious injury.the TOPpersonal MENU make CH Connect This You Check can section the enjoy play the following DVD shows discs MP3 highplayer files at quality you guide various on the tofor this dynamic your basics the speeds, DVD TV. possible on sounds player. how and cause resume tobyplay connecting ofaplayback adisc. problem from DVD before the player contacting location to or any service. following limited warranties. These limited warranties extend to the original purchaser person receiving this set as a gift // // // optional you audio stopped equipment. playback. from where the original purchaser and to no purchaser or transferee. 43 . For details of output sound, seeother 3 2, 4 PAUSE PLAY ENTER ON/STANDBY / / ENTER ENTER You can operate the basic functions of selected TVsindicator FWD using the supplied remote control. REV PLAY Commercial Units Limited Ninety (90) Day Warranty PLAY Products sold and used for commercial TACP/THI warrant this product against defects in materials 3 use have a limited PAUSE/STEP STOP 1 ninety (90) day warranty for all parts PAUSE/STEP and labor. or workmanship for a period of ninety (90) days after the original retail During this period,toTACP/ •date Forofconnection to purchase. your TV, see “Connecting a TV” Warning Symptom Cause Correction MENU DVD display Number buttons Page Owner’s Manual THI repair product or part, at their 18will19 . or replace a defective MENU manual • When areTOP connecting (via the BITSTREAM/PCM shouldyou the owner’s thoroughly option, with a of new or refurbished product part is without The power disconnected. You 18 •read Connect the power plug securely into before the 43 . or plug • No Forpower. details output sound, •see (DIGITAL) AUDIO OUT jack) AV decoder does outlet. video discs are divided intoproduct titles, and sub-divided into chapters. DVDan audio discsand arethat divided operating thiswall product. You should complete mail the into charge to DVD you. You deliver thereference entire to athe titles are •Normally, ThisDVD-A section usesmust the following marks. DVD-V not have Digital or MPEG2 function, be enclosed Demographic card within tendecoding (10) days after you, TACP/THI Authorized Service Station. You responsible groups, the groups are sub-divided intoare tracks. VIDEO CDs and audio CDs are divided into tracks. You can quickly 27 The turned off by • The automatic power off function turned • Dolby Press the PLAY button. “DTS” and “DTS Digital Out” are locate VCD DVD CDandplayer sure to setwho “Digital to “PCM” fromTheater the DTS is a high surround technology used in theaters and now available for Output” itself. the unit off. for or the person has given you thisofproduct as aon-screen gift, for all transportation and insurance charges the unit to trademarks Digital Systems, any specific title,quality chapter, group, or track. Signal flow 56product. 61 . Otherwise, high sound mayto displaysthis Inc. is one This wayvolume to enable and the Authorized Service If not you livetoas inreceive the home use, on DVD video discs or audio CDs. No from picture. • Station. The TV is set DVDpurchased signal • Select the appropriate video input modeTACP 26 Preparations MP3 disc compatibility with this player is limited follows: : Front speaker To pause resume playback normal playback Preparation damage your hearing as well as the speakers. provide you with better customer service andDVD improved U.S.A. you may, at your option, return your Unit to:only) output. IfWhen you have a DTS decoder or processor, you can obtain full input benefit of on5.1 the TV the picture from the DVD audio disc Press or FWD during playback. youREV want toCD-ROM, view DVD a“To video disc, disc turn on theDVD TV and select thethe video connected to so the DVD player. •Follow Playable discs: CD-R (650MB / 74 min. • during Use DVD video discs or audio PLAY. PAUSE/STEP playback. the instruction ofsound program the remote control” to the brand code. •Press DOCDs. NOT play DTS-encoded discs when you are player appears onand the TV products. Failure to return the card willscreen. not affect your rights Toshiba America Consumer Products Inc. DTS encoded tracks on DVD video discs system, or set audio •channel When you want to enjoy the sound of discs from the audio turn on the audio system select the input connected CD-RW is not recommendable. Title 1 Title 2 : Rear speaker CDsthat encoded viahave the DTS Group 2 REV : Fast reverse playback Group 1 REV FWD connecting an AV decoder does not DTS18, 19 PLAY under this warranty. Returns Center • The video cable is not connected securely. • Connect the video cable securely into the to the DVD player. • Sampling 44.1 kHz only 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 1 Frequency: Chapter 2 Chapter 1 Chapter PAUSE/STEP recording system. resume normal decoding function. TrackTo 1 program Track 2 the To Track 1 control Track 2 playback, Track 3 press the remote 1420C Toshiba Dr.FWD: Fast forward playback appropriate jacks. • Bit rate 32 kbps-320 kbps : Sub woofer • Make the following setting. PLAY button. Point the remote control at your TV, and • When playing DTS-encoded discs (audio CDs), Your Responsibility Lebanon, TN 37087 Amplifier• equipped with connected with the audio 1 While• holding down ENTER, press sound. The equipment Select the correct input mode of the the number26 • No CD physical format: Mode 1, Mode 2 XA Form 1 or noisereceiver may from thetoanalog audioPage Each time you press REV use buttons as follows. a DTS decoder Theexcessive above warranties arebe subject toto the following Upon receipt wethe will, at our option, exchange the DVD UnitDVD signal On-screen display Select: (red) (white) (yellow) cable is not the set to receive audio sooutput youto can listen the To S VIDEO OUT Press power button (ON/STANDBY). Press OPEN/CLOSE close the disc buttons that correspond your TV’s brand code •with File ISO9660 Level 1output. : Center speaker output jacks. Tofrom avoid possible damage to the audio FWD button, the playback speed conditions: a system: new or refurbished unit. Canadian consumers are sound the DVD player. referring to the list on the next page. “Bitstream” tray. ON/STANDBY •requested File names are limited to eight characters orand less and The DVD player turns on the To OPTICAL To COAXIAL system, you take proper precautions when the 56 Notes changes. Selecting a should track the disc (1) You must retain your bill ofincable sale or provideinto other of to contact TCL. In Hawaii consumers are or proof To wall outlet “Digital Output” 18-23 •the Thepower audio cable is not securely. • Connect the(file) audio securely TV power To turn on and off.connected type digital type digital Connect either. must incorporate “MP3” extension. ON/STANDBY indicator on the : Signal flow analog audio output jacks ofand the omits DVD player areduring 61 • The DVD player mutes sound subtitles purchase. requested to contact THI. “PCM” the appropriate jacks. To 2CH To VIDEO OUT 1 If a track list is not displayed, press the MENU button TV/VIDEO To select a video input. e.g. To Program brand code 0071. OPEN/CLOSE audio input audio input e.g.“********.MP3” player illuminates. connected to an aamplification system. To enjoy DTS Playback starts. VIDEO CD/Audio CD reverse and forward scan of DVD video discs. (2) notify TACP/THI/TCL /Authorized cable to must show it. on the • The receiver or75 TVΩiscoaxial turned off.You • Turn equipment connected with Service26 VOL + / – cannot contain To AUDIO adjust theaudio volume. 56 Digital Surround™ playback, an external 5.1 channel •Limited File names special characters such as • DVD audio discs may not be played inyou fast reverse Station within thirty (30) days after discover aorinfast One (1)Track Year Warranty OUT “Stereo” “Analog Output” the audio cable. SELECT The current track being played is highlighted red. Track 1 2 Track 4 Track 3 To select a channel. Track 5 Optical digital cable CH / 59 DTS Digital Surround™ decoder system must be “?!><+*}{`[@]:;\ /.,” etc. forward directions. defective product or part. TACP/THI further warrant the parts in this product against /the /proper / 0 audio buttons to(DIGITAL) a track you Press 42, 56 • The setting of output sound format is2connected • the Select ENTER tospeed the AUDIO 7setting. 1select •defects Total number of files on the disc should not exceed 254. (3) • DVD-V The mayofdiffer depending onbe themade disc. Allplayback warranty servicing this product must by a in materials for a period of one (1) If you insert a0BITSTREAM/PCM DVD video disc that contains a top I the Por workmanship 59 incorrect. want to play. When DVD player is turned on for 42 Recording system DTS Notes OUT jack of the DVD player. TACP/THI/TCL Authorized Service Station. year after the dateTV/VIDEO of original retail purchase. During this menu, a menu may appear. See “Locating a title The selected highlighted the connect firstpicture time, an on-screen display 9 playback • The disc is(DIGITAL) dirty.will appear • Eject thetrack disc is and clean it. in green. • The DO NOT thehas BITSTREAM/PCM (4) U.S.A. warranties are effective period, TACP/THI repair or replace a defective product Preparations Set to “I.”will 30 only if the product is using theENTER top menu.” TV power occasional distortion. 3 Press the button to begin playback of the / to provide initial settings. Press the • It is in fast forward or fast reverse • Sometimes a small amount of picture Hold down. AUDIO OUT jack of the DVD player to the AC-3 RF input purchased and operated in the U.S.A. or – part, atyou their option, with a newencoded or refurbished product or •orWhen playback an MP3 CD, set “Priority You may need to press theContinental TOP MENU or MENU selected track. playback. buttons toVOL select an item, andon press the distortion may appear. This is not a with TV or monitor of awithout Dolby Digital Receiver. This input your A/V Puerto Rico. part charge to you, except 65if a defective part is > JPG ”.that Contents 2” to “CH MP3 button to display disc menu (depending on the ToENTER. video input (yellow) audio/video inputs malfunction. , is and ENTER button. the pages in of Receiver is reserved forSee Laserdisc use only and Release (5) 2Labor service for set installation. Set up, replaced after ninety (90) days from the date the original Audio/video cable actual DVDcharges video disc.) Brightness is unstable or • The effect of copy protection. • Connect the control DVD player directly tothe the selected / buttons, then make a selection using the incompatible with the BITSTREAM/PCM (DIGITAL) The DVD remote memorizes adjustment of customer controls and installation or 18 retail purchase you pay labor charges (supplied) involved in the (white) A menu may appear depending the to disc. DVD-A noises are present in the TV. Avoid connecting the DVDon player Notes AUDIO OUT jackmust of the DVD player. press the ENTER button. brand code. repair of antenna systems are not covered by this replacement. You also deliver the entire product to a See “Locating a title using the top menu” 30 . playback pictures. amay VCRnot or TV/VCR combination. Place a CD Service that contains MP3 filesOUT on • DVD-V Connect the BITSTREAM/PCM (DIGITAL) AUDIO • Some discs permit this operation. To audio inputs (red) DVD-A warranty. Reception problems caused by inadequate TACP/THI Authorized Station. You are responsible 61 On-Screen Language S video cable The DVD player does not • No disc is inserted. • Insert a disc. jack of the DVD player to the “DIGITAL (OPTICAL)” or the disc tray. • If you stop playback by pressing the STOP button, and 26 then antenna systems are your responsibility. forVCD all transportation and insurance charges for the unit to CD TV Shape 58 (not supplied) start playback. “DIGITAL (COAXIAL)” of•aStation. Receiver or Processor. press the PLAY button, playback will in start 10 An unplayable disc in is the inserted. (6) • Insert a playable (Check thefrom discthe Warranties extend only todisc. defects materials or beginning and from the Authorized input Service If you live Notes Note •U.S.A. Referyou to the owner’s manual ofreturn the connected theremote track.type.) and After making alloption, the settings, select “Unit”to: To resume normal playback workmanship as limited above and extend to any may, at your your DVDequipment • of The control programmed at do thenot factory to operate To Sis video If the TV has an S video input, connect thetray the disc contains a disc you have already played, Press TOP MENU. Press ENTER. as well. 31 35input 37 SKIP , REPEAT and RANDOM functions Press PAUSE/STEP during still playback. press the ENTER button. 26 via The disc Inc. is placed upside down. •If The •TVs. Place the disc with the playback side product or parts which have been lost ordiscs discarded by Toshiba America Consumer•Products TOSHIBA Press PLAY. • Use DVD video encoded MPEG2 sound DVD player with an S video cable. When playback will begin from the location where you last stopped • When you connect the DVD player to otherthe equipment, be also Press OPEN/CLOSE to load the disc. you oravailable. to down. damage to products or parts caused byon Returns Center The top menu appears onPAUSE/ the TV starts from chapter 1 ofthe the • are A single brand may Playback use different codes depending Each time you press PAUSE/STEP the MPEG2 recording system. using an S video cable, do not connect the You can enjoy motion picture and live concert DVD video discs with dynamic PLAY 29 playback. sure to turn off theDr. power and •unplug all is ofnot theplaced equipment misuse, accident, damage caused by Acts of God, such 1420C Toshiba 26 The disc within the guide. • Place the disc correctly inside the guide particular model. Enter the correct number referring to the screen. selected title. STEP button, the picture advances Press OPEN/CLOSE. ENTER yellow cable. • Make the following setting. realistic by connecting an amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audio from thesound wallTN outlet before making anyvideo connections. disc tray. in electric power, improper as lighting orthe fluctuations Lebanon, 37087 brand code on table. one frame. OPEN/CLOSE Playback starts. OPEN/CLOSE decoder or MPEG2 processor. The disc tray opens. e.g. To start playback inOn-screen the stop mode • The receipt output sound the DVD player has a wide dynamic TITLE 1 TITLE 2 This DVD player requires discs/recordings toviolation meet Try installation, improper maintenance orare useprovided. in of Upon we will,ofaudio at our option, exchange the DVD Unit display Select: Page • For some •brands, several brand codes 9 • The disc is dirty. Clean the disc. • Make the following setting. range. Beor sure to adjust unit. the receiver’s volume to a are certain technical standards in order to achieve optimal Press PLAY. instructions furnished by us; or to units which have with a new refurbished Canadian Consumers each of them until the remote control operates your TV. 56,56 63 • The parental lock is set. Notes • Cancel the parental lock function or To start playback from stopfunction mode, moderate to listening level. Otherwise, speakers may playback quality. Pre-recorded DVDs automatically beenTVs altered or without ofinTACP/ requested contact TCL. In Hawaiithe consumers are be • The Some may notmodified respond to lock all ofauthorization the are functions thePage On-screen display Select: “Digital Output” change the parental level. “Bitstream” •Notes soundPLAY is muted during frame by frame playback. press the PLAY button. damaged by a sudden high volume sound. 61 set to these standards. There are many different types THI/TCL orortomay damage to operated products at or all part thereof which requested to contact THI. Amplifier with an 3 equipped table above, not be this remote – does not follow theTITLEyou • Itconnect is in TITLE the4 or mode of repeatthe playback, • These operations may prevent a with proper When using a DVD audio disc that includes pictures, this 56 •• The instructions above describe basic procedures which • Playback Turn off the amplifier before disconnect MPEG2 audio decoder of recordable disc formats (including CD-R containing have had thecase, serial number removed, altered, defaced control. Inmay this operate that TV picture with its“Stereo” own remote “Analog Output” a disc on the disc tray. coursePlace of the disc’s program. memory playback, etc. progress of the contents. operation be permitted in some segments. 56 may vary depending on the contents of the DVD video disc. 59 DVD player’s power cord. If you leave the amplifier power MP3 files). Given the fact that technology in this area is or rendered illegible. Rental Units To stop playback, press STOP. control. “Stereo” “Analog Output” –59 Buttons do not work. • PowerTosupply fluctuations or other If different•instructions Press and hold the ON/STANDBY button To OPTICAL COAXIAL appear on the TV screen, follow those on, the speakers may be damaged. still maturing, Toshiba cannot guarantee that all genre of (7) Should you elect to return your DVD Unit to TACP after The warranty for rental units beginabnormalities with the firstsuch rental or • If you replace the remote control’s batteries, remember to as static electricity may on the front panel for more than about 3 type digital type digital STOP Connect either. With instructions. recordable discs will produce optimal playback the ninetythe (90) days and within one (1) year, or quality. after the thirty (30) days from theaudio dateinput of shipment tothe theplayback rental firm, reprogram brand codes forplayer TV. audio input interrupt correct operations. seconds. The DVD turns off. 42 Recording system MPEG • If you display thecriteria top menu during playback and press the side down. The technical set out inCall this owner’s warranty period hasbutton expired: (800)-631-3811 whichever comes first. Ω coaxial cable Press the again to turn it on. Ifmanual the toare Press / / / to select the title75you TOP MENU again without selecting any title, thetoDVD meant asinformation abutton guidestill only. receive concerning an exchange price. • Even if “Analog Output” is set buttons do not work, disconnect the Optical digital cable want. player may power resume playback from the point where you first plug and insert it into the Payment must be enclosed with product in the form a “Multi,” sound will wall be output in of pressed the TOP MENU button (depending on the actual outlet again. Customers should also note that permission is required certified check or money order including If the titles in the top menu are bitstream format. reason for DVD videotodisc.) in order download MP3control files and music from the 15 return. assigned number, canisdirectly The remote control does not •aThe remoteyou control not pointed at the • Point the remote at the remote When usingToshiba adamaged DVDofaudio disc, the DVD player resumes internet. has no right to are grant such permission. work properly. remote sensor of the DVD player. sensor theDVD DVD player. (8) Physically Units not acceptable for locate a specific title by pressing its ENTER playback from the beginning of the track where pressed shouldthe always bein sought from theyou copyright repair whether or out of warranty and designated number with the is number 15 • The remote control too far from thePermission DVD or• exchange Operate remote control within about the TOP button. owner. will be MENU returned 7 m. as received. buttons. player. • This method of locating a title is available only on a disc that Notes • There are two different disc sizes. Place the disc in 15 • The batteries in the remote control contains are Replace a• top menu.the batteries with new ones. • Refer tothe thecorrect owner’s manual of the connected guide on the disc tray. If the TV discasiswell. out exhausted. • Instruction notes of discs may refer to the button that • When you connect DVDdamage player to your because sure to turn off the power and unplug both units from the wall outlet before of the guide,the it may the discTV, and the displays the top menu as TITLE button. makingDVD any connections. player to malfunction. • If your• television set a has one audio connect the left and right audio outputs of the DVD player to a Y cable adapter (not Do not place disc which is input, unplayable in this supplied) andplayer. then connect to your TV. DVD • Connect the DVD player directly to your TV. If you connect the DVD player to a VCR, TV/VCR combination or video selector, the playback picture may be distorted as DVD video discs are copy protected. Before Calling Connecting Variable Locating Playing Operating an aSpeed aDisc aDesired MP3 to TVaOptional Service Playback with TV Encoded Section thePersonnel Equipment Remote CD (Continued) Control W Connectin Digital Theater Symptoms and correction Connecting to a TV Playing Basic anaMP3 playback encoded CDor fast Playing in with fast reverse forward directions Operating TV the remote control AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C L Ls Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SUB Rs R SELECT PR I P S R 2CH L COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y 1 SELECT I 4 P ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB PR COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL R 2CH L S TOP ME NU Locating a titleby using the top menu Playing frame frame 1Connecting to an amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audio decoder 1 3 2 2 AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y 3 3 2 Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 18 ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT PR I P S R 2CH L COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL How to Obtain W INTERLACED outputs/inputs (ColorStream®) PROGRESSIVE outputs/inputs (ColorStream®Pro) Tocomponent obtain a higher picture Some TVs or 1 monitors are equipped with video quality Some TVs or monitors are equipped with component video Occasionally, noise during a normal broadcast may inputs. Connecting you to enjoysome picture inputs thatnot areusually capablevisible of reproducing a progressively 2, 4to these inputs allows appear on the TV screenscanned while playing a DVD Connecting video disc because the high higher quality TOP picture playback. video signal. toCLEAR these inputs allows MENU Actual labels for component video inputs resolution may varypictures on these you to discs viewinclude the highest a lot quality of information. pictures While with less theflicker. amount of (1) Referon to MENU the troubleshooting guide in owner’s manual. list this mayDVD solveplayer, your problem. depending TV manufacturer. (ex.noise Y, your R-Y, B-Y or Y, depends on the TVThis youcheck use with you should / / / generally reduce ENTER C(2) B, CR In) the U.S.A., only call the TACP toll number adjustment 800-631-3811, or if in Canada seevideo listing below within (30) thefree sharpness on your TVHawaii whenor viewing DVD discs. ENTER RETURN In some TVs or monitors, the color levels of the playback days after or part. DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD /you find a defective product About PLAY SKIP picture maycode bePLAY reduced slightly tint may change. In Brand table (3) Arrange for the delivery of or thethe product to the TACP/THI/TCL Authorized Service Station or TACP Return Center. DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD icons on the heading bar show theSTOP The playable discs for the PLAY such aProducts case, adjust the to TVthe or monitor optimum shipped Service for Station must be insured and safely and securely packed, preferably in the original STOP Brand name Brand code Brand name Brand codeSLOW function described under that heading. performance. shippingPAGE carton, and a letter explaining the defect and also a copy of the bill of sale or other proof of purchase must be T DVD-A : DVD audio discs. DVD-V PAUSE/STEP enclosed. TOSHIBA 0001 0071 0211: DVD 0571video discs. RCA 0971 1071 1081 1091 0201 DVD player CD : Audio CD. Number buttons VCD : VIDEO CDs. In Canada contact: In the & Continental States contact: BELL HOWELLUnited 0471 0651 0071In Hawaii 0281 contact: 0441 1041 0501 Power supply 120 V AC, 60 Hz Consumer Electronics Group Consumer Electronics Toshiba Hawaii Inc. CARVER 0201 0251 0281 0411 0501 REALISTIC 0631 1001 1011 1021 Group 1031 191 McNabb Street 22171 Fraserwood Way DVD-V DVD-A 327 Kamakee Street Dolby Digital • Use DVD video discs encoded CITIZEN 0201 0251 0851 0201 0501 0481 0321via Power consumption 16 W Manufactured under license from Dolby 5.1ch surround sound Markham, Ontario L3R 8H2 Richmond, B.C. V6W 1J5 Honolulu, HAin 96814 VCD Digital CD MATHES Dolby is the surround sound used theaters showing the the Dolby Digital recording CURTIS 0471 0651technology 0071 0281 0441 0331 0501 0651 0771 Laboratories. “Dolby”, “Pro Logic” andflow Signal Toll Free The Dolby Digital decoder equipped with this DVD player enables you to obtain (905)-470-5400 (604)-303-2500 (808)-521-5377 Massmovies, 2.5 kgthis realistic effect in the home. latest and is now0311 available reproduce the double-D symbol are trademarks of 800-631-3811 system. 0431to 0521 0571you connect the RUNCO 0071 0091 0281 0291 0341 the full benefit of 5.1 channel sound tracks when DVD player to About To resume the screen normal saver playback Laboratories. Consumer Electronics GroupConfidential You can enjoy motion picture and live 0471 concert DVD video with this dynamic dimensions 430 × 690571 × 219discs mm (W/H/D) • Dolby Make the following setting. EMERSON 0201 0231 0481 0471 0651 anExternal amplifier equipped with 5.1 channel audio inputs. Press Press SLOW T. during playback. Repeat steps 2 and 3 if necessary. unpublished works. Copyright North Road Presssound PAUSE/STEP during playback. If you PLAY. Press pause a1643 picture ofService a DVD video disc0281 and1992-1997 leave realistic by connecting DVD player to a 6 channel amplifier equipped 0581 the 0651 SAMSUNG 0171 0181 0251 0411it Dolby Laboratories. All rights reserved. Droval, the QC H9P 1J1display Signal Standard NTSC On-screen Select: Page SLOW If system you are using a VIDEO CD/audio CD, skip steps 1If you have Each time you press the SLOW still for a long while, screen saver of the DVD player with a Dolby Digital decoder or Dolby Digital processor. a Dolby PLAY FISHER 0041 0121 0181 0201press 0281 0491 0501 0631 0661 0791 To resume normal playback, (514)-856-4100 PAUSE/STEP and 2. Then at step 3, enter the number for the track button, the slow-motion speed • Use DVD video discs encoded automatically appears (when “Screen Saver” is set to 56via Surround you will obtain the full benefit laser, of Pro Logic from 650 the nm 0021 Laser Pro Logic decoder, wavelength / 780 nm 0471 0571 0651 Semiconductor SANYO 0041 0081 “Multi” 0121 0171 the PLAY button. “Analog Output” you want using theprovide number buttons. changes. 63 ). To Dolby Digital recording turn off the screen saver, press the PLAY “On” same DVD movies that full 5.1-channel Dolby Digital soundtracks, as well 59 Amplifier equipped with Press PLAY or ENTER. GE 0941 0951 0961 DVD 0971linear 0981 0181 0231 0241 0451 Frequency range by state sound : button. kHz samplingand 4 Hz to 220201 kHz All warranties law, including the implied warranties of48merchantability fitness for a particular purpose, are system. audio inputs as To from with Surround mark. (red) (white) Y titles To implied PB the To Dolby PR5.1ch 0991 1041 0571 0651 0671 0701 0711 PLAY Playback starts from by thestate 42 96 kHz sampling 4 •Hz to kHz Recording system D/MPEG DVD-V e.g. SEARCH expressly limited to the duration of limited warranties set forthNotes above. With the exception of 44 any warranties implied If you press the SLOW button SLOW • Sound is muted during still mode. Audio system Make the following setting. VIDEO VIDEO VIDEO GOLDSTAR 0201 0251 0281 0411 0501 0721 location. 192 4Off Hz to selected 88 kHz agreements Toyou 5.1ch audio ENTER lawOUT as hereby limited,OUT the foregoing warranty is exclusive ofsound allkHz other warranties, guarantees, andchannel during playback, can view theand in •lieu The issampling muted during slow-motion playback. Automatic Power function When “To wall Pro Logic” is setSelect: to “On,” 20501 TOUT outlet On-screen display HALLMARK 0001 0511 inputs 0201 0231 0471 SEARS 0001 0191 0491 0201 Page To 5.1CH similar obligations of manufacturer or seller with respect to the repair or replacement of any parts. In no event TACP/THI • The playback speedismay differ depending onshall the disc.is picture in reverse slow-motion. (Only To stop playback sound is output in the Dolby Surround Pro Signal-to-noise ratio More than 112 dB Amplifier equipped with a If the DVD player stopped, or the screen saver 0481 0571 0581 0651 0071 0211 0571 0041 0121 SURROUND be Press liable for consequential orusing incidental damages. Logic format. Toincludes obtain thepictures, original 2 channel • When usingfor a DVD audio disc thatminutes, this56 when a DVD video0351 disc.) 0371 Dolby Digital decoder STOP. OUT engaged approximately 20 the DVD player HITACHI 0021 0221 0251 More 0181 0201 0281 “Digital “Bitstream” Audio dynamic than AUDIO 108 dB Pro Logic” to0471 “Off”. 0651 sound, set “Output” No person, agent,range distributor, dealer or company is authorized to change, modify or extend thein terms of these warranties in61 operation may be permitted some picture segments. Audio cable Press / to select a section you want will automatically turn itself off. 0381 0431 0571 0751 SHARP 0851obligation 0511 of 0571 0201 arising 0501 STOP Each time you press the0641 SLOW To be 2CH AUDIO OUT any manner whatsoever. The time within which an action must commenced to enforce any TACP/THI To OPTICAL To COAXIAL Notes Harmonic distortion Less than 0.002 % to warranty locate.or button, INFINITY 0501 SONY 0451 0571 0681 thestatute, slow-motion speed 56 under the under any or law of the United Connect States oreither. any state thereof, is0441 hereby limited to ninety (90) days type digital type digital • Pressing the CLEAR button resets the numbers. To clear the (white) (red) “Stereo” “Analog Output” Stilllimitation pictures included onto0481 DVD audio discsarising JBLtheand 0501 SOUNDESIGN 0201 Wow Below level (less than ±0.001 % (W.PEAK)) audio audio changes. e.g. When youhave want toinput locate measurable a the defect. display, from dateflutter you discover or input should discovered, This does not apply implied warranties press the T button several times. 59 cable audio discs may0501 JVC state law. 0311 0431 0521 0571 75 Ω coaxial SYLVANIA 0071 0191 0221 0461 stillispictures, which are under chapter. of locating ainclude title/group available only on a Operating conditions Temperature: 5 °C• This toDVD 35method °C, Operation status: Horizontal Towarranty remove the disc0001 legal Optical cable LXI 0511 rights 0851and you may 0471 0591 0611 0651 0371 42 D Recording system This alsodigital have other rights which may vary from state to state. Some classified into two large groups. ENTER gives you specific disc thatTocontains title/group audio inputs of thenumbers. amplifier MAGNAVOX 0501 0071long0191 0221 warranty 0461 lasts, when an action may be 0511 0531 0841 Press states do OPEN/CLOSE. not allow limitation on how an implied brought, or the exclusion or • Even if “Analog Output” is set to 0471 0591 damages, 0611 0651 TANDY 0171 0511 0851 0571 0201 limitation of incidental or consequential so the above provisions may not apply to you. • Slideshow: Still pictures appear one after another Playing of sound DVD audio “Multi,” will be discs output in Remove the disc after the disc tray TV orbonus monitorgroups equipped OPEN/CLOSE Outputs ΣΕΛΕΧΤwith the disc MARANTZ 0201 0501 0501 consistent automatically bitstream format. with component video Some DVD audio discs may include an extra content opens completely. ATTENTION CONSUMERS: 1.0 V (p-p), 75 Ω, negative MEMOREX 0411 TECHNICS 0371 0501 0511 0531 0761 Set to “I.” be operated. Video outputCANADIAN sync.,program. pin jack ×They 1 cannot (INTERLACED) inputs To PRavideo input of the called “Bonus group”. Ι Π Press / to enter number Canadian consumers are requested to complete the special Canadian “Warranty Registration and forward DVD-V MGADVD-A 0201 0841 Form” 0911 enclosed, or If you select it to play, a display appears to enter a key S 1.0 V0501 (p-p), Ω, negative sync., Mini DIN 4-pin × 10481 this completed a copy of bill ofinput sale(Y) to TOSHIBA OF75 CANADA and Validate” their warranty. Product section. VCDvideo CD outputform with0201 MITSUBISHI 0451 TEKNIKA 0201 0251 0501 •number. Browsable pictures: TVtoor“Register monitor equipped To P0321 B video0331 ΣΕΛΕΧΤ Press the number buttons to enter the key (C) 0.286 V (p-p), 75 Ω must be purchased from0511 an Authorized Canadian purchased inYou thecan U.S.A. and 0251 used Canada are not 0571 0651 0771Dealer. Products TMK 0201 with component video display your in favorite still picture number, then press ENTER. Set to “P.” covered by these 2negative Press PLAY. Y videobuttons input (Y)are (PROGRESSIVE) inputs MTC 0251 VIDTECH 0201 0501 0401 0411 0851 selected with the buttons on the remote Component videowarranties. output 1.0 V (p-p), 75 Ω, sync., pin jack × 1 Ι Π Also0201 the To number When the number is entered correctly, playback of the at0001 the location where you NAD Press STOP 0511 0511 control. Some of those mayfrom change PLAY (PB)/(PR) 0.7 V (p-p),bonus 75 Ω, pin jack × 2DVD-V available. • Make the following setting. • Make the following setting. Playback starts the group starts. IMPORTANT: AND SHIPPING INSTRUCTION ENTER PACKING want to interrupt playback. OPTONICA 0511 0851 0201 0501 WARDS 0201 0501 of0001 0191 title. 0481 automatically. You can enjoy of(interlaced/ 20571 channel digital stereo by an beginning the(I/P), current realistic of Dolby Surround Logic bynumbers, To get key to this instruction notes discs. * After setting switch beofsure to When you sendthe the product tosound a Service Station, you must use the original carton box andrefer packing material, then insert the Audio output (BITSTREAM/PCM Optical connector ×Pro 1connecting Switching thedynamic output signal On-screen display Select: Page e.g. To enter 25sound PANASONIC 0371 0501 0511 0531 0761 0491 0851 0511from 0571 0071 The DVD player memorizes the STOP DVD-A amplifier equipped with a digital audio input and speaker system (right and left Playback starts the connecting an amplifier and speaker system (right and left front speakers, a power off the DVD player then turn it on original carton box containing the unit into another carton using more packing material. progressive) using the remote control OPTICAL) Notes 56 0911 1061 +10 0281 0441 : To a picture. (The of pictures location is stopped. PAGE 56 +10 2 0841 5where or playback front speakers). 5to “P”) beginning of theorder current group. center speaker, and or two rear speakers). to select activate the setting. “Stereo” “Analog Output” (only when theone SELECT (I/P) switch isVset “Digital “PCM” A key be cleared inOutput” some cases such as when onstarts the disc) PHILCO 0071 0111 0181 0.5 0201 0271 ZENITH 0931 Audio output (BITSTREAM/PCM (p-p), 75 Ω,•pin jacknumber × 1 mayvary 59 VCDdepending Playback from the 61 Be sure to press the OPEN/CLOSE button to close removing the disc. Enter the key number again if necessary. With amplifier equipped with Digital Youancan temporarily switch theDolby output signal 0301 0461 0501 0651for better COAXIAL) CD beginning of the disc. the disc tray after you remove the disc. • When you use a bonus group in a programmed play such picture quality. Connect the equipment the same way as described in “Connecting to an 56as : To return to a specific one programmed on RETURN PHILIPS 0071 0191 0221 0461 0471 Amplifier equipped with 2.0 Press PLAY. sure to set “Analog Output” “Stereo” Audio output (2CH AUDIO) V (rms), 680 Ω, pin jacks (L, R)to×the 1 Be “Analog Output” Press PROGRESSIVE on the remote control. memory playback, enter the key number beforehand. amplifier equipped with a Dolby Digital decoder.” Refer to that amplifier’s • If you want return to the beginning of a DVD video/ disc. 0591input 0611 0651 a0501 digital audio 59 to “Stereo” when you enjoy WhilePLAY the DVDand player is progressive signals, The DVD player resumes owner’s manual set theoutputting amplifier so you can enjoy Dolby Surround audio Audio output (5.1CH SURROUND) 2.0playback V (rms), 680 Ω, pin jacks disc, ×Pro 6 open and close the disc tray once with PROTON 0201 the sound. indicator on the right side on To the frontyou panel sounds Dolby Surround To OPTICAL COAXIAL from the location where stopped Logic the OPEN/CLOSE buttonof before pressing the Pro PLAY PULSAR 0931 0071 0091 0281 0291 illuminates. Logic using this connection. type digital type digital Connect either. playback. button. • Make the following setting. 0341 0471 0651 DVD-V input withaudio input WithDVD-A an amplifier notaudio equipped Dolby Digital QUASAR 0371 0501 0511 0531 75 0761 Supplied Ω coaxial cable VCD CD Accessories On-screen display Select: Page Connect the equipment as follows. * Connect one or two rear speakers. Notes 0841 0911 Optical digital cable The output sound from the rear speakers Audio/video cable ................................................. 1 •Notes Resuming cannot function when: To start playback from beginning regardless RADIO SHACK 0631the 1001 1011 1021 1031 “Analog Output” even “Stereo” will be monaural you connect two Amplifier equipped with 63 if or – you change thenot parental lock setting select a disc Press SKIP or repeatedly to display of the location where you stopped playback • Some titles may display chapter 0851 0201 0501 0481 0321 * Remote control (SE-R0071) ................................. 1 rear speakers. numbers. Dolby Surround Pro Logic 61 . menu language 65 • When you set “Title/Group Stop” to “Off” , you can the chapter or track number you want. 1 Press STOP twice.0331 0501 0651 0771 Notes Batteries (AAA) ..................................................... 2 65 is – you play a PBC-featured VIDEO CD while “PBC” access chapters in another title. If you go back to the To audio input • Refer to thestarts owner’s manual of the connected equipment as well. Playback from the selected track. The DVD playerchapter erases or the previous set to “On.” STOP preceding title by pressing the SKIP button, the To 2CH AUDIO OUT • When you connect the DVD player to other equipment, be sure to turn off the power and unplug all of the equipment DVD from the – you open thethe discfirst tray. location from its memory. SKIP Notes player locates chapter of the title. When “Title/Group To locate succeeding chapters or wall outlet before making any connections. • There may be a difference in the location where playback •• Do notplace movethe theDVD DVD playernear during playback. Doing maybroadcast damage Stop”the is set disc. to “On,”beyou can access chapters only within the tracks. If you player a tuner or radio, theso radio sound might distorted. In this case, place the DVD depending on while the disc. whensousing Audio cable • Use theaway OPEN/CLOSE button to open and close the disc tray. Doresumes current not push title. the disc tray it is Especially moving. Doing may a player the tuner and • Designs andfrom specifications areradio. subject to change without notice. DVD audio disc, playback may resume the beginning of the DVD player to DVD malfunction. press and hold the SKIP or from on the front starts has froma the SKIP • cause The output sound ofPlayback the player widebeginning dynamic range.• IfBeyou sure to adjust the receiver’s volume to abutton moderate the current track. • Do not push up on the disc tray or put any objects other than discs panel on the during disc playback, tray. Doing the so DVD may player cause performs the DVD fast player reverse to of the the current chapter listening level. Otherwise, speakers mayorbetrack. damaged by a sudden high volume sound. • Settings you changed using the on-screen the fast forward can vary the displays speed bywhile twice, playback the DVD or • malfunction. Turn off the amplifierWhen beforeyou youpress connect or disconnect player’s power playback. cord. If youYou leave the amplifier power on, the DVD player keeps afurther. location in thedisplay memory may function • In many instances, a menu screen will appear after playback of a pressing movie is the completed. button Prolonged of an on-screen starts from the beginning of the speakers may be damaged. only after theitsmemory isTocleared. damage your television set, permanently etching thatTo image locate onto chapters screen. or tracks avoid during this, fast bereverse sure to or press fast the • menu The S may VIDEO OUT jack and thechapter VIDEO OUT jack cannot output video signals simultaneously, if you select progressive preceding or track. forward playback, first press the PLAY button to resume STOP button twice on your remote control signal when the SELECT (I/P) switch is setonce to “P.”the movie is completed. or button. normal playback, then use the SKIP DVD player / outputs / supplied accessories Connecting Connecting to an amplifier amplifier equipped with with a5.1ch Dolby Digital inputs decoder Connecting toto anan audio systemequipped and TV equipped with audio component video inputs Χ ΑΥ∆ΙΟ ΟΥΤ Λσ Λ Ψ 1 ΑΝΑΛΟΓ 5.1ΧΗ ΣΥΡΡΟΥΝ∆ ςΙ∆ΕΟ 4 5 ΒΙΤΣΤΡΕΑΜ /ΠΧΜ ΠΒ ΣΥΒ Ρσ Ρ ΣΕΛΕΧΤ ΠΡ Ι Π Σ Ρ 2ΧΗ Λ ΧΟΑΞΙΑΛ ΟΠΤΙΧΑΛ ∆ΙΓΙΤΑΛ AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT I P PR COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL R 2CH L S AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT 2 PR I P COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL R 2CH L S Connections Basic Others playback ςΙ∆ΕΟ ΟΥΤ Connections To pause playb Playing ina slow-motion Locating desired section by entering its corresponding number Connectin 2Dolby channel digita Surround Resuming playback from the same location 3Connecting to an amplifier equipped with Dolby Surround Pro Logic 1 AUDIO OUT 2 VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT PR I P R 2CH L S COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL Locating a specific chapter or track AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT PR I Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals P S R 2CH L COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL 19 Connections Basic Advanced Quick Function playback control playback Setup You can Read Begin Customizing Simple this your use change chapter operation. ofthe a single the performance first default to button make settings and ofallyour the necessary toDVD cursor customize player. control preparations. enables performance you to to direct your preference. your playback, without manipulating many actual buttons. Playing a Disc Accessing a Specific Location Customizing Connecting tothe a TV Function Directly Variable Speed Playback Settings Connecting to an audio system Playing Repeatedly Using the Remote Locating aVirtual Desired Section and Table TV of equipped Languages with Control V-REMOTE Playing in a Favorite Order Playing an MP3 Encoded component video inputs CD Selecting the Playback Function Playing in Random Order Connecting to an amplifier -Zooming QUICK - a Picture equipped with a Dolby Digital Accessing Features decoder the Selecting Sound -Enhancement NAVI Connecting to (E.A.M.) an amplifier equipped with Dolby Surround Selecting the Camera Angle Pro Logic Selecting Subtitles Connecting to an amplifier Selecting a Language equipped with a DTS decoder Connecting to an amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audio decoder Connecting to an amplifier equipped with 5.1ch audio inputs Connecting to an amplifier equipped with a digital audio input Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals Connections Basic Others playback LIMITED Connections TV/VIDEO CAUTION TV 2 power Keep your fingers well clear of the disc VOLtray as it is closing. Toshiba America Consumer Products, Inc. (“TACP”), Toshiba Hawaii (“THI”) and Toshiba Canada Limited (“TCL”) MENU Neglecting to do so may cause serious injury.the TOPpersonal MENU make CH Connect This You Check can section the enjoy play the following DVD shows discs MP3 highplayer files at quality you guide various on the tofor this dynamic your basics the speeds, DVD TV. possible on sounds player. how and cause resume tobyplay connecting ofaplayback adisc. problem from DVD before the player contacting location to or any service. following limited warranties. These limited warranties extend to the original purchaser person receiving this set as a gift // // // optional you audio stopped equipment. playback. from where the original purchaser and to no purchaser or transferee. 43 . For details of output sound, seeother 3 2, 4 PAUSE PLAY ENTER ON/STANDBY / / ENTER ENTER You can operate the basic functions of selected TVsindicator FWD using the supplied remote control. REV PLAY Commercial Units Limited Ninety (90) Day Warranty PLAY Products sold and used for commercial TACP/THI warrant this product against defects in materials 3 use have a limited PAUSE/STEP STOP 1 ninety (90) day warranty for all parts PAUSE/STEP and labor. or workmanship for a period of ninety (90) days after the original retail During this period,toTACP/ •date Forofconnection to purchase. your TV, see “Connecting a TV” Warning Symptom Cause Correction MENU DVD display Number buttons Page Owner’s Manual THI repair product or part, at their 18will19 . or replace a defective MENU manual • When areTOP connecting (via the BITSTREAM/PCM shouldyou the owner’s thoroughly option, with a of new or refurbished product part is without The power disconnected. You 18 •read Connect the power plug securely into before the 43 . or plug • No Forpower. details output sound, •see (DIGITAL) AUDIO OUT jack) AV decoder does outlet. video discs are divided intoproduct titles, and sub-divided into chapters. DVDan audio discsand arethat divided operating thiswall product. You should complete mail the into charge to DVD you. You deliver thereference entire to athe titles are •Normally, ThisDVD-A section usesmust the following marks. DVD-V not have Digital or MPEG2 function, be enclosed Demographic card within tendecoding (10) days after you, TACP/THI Authorized Service Station. You responsible groups, the groups are sub-divided intoare tracks. VIDEO CDs and audio CDs are divided into tracks. You can quickly 27 The turned off by • The automatic power off function turned • Dolby Press the PLAY button. “DTS” and “DTS Digital Out” are locate VCD DVD CDandplayer sure to setwho “Digital to “PCM” fromTheater the DTS is a high surround technology used in theaters and now available for Output” itself. the unit off. for or the person has given you thisofproduct as aon-screen gift, for all transportation and insurance charges the unit to trademarks Digital Systems, any specific title,quality chapter, group, or track. Signal flow 56product. 61 . Otherwise, high sound mayto displaysthis Inc. is one This wayvolume to enable and the Authorized Service If not you livetoas inreceive the home use, on DVD video discs or audio CDs. No from picture. • Station. The TV is set DVDpurchased signal • Select the appropriate video input modeTACP 26 Preparations MP3 disc compatibility with this player is limited follows: : Front speaker To pause resume playback normal playback Preparation damage your hearing as well as the speakers. provide you with better customer service andDVD improved U.S.A. you may, at your option, return your Unit to:only) output. IfWhen you have a DTS decoder or processor, you can obtain full input benefit of on5.1 the TV the picture from the DVD audio disc Press or FWD during playback. youREV want toCD-ROM, view DVD a“To video disc, disc turn on theDVD TV and select thethe video connected to so the DVD player. •Follow Playable discs: CD-R (650MB / 74 min. • during Use DVD video discs or audio PLAY. PAUSE/STEP playback. the instruction ofsound program the remote control” to the brand code. •Press DOCDs. NOT play DTS-encoded discs when you are player appears onand the TV products. Failure to return the card willscreen. not affect your rights Toshiba America Consumer Products Inc. DTS encoded tracks on DVD video discs system, or set audio •channel When you want to enjoy the sound of discs from the audio turn on the audio system select the input connected CD-RW is not recommendable. Title 1 Title 2 : Rear speaker CDsthat encoded viahave the DTS Group 2 REV : Fast reverse playback Group 1 REV FWD connecting an AV decoder does not DTS18, 19 PLAY under this warranty. Returns Center • The video cable is not connected securely. • Connect the video cable securely into the to the DVD player. • Sampling 44.1 kHz only 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 1 Frequency: Chapter 2 Chapter 1 Chapter PAUSE/STEP recording system. resume normal decoding function. TrackTo 1 program Track 2 the To Track 1 control Track 2 playback, Track 3 press the remote 1420C Toshiba Dr.FWD: Fast forward playback appropriate jacks. • Bit rate 32 kbps-320 kbps : Sub woofer • Make the following setting. PLAY button. Point the remote control at your TV, and • When playing DTS-encoded discs (audio CDs), Your Responsibility Lebanon, TN 37087 Amplifier• equipped with connected with the audio 1 While• holding down ENTER, press sound. The equipment Select the correct input mode of the the number26 • No CD physical format: Mode 1, Mode 2 XA Form 1 or noisereceiver may from thetoanalog audioPage Each time you press REV use buttons as follows. a DTS decoder Theexcessive above warranties arebe subject toto the following Upon receipt wethe will, at our option, exchange the DVD UnitDVD signal On-screen display Select: (red) (white) (yellow) cable is not the set to receive audio sooutput youto can listen the To S VIDEO OUT Press power button (ON/STANDBY). Press OPEN/CLOSE close the disc buttons that correspond your TV’s brand code •with File ISO9660 Level 1output. : Center speaker output jacks. Tofrom avoid possible damage to the audio FWD button, the playback speed conditions: a system: new or refurbished unit. Canadian consumers are sound the DVD player. referring to the list on the next page. “Bitstream” tray. ON/STANDBY •requested File names are limited to eight characters orand less and The DVD player turns on the To OPTICAL To COAXIAL system, you take proper precautions when the 56 Notes changes. Selecting a should track the disc (1) You must retain your bill ofincable sale or provideinto other of to contact TCL. In Hawaii consumers are or proof To wall outlet “Digital Output” 18-23 •the Thepower audio cable is not securely. • Connect the(file) audio securely TV power To turn on and off.connected type digital type digital Connect either. must incorporate “MP3” extension. ON/STANDBY indicator on the : Signal flow analog audio output jacks ofand the omits DVD player areduring 61 • The DVD player mutes sound subtitles purchase. requested to contact THI. “PCM” the appropriate jacks. To 2CH To VIDEO OUT 1 If a track list is not displayed, press the MENU button TV/VIDEO To select a video input. e.g. To Program brand code 0071. OPEN/CLOSE audio input audio input e.g.“********.MP3” player illuminates. connected to an aamplification system. To enjoy DTS Playback starts. VIDEO CD/Audio CD reverse and forward scan of DVD video discs. (2) notify TACP/THI/TCL /Authorized cable to must show it. on the • The receiver or75 TV iscoaxial turned off.You • Turn equipment connected with Service26 VOL + / – cannot contain To AUDIO adjust theaudio volume. 56 Digital Surround™ playback, an external 5.1 channel •Limited File names special characters such as • DVD audio discs may not be played inyou fast reverse Station within thirty (30) days after discover aorinfast One (1)Track Year Warranty OUT “Stereo” “Analog Output” the audio cable. SELECT The current track being played is highlighted red. Track 1 2 Track 4 Track 3 To select a channel. Track 5 Optical digital cable CH / 59 DTS Digital Surround™ decoder system must be “?!><+*}{`[@]:;\ /.,” etc. forward directions. defective product or part. TACP/THI further warrant the parts in this product against /the /proper / 0 audio buttons to(DIGITAL) a track you Press 42, 56 • The setting of output sound format is2connected • the Select ENTER tospeed the AUDIO 7setting. 1select •defects Total number of files on the disc should not exceed 254. (3) • DVD-V The mayofdiffer depending onbe themade disc. Allplayback warranty servicing this product must by a in materials for a period of one (1) If you insert a0BITSTREAM/PCM DVD video disc that contains a top I the Por workmanship 59 incorrect. want to play. When DVD player is turned on for 42 Recording system DTS Notes OUT jack of the DVD player. TACP/THI/TCL Authorized Service Station. year after the dateTV/VIDEO of original retail purchase. During this menu, a menu may appear. See “Locating a title The selected highlighted the connect firstpicture time, an on-screen display 9 playback • The disc is(DIGITAL) dirty.will appear • Eject thetrack disc is and clean it. in green. • The DO NOT thehas BITSTREAM/PCM (4) U.S.A. warranties are effective period, TACP/THI repair or replace a defective product Preparations Set to “I.”will 30 only if the product is using theENTER top menu.” TV power occasional distortion. 3 Press the button to begin playback of the / to provide initial settings. Press the • It is in fast forward or fast reverse • Sometimes a small amount of picture Hold down. AUDIO OUT jack of the DVD player to the AC-3 RF input purchased and operated in the U.S.A. or – part, atyou their option, with a newencoded or refurbished product or •orWhen playback an MP3 CD, set “Priority You may need to press theContinental TOP MENU or MENU selected track. playback. buttons toVOL select an item, andon press the distortion may appear. This is not a with TV or monitor of awithout Dolby Digital Receiver. This input your A/V Puerto Rico. part charge to you, except 65if a defective part is > JPG ”.that Contents 2” to “CH MP3 button to display disc menu (depending on the ToENTER. video input (yellow) audio/video inputs malfunction. , is and ENTER button. the pages in of Receiver is reserved forSee Laserdisc use only and Release (5) 2Labor service for set installation. Set up, replaced after ninety (90) days from the date the original Audio/video cable actual DVDcharges video disc.) Brightness is unstable or • The effect of copy protection. • Connect the control DVD player directly tothe the selected / buttons, then make a selection using the incompatible with the BITSTREAM/PCM (DIGITAL) The DVD remote memorizes adjustment of customer controls and installation or 18 retail purchase you pay labor charges (supplied) involved in the (white) A menu may appear depending the to disc. DVD-A noises are present in the TV. Avoid connecting the DVDon player Notes AUDIO OUT jackmust of the DVD player. press the ENTER button. brand code. repair of antenna systems are not covered by this replacement. You also deliver the entire product to a See “Locating a title using the top menu” 30 . playback pictures. amay VCRnot or TV/VCR combination. Place a CD Service that contains MP3 filesOUT on • DVD-V Connect the BITSTREAM/PCM (DIGITAL) AUDIO • Some discs permit this operation. To audio inputs (red) DVD-A warranty. Reception problems caused by inadequate TACP/THI Authorized Station. You are responsible 61 On-Screen Language S video cable The DVD player does not • No disc is inserted. • Insert a disc. jack of the DVD player to the “DIGITAL (OPTICAL)” or the disc tray. • If you stop playback by pressing the STOP button, and 26 then antenna systems are your responsibility. forVCD all transportation and insurance charges for the unit to CD TV Shape 58 (not supplied) start playback. “DIGITAL (COAXIAL)” of•aStation. Receiver or Processor. press the PLAY button, playback will in start 10 An unplayable disc in is the inserted. (6) • Insert a playable (Check thefrom discthe Warranties extend only todisc. defects materials or beginning and from the Authorized input Service If you live Notes Note •U.S.A. Referyou to the owner’s manual ofreturn the connected theremote track.type.) and After making alloption, the settings, select “Unit”to: To resume normal playback workmanship as limited above and extend to any may, at your your DVDequipment • of The control programmed at do thenot factory to operate To Sis video If the TV has an S video input, connect thetray the disc contains a disc you have already played, Press TOP MENU. Press ENTER. as well. 31 35input 37 SKIP , REPEAT and RANDOM functions Press PAUSE/STEP during still playback. press the ENTER button. 26 via The disc Inc. is placed upside down. •If The •TVs. Place the disc with the playback side product or parts which have been lost ordiscs discarded by Toshiba America Consumer•Products TOSHIBA Press PLAY. • Use DVD video encoded MPEG2 sound DVD player with an S video cable. When playback will begin from the location where you last stopped • When you connect the DVD player to otherthe equipment, be also Press OPEN/CLOSE to load the disc. you oravailable. to down. damage to products or parts caused byon Returns Center The top menu appears onPAUSE/ the TV starts from chapter 1 ofthe the • are A single brand may Playback use different codes depending Each time you press PAUSE/STEP the MPEG2 recording system. using an S video cable, do not connect the You can enjoy motion picture and live concert DVD video discs with dynamic PLAY 29 playback. sure to turn off theDr. power and •unplug all is ofnot theplaced equipment misuse, accident, damage caused by Acts of God, such 1420C Toshiba 26 The disc within the guide. • Place the disc correctly inside the guide particular model. Enter the correct number referring to the screen. selected title. STEP button, the picture advances Press OPEN/CLOSE. ENTER yellow cable. • Make the following setting. realistic by connecting an amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audio from thesound wallTN outlet before making anyvideo connections. disc tray. in electric power, improper as lighting orthe fluctuations Lebanon, 37087 brand code on table. one frame. OPEN/CLOSE Playback starts. OPEN/CLOSE decoder or MPEG2 processor. The disc tray opens. e.g. To start playback inOn-screen the stop mode • The receipt output sound the DVD player has a wide dynamic TITLE 1 TITLE 2 This DVD player requires discs/recordings toviolation meet Try installation, improper maintenance orare useprovided. in of Upon we will,ofaudio at our option, exchange the DVD Unit display Select: Page • For some •brands, several brand codes 9 • The disc is dirty. Clean the disc. • Make the following setting. range. Beor sure to adjust unit. the receiver’s volume to a are certain technical standards in order to achieve optimal Press PLAY. instructions furnished by us; or to units which have with a new refurbished Canadian Consumers each of them until the remote control operates your TV. 56,56 63 • The parental lock is set. Notes • Cancel the parental lock function or To start playback from stopfunction mode, moderate to listening level. Otherwise, speakers may playback quality. Pre-recorded DVDs automatically beenTVs altered or without ofinTACP/ requested contact TCL. In Hawaiithe consumers are be • The Some may notmodified respond to lock all ofauthorization the are functions thePage On-screen display Select: “Digital Output” change the parental level. “Bitstream” •Notes soundPLAY is muted during frame by frame playback. press the PLAY button. damaged by a sudden high volume sound. 61 set to these standards. There are many different types THI/TCL orortomay damage to operated products at or all part thereof which requested to contact THI. Amplifier with an 3 equipped table above, not be this remote – does not follow theTITLEyou • Itconnect is in TITLE the4 or mode of repeatthe playback, • These operations may prevent a with proper When using a DVD audio disc that includes pictures, this 56 •• The instructions above describe basic procedures which • Playback Turn off the amplifier before disconnect MPEG2 audio decoder of recordable disc formats (including CD-R containing have had thecase, serial number removed, altered, defaced control. Inmay this operate that TV picture with its“Stereo” own remote “Analog Output” a disc on the disc tray. coursePlace of the disc’s program. memory playback, etc. progress of the contents. operation be permitted in some segments. 56 may vary depending on the contents of the DVD video disc. 59 DVD player’s power cord. If you leave the amplifier power MP3 files). Given the fact that technology in this area is or rendered illegible. Rental Units To stop playback, press STOP. control. “Stereo” “Analog Output” –59 Buttons do not work. • PowerTosupply fluctuations or other If different•instructions Press and hold the ON/STANDBY button To OPTICAL COAXIAL appear on the TV screen, follow those on, the speakers may be damaged. still maturing, Toshiba cannot guarantee that all genre of (7) Should you elect to return your DVD Unit to TACP after The warranty for rental units beginabnormalities with the firstsuch rental or • If you replace the remote control’s batteries, remember to as static electricity may on the front panel for more than about 3 type digital type digital STOP Connect either. With instructions. recordable discs will produce optimal playback the ninetythe (90) days and within one (1) year, or quality. after the thirty (30) days from theaudio dateinput of shipment tothe theplayback rental firm, reprogram brand codes forplayer TV. audio input interrupt correct operations. seconds. The DVD turns off. 42 Recording system MPEG • If you display thecriteria top menu during playback and press the side down. The technical set out inCall this owner’s warranty period hasbutton expired: (800)-631-3811 whichever comes first. coaxial cable Press the again to turn it on. Ifmanual the toare Press / / / to select the title75you TOP MENU again without selecting any title, thetoDVD meant asinformation abutton guidestill only. receive concerning an exchange price. • Even if “Analog Output” is set buttons do not work, disconnect the Optical digital cable want. player may power resume playback from the point where you first plug and insert it into the Payment must be enclosed with product in the form a “Multi,” sound will wall be output in of pressed the TOP MENU button (depending on the actual outlet again. Customers should also note that permission is required certified check or money order including If the titles in the top menu are bitstream format. reason for DVD videotodisc.) in order download MP3control files and music from the 15 return. assigned number, canisdirectly The remote control does not •aThe remoteyou control not pointed at the • Point the remote at the remote When usingToshiba adamaged DVDofaudio disc, the DVD player resumes internet. has no right to are grant such permission. work properly. remote sensor of the DVD player. sensor theDVD DVD player. (8) Physically Units not acceptable for locate a specific title by pressing its ENTER playback from the beginning of the track where pressed shouldthe always bein sought from theyou copyright repair whether or out of warranty and designated number with the is number 15 • The remote control too far from thePermission DVD or• exchange Operate remote control within about the TOP button. owner. will be MENU returned 7 m. as received. buttons. player. • This method of locating a title is available only on a disc that Notes • There are two different disc sizes. Place the disc in 15 • The batteries in the remote control contains are Replace a• top menu.the batteries with new ones. • Refer tothe thecorrect owner’s manual of the connected guide on the disc tray. If the TV discasiswell. out exhausted. • Instruction notes of discs may refer to the button that • When you connect DVDdamage player to your because sure to turn off the power and unplug both units from the wall outlet before of the guide,the it may the discTV, and the displays the top menu as TITLE button. makingDVD any connections. player to malfunction. • If your• television set a has one audio connect the left and right audio outputs of the DVD player to a Y cable adapter (not Do not place disc which is input, unplayable in this supplied) andplayer. then connect to your TV. DVD • Connect the DVD player directly to your TV. If you connect the DVD player to a VCR, TV/VCR combination or video selector, the playback picture may be distorted as DVD video discs are copy protected. Before Calling Connecting Variable Locating Playing Operating an aSpeed aDisc aDesired MP3 to TVaOptional Service Playback with TV Encoded Section thePersonnel Equipment Remote CD (Continued) Control W Connectin Digital Theater Symptoms and correction Connecting to a TV Playing Basic anaMP3 playback encoded CDor fast Playing in with fast reverse forward directions Operating TV the remote control AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C L Ls Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SUB Rs R SELECT PR I P S R 2CH L COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y 1 SELECT I 4 P ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB PR COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL R 2CH L S TOP ME NU Locating a titleby using the top menu Playing frame frame 1Connecting to an amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audio decoder 1 3 2 2 AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y 3 3 2 Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 18 ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT PR I P S R 2CH L COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL How to Obtain W INTERLACED outputs/inputs (ColorStream®) PROGRESSIVE outputs/inputs (ColorStream®Pro) Tocomponent obtain a higher picture Some TVs or 1 monitors are equipped with video quality Some TVs or monitors are equipped with component video Occasionally, noise during a normal broadcast may inputs. Connecting you to enjoysome picture inputs thatnot areusually capablevisible of reproducing a progressively 2, 4to these inputs allows appear on the TV screenscanned while playing a DVD Connecting video disc because the high higher quality TOP picture playback. video signal. toCLEAR these inputs allows MENU Actual labels for component video inputs resolution may varypictures on these you to discs viewinclude the highest a lot quality of information. pictures While with less theflicker. amount of (1) Referon to MENU the troubleshooting guide in owner’s manual. list this mayDVD solveplayer, your problem. depending TV manufacturer. (ex.noise Y, your R-Y, B-Y or Y, depends on the TVThis youcheck use with you should / / / generally reduce ENTER C(2) B, CR In) the U.S.A., only call the TACP toll number adjustment 800-631-3811, or if in Canada seevideo listing below within (30) thefree sharpness on your TVHawaii whenor viewing DVD discs. ENTER RETURN In some TVs or monitors, the color levels of the playback days after or part. DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD /you find a defective product About PLAY SKIP picture maycode bePLAY reduced slightly tint may change. In Brand table (3) Arrange for the delivery of or thethe product to the TACP/THI/TCL Authorized Service Station or TACP Return Center. DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD icons on the heading bar show theSTOP The playable discs for the PLAY such aProducts case, adjust the to TVthe or monitor optimum shipped Service for Station must be insured and safely and securely packed, preferably in the original STOP Brand name Brand code Brand name Brand codeSLOW function described under that heading. performance. shippingPAGE carton, and a letter explaining the defect and also a copy of the bill of sale or other proof of purchase must be T DVD-A : DVD audio discs. DVD-V PAUSE/STEP enclosed. TOSHIBA 0001 0071 0211: DVD 0571video discs. RCA 0971 1071 1081 1091 0201 DVD player CD : Audio CD. Number buttons VCD : VIDEO CDs. In Canada contact: In the & Continental States contact: BELL HOWELLUnited 0471 0651 0071In Hawaii 0281 contact: 0441 1041 0501 Power supply 120 V AC, 60 Hz Consumer Electronics Group Consumer Electronics Toshiba Hawaii Inc. CARVER 0201 0251 0281 0411 0501 REALISTIC 0631 1001 1011 1021 Group 1031 191 McNabb Street 22171 Fraserwood Way DVD-V DVD-A 327 Kamakee Street Dolby Digital • Use DVD video discs encoded CITIZEN 0201 0251 0851 0201 0501 0481 0321via Power consumption 16 W Manufactured under license from Dolby 5.1ch surround sound Markham, Ontario L3R 8H2 Richmond, B.C. V6W 1J5 Honolulu, HAin 96814 VCD Digital CD MATHES Dolby is the surround sound used theaters showing the the Dolby Digital recording CURTIS 0471 0651technology 0071 0281 0441 0331 0501 0651 0771 Laboratories. “Dolby”, “Pro Logic” andflow Signal Toll Free The Dolby Digital decoder equipped with this DVD player enables you to obtain (905)-470-5400 (604)-303-2500 (808)-521-5377 Massmovies, 2.5 kgthis realistic effect in the home. latest and is now0311 available reproduce the double-D symbol are trademarks of 800-631-3811 system. 0431to 0521 0571you connect the RUNCO 0071 0091 0281 0291 0341 the full benefit of 5.1 channel sound tracks when DVD player to About To resume the screen normal saver playback Laboratories. Consumer Electronics GroupConfidential You can enjoy motion picture and live 0471 concert DVD video with this dynamic dimensions 430 690571 219discs mm (W/H/D) • Dolby Make the following setting. EMERSON 0201 0231 0481 0471 0651 anExternal amplifier equipped with 5.1 channel audio inputs. Press Press SLOW T. during playback. Repeat steps 2 and 3 if necessary. unpublished works. Copyright North Road Presssound PAUSE/STEP during playback. If you PLAY. Press pause a1643 picture ofService a DVD video disc0281 and1992-1997 leave realistic by connecting DVD player to a 6 channel amplifier equipped 0581 the 0651 SAMSUNG 0171 0181 0251 0411it Dolby Laboratories. All rights reserved. Droval, the QC H9P 1J1display Signal Standard NTSC On-screen Select: Page SLOW If system you are using a VIDEO CD/audio CD, skip steps 1If you have Each time you press the SLOW still for a long while, screen saver of the DVD player with a Dolby Digital decoder or Dolby Digital processor. a Dolby PLAY FISHER 0041 0121 0181 0201press 0281 0491 0501 0631 0661 0791 To resume normal playback, (514)-856-4100 PAUSE/STEP and 2. Then at step 3, enter the number for the track button, the slow-motion speed • Use DVD video discs encoded automatically appears (when “Screen Saver” is set to 56via Surround you will obtain the full benefit laser, of Pro Logic from 650 the nm 0021 Laser Pro Logic decoder, wavelength / 780 nm 0471 0571 0651 Semiconductor SANYO 0041 0081 “Multi” 0121 0171 the PLAY button. “Analog Output” you want using theprovide number buttons. changes. 63 ). To Dolby Digital recording turn off the screen saver, press the PLAY “On” same DVD movies that full 5.1-channel Dolby Digital soundtracks, as well 59 Amplifier equipped with Press PLAY or ENTER. GE 0941 0951 0961 DVD 0971linear 0981 0181 0231 0241 0451 Frequency range by state sound : button. kHz samplingand 4 Hz to 220201 kHz All warranties law, including the implied warranties of48merchantability fitness for a particular purpose, are system. audio inputs as To from with Surround mark. (red) (white) Y titles To implied PB the To Dolby PR5.1ch 0991 1041 0571 0651 0671 0701 0711 PLAY Playback starts from by thestate 42 96 kHz sampling 4 •Hz to kHz Recording system D/MPEG DVD-V e.g. SEARCH expressly limited to the duration of limited warranties set forthNotes above. With the exception of 44 any warranties implied If you press the SLOW button SLOW • Sound is muted during still mode. Audio system Make the following setting. VIDEO VIDEO VIDEO GOLDSTAR 0201 0251 0281 0411 0501 0721 location. 192 4Off Hz to selected 88 kHz agreements Toyou 5.1ch audio ENTER lawOUT as hereby limited,OUT the foregoing warranty is exclusive ofsound allkHz other warranties, guarantees, andchannel during playback, can view theand in •lieu The issampling muted during slow-motion playback. Automatic Power function When “To wall Pro Logic” is setSelect: to “On,” 20501 TOUT outlet On-screen display HALLMARK 0001 0511 inputs 0201 0231 0471 SEARS 0001 0191 0491 0201 Page To 5.1CH similar obligations of manufacturer or seller with respect to the repair or replacement of any parts. In no event TACP/THI • The playback speedismay differ depending onshall the disc.is picture in reverse slow-motion. (Only To stop playback sound is output in the Dolby Surround Pro Signal-to-noise ratio More than 112 dB Amplifier equipped with a If the DVD player stopped, or the screen saver 0481 0571 0581 0651 0071 0211 0571 0041 0121 SURROUND be Press liable for consequential orusing incidental damages. Logic format. Toincludes obtain thepictures, original 2 channel • When usingfor a DVD audio disc thatminutes, this56 when a DVD video0351 disc.) 0371 Dolby Digital decoder STOP. OUT engaged approximately 20 the DVD player HITACHI 0021 0221 0251 More 0181 0201 0281 “Digital “Bitstream” Audio dynamic than AUDIO 108 dB Pro Logic” to0471 “Off”. 0651 sound, set “Output” No person, agent,range distributor, dealer or company is authorized to change, modify or extend thein terms of these warranties in61 operation may be permitted some picture segments. Audio cable Press / to select a section you want will automatically turn itself off. 0381 0431 0571 0751 SHARP 0851obligation 0511 of 0571 0201 arising 0501 STOP Each time you press the0641 SLOW To be 2CH AUDIO OUT any manner whatsoever. The time within which an action must commenced to enforce any TACP/THI To OPTICAL To COAXIAL Notes Harmonic distortion Less than 0.002 % to warranty locate.or button, INFINITY 0501 SONY 0451 0571 0681 thestatute, slow-motion speed 56 under the under any or law of the United Connect States oreither. any state thereof, is0441 hereby limited to ninety (90) days type digital type digital • Pressing the CLEAR button resets the numbers. To clear the (white) (red) “Stereo” “Analog Output” Stilllimitation pictures included onto0481 DVD audio discsarising JBLtheand 0501 SOUNDESIGN 0201 Wow Below level (less than 0.001 % (W.PEAK)) audio audio changes. e.g. When youhave want toinput locate measurable a the defect. display, from dateflutter you discover or input should discovered, This does not apply implied warranties press the T button several times. 59 cable audio discs may0501 JVC state law. 0311 0431 0521 0571 75 coaxial SYLVANIA 0071 0191 0221 0461 stillispictures, which are under chapter. of locating ainclude title/group available only on a Operating conditions Temperature: 5 C• This toDVD 35method C, Operation status: Horizontal Towarranty remove the disc0001 legal Optical cable LXI 0511 rights 0851and you may 0471 0591 0611 0651 0371 42 D Recording system This alsodigital have other rights which may vary from state to state. Some classified into two large groups. ENTER gives you specific disc thatTocontains title/group audio inputs of thenumbers. amplifier MAGNAVOX 0501 0071long0191 0221 warranty 0461 lasts, when an action may be 0511 0531 0841 Press states do OPEN/CLOSE. not allow limitation on how an implied brought, or the exclusion or • Even if “Analog Output” is set to 0471 0591 damages, 0611 0651 TANDY 0171 0511 0851 0571 0201 limitation of incidental or consequential so the above provisions may not apply to you. • Slideshow: Still pictures appear one after another Playing of sound DVD audio “Multi,” will be discs output in Remove the disc after the disc tray TV orbonus monitorgroups equipped OPEN/CLOSE Outputs MARANTZ 0201 0501 0501 consistent automatically with thecontent disc bitstream format. with component video Some DVD audio discs may include an extra opens completely. ATTENTION CONSUMERS: 1.0 V (p-p), 75 , negative MEMOREX 0411 TECHNICS 0371 0501 0511 0531 0761 Set to “I.” They be operated. Video outputCANADIAN sync.,program. pin jack 1 cannot (INTERLACED) inputs To PRavideo input of the called “Bonus group”. Press / to enter number Canadian consumers are requested to complete the special Canadian “Warranty Registration DVD-V MGADVD-A 0201 0841 Form” 0911 enclosed, and forward or If you select it to play, a display appears to enter a key S 1.0 V0501 (p-p), , negative sync., Mini DIN 4-pin this completed a copy of bill ofinput sale(Y) to TOSHIBA OF75 CANADA and Validate” their10481 warranty. Product section. VCDvideo CD outputform with0201 MITSUBISHI 0451 TEKNIKA 0201 0251 0501 •number. Browsable pictures: TVtoor“Register monitor equipped To P0321 B video0331 Press the number buttons to enter the key (C) 0.286 V (p-p), 75 must be purchased from0511 an Authorized Canadian purchased inYou thecan U.S.A. and 0251 used Canada are not 0571 0651 0771Dealer. Products TMK 0201 with component video display your in favorite still picture number, then press ENTER. Set to “P.” covered by these 2 Press PLAY. Y videobuttons input (Y)are (PROGRESSIVE) inputs MTC 0251 0201 0501 0401 0411 0851 selected with the buttons on the remote Component videowarranties. output 1.0 V (p-p), 75 VIDTECH ,When negative sync., pin jack 1 Also0201 the To number the number is entered correctly, playback of the at0001 the location where you NAD Press STOP 0511 0511 control. Some of those mayfrom change (PB)/(PR) 0.7 V (p-p),bonus 75 PLAY , group pin jack 2DVD-V available. • Make the following setting. • Make the following setting. Playback starts the starts. IMPORTANT: AND SHIPPING INSTRUCTION ENTER PACKING want to interrupt playback. OPTONICA 0511 0851 0201 0501 WARDS 0201 0501 of0001 0191 title. 0481 automatically. You can enjoy of(interlaced/ 20571 channel digital stereo by an beginning the(I/P), current realistic of Dolby Surround Pro Logic bynumbers, To get key to this instruction notes discs. * After setting switch beofsure to When you sendthe the product tosound a Service Station, you must use the original carton box andrefer packing material, then insert the Audio output (BITSTREAM/PCM Optical connector 1connecting Switching thedynamic output signal On-screen display Select: Page e.g. To enter 25sound PANASONIC 0371 0501 0511 0531 0761 0491 0851 0511from 0571 0071 The DVD player memorizes the STOP DVD-A amplifier equipped with a digital audio input and speaker system (right and left Playback starts the connecting an amplifier and speaker system (right and left front speakers, a power off the DVD player then turn it on original carton box containing the unit into another carton using more packing material. progressive) using the remote control OPTICAL) Notes 56 0911 1061 +10 0281 0441 : To a picture. (The of pictures location is stopped. PAGE 56 +10 2 0841 5where or playback front speakers). 5to “P”) beginning of theorder current group. center speaker, and or two rear speakers). to select activate the setting. “Stereo” “Analog Output” (only when theone SELECT (I/P) switch isVset “Digital “PCM” A key be cleared inOutput” some cases such as when onstarts the disc) PHILCO 0071 0111 0181 0.5 0201 0271 ZENITH 0931 Audio output (BITSTREAM/PCM (p-p), 75 ,•pin jacknumber 1 mayvary 59 VCDdepending Playback from the 61 Be sure to press the OPEN/CLOSE button to close removing the disc. Enter the key number again if necessary. With amplifier equipped with Digital Youancan temporarily switch theDolby output signal 0301 0461 0501 0651for better COAXIAL) CD beginning of the disc. the disc tray after you remove the disc. • When you use a bonus group in a programmed play such picture quality. Connect the equipment the same way as described in “Connecting to an 56as : To return to a specific one programmed on RETURN PHILIPS 0071 0191 0221 0461 0471 Amplifier equipped with 2.0 Press PLAY. sure to set “Analog Output” “Stereo” Audio output (2CH AUDIO) V (rms), 680 ,memory pin jacks (L, R)tothe 1 Be “Analog Output” Press PROGRESSIVE on the remote control. playback, enter the key number beforehand. amplifier equipped with a Dolby Digital decoder.” Refer to that amplifier’s • If you want return to the beginning of a DVD video/ disc. 0591input 0611 0651 a0501 digital audio 59 to “Stereo” when you enjoy WhilePLAY the DVDand player is progressive signals, The DVD player resumes owner’s manual set theoutputting amplifier so you can enjoy Dolby Surround Pro audio Audio output (5.1CH SURROUND) 2.0playback V (rms), 680 , pin jacks disc, 6 open and close the disc tray once with PROTON 0201 the sound. indicator on the right side on To the frontyou panel sounds Dolby Surround To OPTICAL COAXIAL from the location where stopped Logic the OPEN/CLOSE buttonof before pressing the Pro PLAY PULSAR 0931 0071 0091 0281 0291 illuminates. Logic using this connection. type digital type digital Connect either. playback. button. • Make the following setting. 0341 0471 0651 DVD-V input withaudio input WithDVD-A an amplifier notaudio equipped Dolby Digital QUASAR 0371 0501 0511 0531 75 0761coaxial cable Supplied VCD CD Accessories On-screen display Select: Page Connect the equipment as follows. * Connect one or two rear speakers. Notes 0841 0911 Optical digital cable The output sound from the rear speakers Audio/video cable ................................................. 1 •Notes Resuming cannot function when: To start playback from beginning regardless RADIO SHACK 0631the 1001 1011 1021 1031 “Analog Output” even “Stereo” will be monaural you connect two Amplifier equipped with 63 if or – you change thenot parental lock setting select a disc Press SKIP or repeatedly to display of the location where you stopped playback • Some titles may display chapter 0851 0201 0501 0481 0321 * Remote control (SE-R0071) ................................. 1 rear speakers. numbers. Dolby Surround Pro Logic 61 . menu language 65 • When you set “Title/Group Stop” to “Off” , you can the chapter or track number you want. 1 Press STOP twice.0331 0501 0651 0771 Notes Batteries (AAA) ..................................................... 2 65 is – you play a PBC-featured VIDEO CD while “PBC” access chapters in another title. If you go back to the To audio input • Refer to thestarts owner’s manual of the connected equipment as well. Playback from the selected track. The DVD playerchapter erases or the previous set to “On.” STOP preceding title by pressing the SKIP button, the To 2CH AUDIO OUT • When you connect the DVD player to other equipment, be sure to turn off the power and unplug all of the equipment DVD from the – you open thethe discfirst tray. location from its memory. SKIP Notes player locates chapter of the title. When “Title/Group To locate succeeding chapters or wall outlet before making any connections. • There may be a difference in the location where playback •• Do notplace movethe theDVD DVD playernear during playback. Doing maybroadcast damage Stop”the is set disc. to “On,”beyou can access chapters only within the tracks. If you player a tuner or radio, theso radio sound might distorted. In this case, place the DVD depending on while the disc. whensousing Audio cable • Use theaway OPEN/CLOSE button to open and close the disc tray. Doresumes current not push title. the disc tray it is Especially moving. Doing may a player the tuner and • Designs andfrom specifications areradio. subject to change without notice. DVD audio disc, playback may resume the beginning of the DVD player to DVD malfunction. press and hold the SKIP or from on the front starts has froma the SKIP • cause The output sound ofPlayback the player widebeginning dynamic range.• IfBeyou sure to adjust the receiver’s volume to abutton moderate the current track. • Do not push up on the disc tray or put any objects other than discs panel on the during disc playback, tray. Doing the so DVD may player cause performs the DVD fast player reverse to of the the current chapter listening level. Otherwise, speakers mayorbetrack. damaged by a sudden high volume sound. • Settings you changed using the on-screen the fast forward can vary the displays speed bywhile twice, playback the DVD or • malfunction. Turn off the amplifierWhen beforeyou youpress connect or disconnect player’s power playback. cord. If youYou leave the amplifier power on, the DVD player keeps afurther. location in thedisplay memory may function • In many instances, a menu screen will appear after playback of a pressing movie is the completed. button Prolonged of an on-screen starts from the beginning of the speakers may be damaged. only after theitsmemory isTocleared. damage your television set, permanently etching thatTo image locate onto chapters screen. or tracks avoid during this, fast bereverse sure to or press fast the • menu The S may VIDEO OUT jack and thechapter VIDEO OUT jack cannot output video signals simultaneously, if you select progressive preceding or track. forward playback, first press the PLAY button to resume STOP button twice on your remote control signal when the SELECT (I/P) switch is setonce to “P.”the movie is completed. or button. normal playback, then use the SKIP DVD player / outputs / supplied accessories Connecting Connecting to an amplifier amplifier equipped with with a5.1ch Dolby Digital inputs decoder Connecting toto anan audio systemequipped and TV equipped with audio component video inputs 4 5 AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT I P PR COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL R 2CH L S AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT 2 PR I P COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL R 2CH L S Connections Basic Others playback 1 Connections To pause playb Playing ina slow-motion Locating desired section by entering its corresponding number Connectin 2Dolby channel digita Surround Resuming playback from the same location 3Connecting to an amplifier equipped with Dolby Surround Pro Logic 1 AUDIO OUT 2 VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT PR I P R 2CH L S COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL Locating a specific chapter or track AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT PR I Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals P S R 2CH L COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL 19 Connections Basic Others playback LIMITED Connections TV/VIDEO CAUTION TV 2 power Keep your fingers well clear of the disc VOLtray as it is closing. Toshiba America Consumer Products, Inc. (“TACP”), Toshiba Hawaii (“THI”) and Toshiba Canada Limited (“TCL”) MENU Neglecting to do so may cause serious injury.the TOPpersonal MENU make CH Connect This You Check can section the enjoy play the following DVD shows discs MP3 highplayer files at quality you guide various on the tofor this dynamic your basics the speeds, DVD TV. possible on sounds player. how and cause resume tobyplay connecting ofaplayback adisc. problem from DVD before the player contacting location to or any service. following limited warranties. These limited warranties extend to the original purchaser person receiving this set as a gift // // // optional you audio stopped equipment. playback. from where the original purchaser and to no purchaser or transferee. 43 . For details of output sound, seeother 3 2, 4 PAUSE PLAY ENTER ON/STANDBY / / ENTER ENTER You can operate the basic functions of selected TVsindicator FWD using the supplied remote control. REV PLAY Commercial Units Limited Ninety (90) Day Warranty PLAY Products sold and used for commercial TACP/THI warrant this product against defects in materials 3 use have a limited PAUSE/STEP STOP 1 ninety (90) day warranty for all parts PAUSE/STEP and labor. or workmanship for a period of ninety (90) days after the original retail During this period,toTACP/ •date Forofconnection to purchase. your TV, see “Connecting a TV” Warning Symptom Cause Correction MENU DVD display Number buttons Page Owner’s Manual THI repair product or part, at their 18will19 . or replace a defective MENU manual • When areTOP connecting (via the BITSTREAM/PCM shouldyou the owner’s thoroughly option, with a of new or refurbished product part is without The power disconnected. You 18 •read Connect the power plug securely into before the 43 . or plug • No Forpower. details output sound, •see (DIGITAL) AUDIO OUT jack) AV decoder does outlet. video discs are divided intoproduct titles, and sub-divided into chapters. DVDan audio discsand arethat divided operating thiswall product. You should complete mail the into charge to DVD you. You deliver thereference entire to athe titles are •Normally, ThisDVD-A section usesmust the following marks. DVD-V not have Digital or MPEG2 function, be enclosed Demographic card within tendecoding (10) days after you, TACP/THI Authorized Service Station. You responsible groups, the groups are sub-divided intoare tracks. VIDEO CDs and audio CDs are divided into tracks. You can quickly 27 The turned off by • The automatic power off function turned • Dolby Press the PLAY button. “DTS” and “DTS Digital Out” are locate VCD DVD CDandplayer sure to setwho “Digital to “PCM” fromTheater the DTS is a high surround technology used in theaters and now available for Output” itself. the unit off. for or the person has given you thisofproduct as aon-screen gift, for all transportation and insurance charges the unit to trademarks Digital Systems, any specific title,quality chapter, group, or track. Signal flow 56product. 61 . Otherwise, high sound mayto displaysthis Inc. is one This wayvolume to enable and the Authorized Service If not you livetoas inreceive the home use, on DVD video discs or audio CDs. No from picture. • Station. The TV is set DVDpurchased signal • Select the appropriate video input modeTACP 26 Preparations MP3 disc compatibility with this player is limited follows: : Front speaker To pause resume playback normal playback Preparation damage your hearing as well as the speakers. provide you with better customer service andDVD improved U.S.A. you may, at your option, return your Unit to:only) output. IfWhen you have a DTS decoder or processor, you can obtain full input benefit of on5.1 the TV the picture from the DVD audio disc Press or FWD during playback. youREV want toCD-ROM, view DVD a“To video disc, disc turn on theDVD TV and select thethe video connected to so the DVD player. •Follow Playable discs: CD-R (650MB / 74 min. • during Use DVD video discs or audio PLAY. PAUSE/STEP playback. the instruction ofsound program the remote control” to the brand code. •Press DOCDs. NOT play DTS-encoded discs when you are player appears onand the TV products. Failure to return the card willscreen. not affect your rights Toshiba America Consumer Products Inc. DTS encoded tracks on DVD video discs system, or set audio •channel When you want to enjoy the sound of discs from the audio turn on the audio system select the input connected CD-RW is not recommendable. Title 1 Title 2 : Rear speaker CDsthat encoded viahave the DTS Group 2 REV : Fast reverse playback Group 1 REV FWD connecting an AV decoder does not DTS18, 19 PLAY under this warranty. Returns Center • The video cable is not connected securely. • Connect the video cable securely into the to the DVD player. • Sampling 44.1 kHz only 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 1 Frequency: Chapter 2 Chapter 1 Chapter PAUSE/STEP recording system. resume normal decoding function. TrackTo 1 program Track 2 the To Track 1 control Track 2 playback, Track 3 press the remote 1420C Toshiba Dr.FWD: Fast forward playback appropriate jacks. • Bit rate 32 kbps-320 kbps : Sub woofer • Make the following setting. PLAY button. Point the remote control at your TV, and • When playing DTS-encoded discs (audio CDs), Your Responsibility Lebanon, TN 37087 Amplifier• equipped with connected with the audio 1 While• holding down ENTER, press sound. The equipment Select the correct input mode of the the number26 • No CD physical format: Mode 1, Mode 2 XA Form 1 or noisereceiver may from thetoanalog audioPage Each time you press REV use buttons as follows. a DTS decoder Theexcessive above warranties arebe subject toto the following Upon receipt wethe will, at our option, exchange the DVD UnitDVD signal On-screen display Select: (red) (white) (yellow) cable is not the set to receive audio sooutput youto can listen the To S VIDEO OUT Press power button (ON/STANDBY). Press OPEN/CLOSE close the disc buttons that correspond your TV’s brand code •with File ISO9660 Level 1output. : Center speaker output jacks. Tofrom avoid possible damage to the audio FWD button, the playback speed conditions: a system: new or refurbished unit. Canadian consumers are sound the DVD player. referring to the list on the next page. “Bitstream” tray. ON/STANDBY •requested File names are limited to eight characters orand less and The DVD player turns on the To OPTICAL To COAXIAL system, you take proper precautions when the 56 Notes changes. Selecting a should track the disc (1) You must retain your bill ofincable sale or provideinto other of to contact TCL. In Hawaii consumers are or proof To wall outlet “Digital Output” 18-23 •the Thepower audio cable is not securely. • Connect the(file) audio securely TV power To turn on and off.connected type digital type digital Connect either. must incorporate “MP3” extension. ON/STANDBY indicator on the : Signal flow analog audio output jacks ofand the omits DVD player areduring 61 • The DVD player mutes sound subtitles purchase. requested to contact THI. “PCM” the appropriate jacks. To 2CH To VIDEO OUT 1 If a track list is not displayed, press the MENU button TV/VIDEO To select a video input. e.g. To Program brand code 0071. OPEN/CLOSE audio input audio input e.g.“********.MP3” player illuminates. connected to an aamplification system. To enjoy DTS Playback starts. VIDEO CD/Audio CD reverse and forward scan of DVD video discs. (2) notify TACP/THI/TCL /Authorized cable to must show it. on the • The receiver or75 TV iscoaxial turned off.You • Turn equipment connected with Service26 VOL + / – cannot contain To AUDIO adjust theaudio volume. 56 Digital Surround™ playback, an external 5.1 channel •Limited File names special characters such as • DVD audio discs may not be played inyou fast reverse Station within thirty (30) days after discover aorinfast One (1)Track Year Warranty OUT “Stereo” “Analog Output” the audio cable. SELECT The current track being played is highlighted red. Track 1 2 Track 4 Track 3 To select a channel. Track 5 Optical digital cable CH / 59 DTS Digital Surround™ decoder system must be “?!><+*}{`[@]:;\ /.,” etc. forward directions. defective product or part. TACP/THI further warrant the parts in this product against /the /proper / 0 audio buttons to(DIGITAL) a track you Press 42, 56 • The setting of output sound format is2connected • the Select ENTER tospeed the AUDIO 7setting. 1select •defects Total number of files on the disc should not exceed 254. (3) • DVD-V The mayofdiffer depending onbe themade disc. Allplayback warranty servicing this product must by a in materials for a period of one (1) If you insert a0BITSTREAM/PCM DVD video disc that contains a top I the Por workmanship 59 incorrect. want to play. When DVD player is turned on for 42 Recording system DTS Notes OUT jack of the DVD player. TACP/THI/TCL Authorized Service Station. year after the dateTV/VIDEO of original retail purchase. During this menu, a menu may appear. See “Locating a title The selected highlighted the connect firstpicture time, an on-screen display 9 playback • The disc is(DIGITAL) dirty.will appear • Eject thetrack disc is and clean it. in green. • The DO NOT thehas BITSTREAM/PCM (4) U.S.A. warranties are effective period, TACP/THI repair or replace a defective product Preparations Set to “I.”will 30 only if the product is using theENTER top menu.” TV power occasional distortion. 3 Press the button to begin playback of the / to provide initial settings. Press the • It is in fast forward or fast reverse • Sometimes a small amount of picture Hold down. AUDIO OUT jack of the DVD player to the AC-3 RF input purchased and operated in the U.S.A. or – part, atyou their option, with a newencoded or refurbished product or •orWhen playback an MP3 CD, set “Priority You may need to press theContinental TOP MENU or MENU selected track. playback. buttons toVOL select an item, andon press the distortion may appear. This is not a with TV or monitor of awithout Dolby Digital Receiver. This input your A/V Puerto Rico. part charge to you, except 65if a defective part is > JPG ”.that Contents 2” to “CH MP3 button to display disc menu (depending on the ToENTER. video input (yellow) audio/video inputs malfunction. , is and ENTER button. the pages in of Receiver is reserved forSee Laserdisc use only and Release (5) 2Labor service for set installation. Set up, replaced after ninety (90) days from the date the original Audio/video cable actual DVDcharges video disc.) Brightness is unstable or • The effect of copy protection. • Connect the control DVD player directly tothe the selected / buttons, then make a selection using the incompatible with the BITSTREAM/PCM (DIGITAL) The DVD remote memorizes adjustment of customer controls and installation or 18 retail purchase you pay labor charges (supplied) involved in the (white) A menu may appear depending the to disc. DVD-A noises are present in the TV. Avoid connecting the DVDon player Notes AUDIO OUT jackmust of the DVD player. press the ENTER button. brand code. repair of antenna systems are not covered by this replacement. You also deliver the entire product to a See “Locating a title using the top menu” 30 . playback pictures. amay VCRnot or TV/VCR combination. Place a CD Service that contains MP3 filesOUT on • DVD-V Connect the BITSTREAM/PCM (DIGITAL) AUDIO • Some discs permit this operation. To audio inputs (red) DVD-A warranty. Reception problems caused by inadequate TACP/THI Authorized Station. You are responsible 61 On-Screen Language S video cable The DVD player does not • No disc is inserted. • Insert a disc. jack of the DVD player to the “DIGITAL (OPTICAL)” or the disc tray. • If you stop playback by pressing the STOP button, and 26 then antenna systems are your responsibility. forVCD all transportation and insurance charges for the unit to CD TV Shape 58 (not supplied) start playback. “DIGITAL (COAXIAL)” of•aStation. Receiver or Processor. press the PLAY button, playback will in start 10 An unplayable disc in is the inserted. (6) • Insert a playable (Check thefrom discthe Warranties extend only todisc. defects materials or beginning and from the Authorized input Service If you live Notes Note •U.S.A. Referyou to the owner’s manual ofreturn the connected theremote track.type.) and After making alloption, the settings, select “Unit”to: To resume normal playback workmanship as limited above and extend to any may, at your your DVDequipment • of The control programmed at do thenot factory to operate To Sis video If the TV has an S video input, connect thetray the disc contains a disc you have already played, Press TOP MENU. Press ENTER. as well. 31 35input 37 SKIP , REPEAT and RANDOM functions Press PAUSE/STEP during still playback. press the ENTER button. 26 via The disc Inc. is placed upside down. •If The •TVs. Place the disc with the playback side product or parts which have been lost ordiscs discarded by Toshiba America Consumer•Products TOSHIBA Press PLAY. • Use DVD video encoded MPEG2 sound DVD player with an S video cable. When playback will begin from the location where you last stopped • When you connect the DVD player to otherthe equipment, be also Press OPEN/CLOSE to load the disc. you oravailable. to down. damage to products or parts caused byon Returns Center The top menu appears onPAUSE/ the TV starts from chapter 1 ofthe the • are A single brand may Playback use different codes depending Each time you press PAUSE/STEP the MPEG2 recording system. using an S video cable, do not connect the You can enjoy motion picture and live concert DVD video discs with dynamic PLAY 29 playback. sure to turn off theDr. power and •unplug all is ofnot theplaced equipment misuse, accident, damage caused by Acts of God, such 1420C Toshiba 26 The disc within the guide. • Place the disc correctly inside the guide particular model. Enter the correct number referring to the screen. selected title. STEP button, the picture advances Press OPEN/CLOSE. ENTER yellow cable. • Make the following setting. realistic by connecting an amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audio from thesound wallTN outlet before making anyvideo connections. disc tray. in electric power, improper as lighting orthe fluctuations Lebanon, 37087 brand code on table. one frame. OPEN/CLOSE Playback starts. OPEN/CLOSE decoder or MPEG2 processor. The disc tray opens. e.g. To start playback inOn-screen the stop mode • The receipt output sound the DVD player has a wide dynamic TITLE 1 TITLE 2 This DVD player requires discs/recordings toviolation meet Try installation, improper maintenance orare useprovided. in of Upon we will,ofaudio at our option, exchange the DVD Unit display Select: Page • For some •brands, several brand codes 9 • The disc is dirty. Clean the disc. • Make the following setting. range. Beor sure to adjust unit. the receiver’s volume to a are certain technical standards in order to achieve optimal Press PLAY. instructions furnished by us; or to units which have with a new refurbished Canadian Consumers each of them until the remote control operates your TV. 56,56 63 • The parental lock is set. Notes • Cancel the parental lock function or To start playback from stopfunction mode, moderate to listening level. Otherwise, speakers may playback quality. Pre-recorded DVDs automatically beenTVs altered or without ofinTACP/ requested contact TCL. In Hawaiithe consumers are be • The Some may notmodified respond to lock all ofauthorization the are functions thePage On-screen display Select: “Digital Output” change the parental level. “Bitstream” •Notes soundPLAY is muted during frame by frame playback. press the PLAY button. damaged by a sudden high volume sound. 61 set to these standards. There are many different types THI/TCL orortomay damage to operated products at or all part thereof which requested to contact THI. Amplifier with an 3 equipped table above, not be this remote – does not follow theTITLEyou • Itconnect is in TITLE the4 or mode of repeatthe playback, • These operations may prevent a with proper When using a DVD audio disc that includes pictures, this 56 •• The instructions above describe basic procedures which • Playback Turn off the amplifier before disconnect MPEG2 audio decoder of recordable disc formats (including CD-R containing have had thecase, serial number removed, altered, defaced control. Inmay this operate that TV picture with its“Stereo” own remote “Analog Output” a disc on the disc tray. coursePlace of the disc’s program. memory playback, etc. progress of the contents. operation be permitted in some segments. 56 may vary depending on the contents of the DVD video disc. 59 DVD player’s power cord. If you leave the amplifier power MP3 files). Given the fact that technology in this area is or rendered illegible. Rental Units To stop playback, press STOP. control. “Stereo” “Analog Output” –59 Buttons do not work. • PowerTosupply fluctuations or other If different•instructions Press and hold the ON/STANDBY button To OPTICAL COAXIAL appear on the TV screen, follow those on, the speakers may be damaged. still maturing, Toshiba cannot guarantee that all genre of (7) Should you elect to return your DVD Unit to TACP after The warranty for rental units beginabnormalities with the firstsuch rental or • If you replace the remote control’s batteries, remember to as static electricity may on the front panel for more than about 3 type digital type digital STOP Connect either. With instructions. recordable discs will produce optimal playback the ninetythe (90) days and within one (1) year, or quality. after the thirty (30) days from theaudio dateinput of shipment tothe theplayback rental firm, reprogram brand codes forplayer TV. audio input interrupt correct operations. seconds. The DVD turns off. 42 Recording system MPEG • If you display thecriteria top menu during playback and press the side down. The technical set out inCall this owner’s warranty period hasbutton expired: (800)-631-3811 whichever comes first. coaxial cable Press the again to turn it on. Ifmanual the toare Press / / / to select the title75you TOP MENU again without selecting any title, thetoDVD meant asinformation abutton guidestill only. receive concerning an exchange price. • Even if “Analog Output” is set buttons do not work, disconnect the Optical digital cable want. player may power resume playback from the point where you first plug and insert it into the Payment must be enclosed with product in the form a “Multi,” sound will wall be output in of pressed the TOP MENU button (depending on the actual outlet again. Customers should also note that permission is required certified check or money order including If the titles in the top menu are bitstream format. reason for DVD videotodisc.) in order download MP3control files and music from the 15 return. assigned number, canisdirectly The remote control does not •aThe remoteyou control not pointed at the • Point the remote at the remote When usingToshiba adamaged DVDofaudio disc, the DVD player resumes internet. has no right to are grant such permission. work properly. remote sensor of the DVD player. sensor theDVD DVD player. (8) Physically Units not acceptable for locate a specific title by pressing its ENTER playback from the beginning of the track where pressed shouldthe always bein sought from theyou copyright repair whether or out of warranty and designated number with the is number 15 • The remote control too far from thePermission DVD or• exchange Operate remote control within about the TOP button. owner. will be MENU returned 7 m. as received. buttons. player. • This method of locating a title is available only on a disc that Notes • There are two different disc sizes. Place the disc in 15 • The batteries in the remote control contains are Replace a• top menu.the batteries with new ones. • Refer tothe thecorrect owner’s manual of the connected guide on the disc tray. If the TV discasiswell. out exhausted. • Instruction notes of discs may refer to the button that • When you connect DVDdamage player to your because sure to turn off the power and unplug both units from the wall outlet before of the guide,the it may the discTV, and the displays the top menu as TITLE button. makingDVD any connections. player to malfunction. • If your• television set a has one audio connect the left and right audio outputs of the DVD player to a Y cable adapter (not Do not place disc which is input, unplayable in this supplied) andplayer. then connect to your TV. DVD • Connect the DVD player directly to your TV. If you connect the DVD player to a VCR, TV/VCR combination or video selector, the playback picture may be distorted as DVD video discs are copy protected. Before Calling Connecting Variable Locating Playing Operating an aSpeed aDisc aDesired MP3 to TVaOptional Service Playback with TV Encoded Section thePersonnel Equipment Remote CD (Continued) Control W Connectin Digital Theater Symptoms and correction Connecting to a TV Playing Basic anaMP3 playback encoded CDor fast Playing in with fast reverse forward directions Operating TV the remote control AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C L Ls Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SUB Rs R SELECT PR I P S R 2CH L COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y 1 SELECT I 4 P ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB PR COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL R 2CH L S TOP ME NU Locating a titleby using the top menu Playing frame frame 1Connecting to an amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audio decoder 1 3 2 2 AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y 3 3 2 Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 18 ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT PR I P S R 2CH L COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL How to Obtain W INTERLACED outputs/inputs (ColorStream®) PROGRESSIVE outputs/inputs (ColorStream®Pro) Tocomponent obtain a higher picture Some TVs or 1 monitors are equipped with video quality Some TVs or monitors are equipped with component video Occasionally, noise during a normal broadcast may inputs. Connecting you to enjoysome picture inputs thatnot areusually capablevisible of reproducing a progressively 2, 4to these inputs allows appear on the TV screenscanned while playing a DVD Connecting video disc because the high higher quality TOP picture playback. video signal. toCLEAR these inputs allows MENU Actual labels for component video inputs resolution may varypictures on these you to discs viewinclude the highest a lot quality of information. pictures While with less theflicker. amount of (1) Referon to MENU the troubleshooting guide in owner’s manual. list this mayDVD solveplayer, your problem. depending TV manufacturer. (ex.noise Y, your R-Y, B-Y or Y, depends on the TVThis youcheck use with you should / / / generally reduce ENTER C(2) B, CR In) the U.S.A., only call the TACP toll number adjustment 800-631-3811, or if in Canada seevideo listing below within (30) thefree sharpness on your TVHawaii whenor viewing DVD discs. ENTER RETURN In some TVs or monitors, the color levels of the playback days after or part. DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD /you find a defective product About PLAY SKIP picture maycode bePLAY reduced slightly tint may change. In Brand table (3) Arrange for the delivery of or thethe product to the TACP/THI/TCL Authorized Service Station or TACP Return Center. DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD icons on the heading bar show theSTOP The playable discs for the PLAY such aProducts case, adjust the to TVthe or monitor optimum shipped Service for Station must be insured and safely and securely packed, preferably in the original STOP Brand name Brand code Brand name Brand codeSLOW function described under that heading. performance. shippingPAGE carton, and a letter explaining the defect and also a copy of the bill of sale or other proof of purchase must be T DVD-A : DVD audio discs. DVD-V PAUSE/STEP enclosed. TOSHIBA 0001 0071 0211: DVD 0571video discs. RCA 0971 1071 1081 1091 0201 DVD player CD : Audio CD. Number buttons VCD : VIDEO CDs. In Canada contact: In the & Continental States contact: BELL HOWELLUnited 0471 0651 0071In Hawaii 0281 contact: 0441 1041 0501 Power supply 120 V AC, 60 Hz Consumer Electronics Group Consumer Electronics Toshiba Hawaii Inc. CARVER 0201 0251 0281 0411 0501 REALISTIC 0631 1001 1011 1021 Group 1031 191 McNabb Street 22171 Fraserwood Way DVD-V DVD-A 327 Kamakee Street Dolby Digital • Use DVD video discs encoded CITIZEN 0201 0251 0851 0201 0501 0481 0321via Power consumption 16 W Manufactured under license from Dolby 5.1ch surround sound Markham, Ontario L3R 8H2 Richmond, B.C. V6W 1J5 Honolulu, HAin 96814 VCD Digital CD MATHES Dolby is the surround sound used theaters showing the the Dolby Digital recording CURTIS 0471 0651technology 0071 0281 0441 0331 0501 0651 0771 Laboratories. “Dolby”, “Pro Logic” andflow Signal Toll Free The Dolby Digital decoder equipped with this DVD player enables you to obtain (905)-470-5400 (604)-303-2500 (808)-521-5377 Massmovies, 2.5 kgthis realistic effect in the home. latest and is now0311 available reproduce the double-D symbol are trademarks of 800-631-3811 system. 0431to 0521 0571you connect the RUNCO 0071 0091 0281 0291 0341 the full benefit of 5.1 channel sound tracks when DVD player to About To resume the screen normal saver playback Laboratories. Consumer Electronics GroupConfidential You can enjoy motion picture and live 0471 concert DVD video with this dynamic dimensions 430 690571 219discs mm (W/H/D) • Dolby Make the following setting. EMERSON 0201 0231 0481 0471 0651 anExternal amplifier equipped with 5.1 channel audio inputs. Press Press SLOW T. during playback. Repeat steps 2 and 3 if necessary. unpublished works. Copyright North Road Presssound PAUSE/STEP during playback. If you PLAY. Press pause a1643 picture ofService a DVD video disc0281 and1992-1997 leave realistic by connecting DVD player to a 6 channel amplifier equipped 0581 the 0651 SAMSUNG 0171 0181 0251 0411it Dolby Laboratories. All rights reserved. Droval, the QC H9P 1J1display Signal Standard NTSC On-screen Select: Page SLOW If system you are using a VIDEO CD/audio CD, skip steps 1If you have Each time you press the SLOW still for a long while, screen saver of the DVD player with a Dolby Digital decoder or Dolby Digital processor. a Dolby PLAY FISHER 0041 0121 0181 0201press 0281 0491 0501 0631 0661 0791 To resume normal playback, (514)-856-4100 PAUSE/STEP and 2. Then at step 3, enter the number for the track button, the slow-motion speed • Use DVD video discs encoded automatically appears (when “Screen Saver” is set to 56via Surround you will obtain the full benefit laser, of Pro Logic from 650 the nm 0021 Laser Pro Logic decoder, wavelength / 780 nm 0471 0571 0651 Semiconductor SANYO 0041 0081 “Multi” 0121 0171 the PLAY button. “Analog Output” you want using theprovide number buttons. changes. 63 ). To Dolby Digital recording turn off the screen saver, press the PLAY “On” same DVD movies that full 5.1-channel Dolby Digital soundtracks, as well 59 Amplifier equipped with Press PLAY or ENTER. GE 0941 0951 0961 DVD 0971linear 0981 0181 0231 0241 0451 Frequency range by state sound : button. kHz samplingand 4 Hz to 220201 kHz All warranties law, including the implied warranties of48merchantability fitness for a particular purpose, are system. audio inputs as To from with Surround mark. (red) (white) Y titles To implied PB the To Dolby PR5.1ch 0991 1041 0571 0651 0671 0701 0711 PLAY Playback starts from by thestate 42 96 kHz sampling 4 •Hz to kHz Recording system D/MPEG DVD-V e.g. SEARCH expressly limited to the duration of limited warranties set forthNotes above. With the exception of 44 any warranties implied If you press the SLOW button SLOW • Sound is muted during still mode. Audio system Make the following setting. VIDEO VIDEO VIDEO GOLDSTAR 0201 0251 0281 0411 0501 0721 location. 192 4Off Hz to selected 88 kHz agreements Toyou 5.1ch audio ENTER lawOUT as hereby limited,OUT the foregoing warranty is exclusive ofsound allkHz other warranties, guarantees, andchannel during playback, can view theand in •lieu The issampling muted during slow-motion playback. Automatic Power function When “To wall Pro Logic” is setSelect: to “On,” 20501 TOUT outlet On-screen display HALLMARK 0001 0511 inputs 0201 0231 0471 SEARS 0001 0191 0491 0201 Page To 5.1CH similar obligations of manufacturer or seller with respect to the repair or replacement of any parts. In no event TACP/THI • The playback speedismay differ depending onshall the disc.is picture in reverse slow-motion. (Only To stop playback sound is output in the Dolby Surround Pro Signal-to-noise ratio More than 112 dB Amplifier equipped with a If the DVD player stopped, or the screen saver 0481 0571 0581 0651 0071 0211 0571 0041 0121 SURROUND be Press liable for consequential orusing incidental damages. Logic format. Toincludes obtain thepictures, original 2 channel • When usingfor a DVD audio disc thatminutes, this56 when a DVD video0351 disc.) 0371 Dolby Digital decoder STOP. OUT engaged approximately 20 the DVD player HITACHI 0021 0221 0251 More 0181 0201 0281 “Digital “Bitstream” Audio dynamic than AUDIO 108 dB Pro Logic” to0471 “Off”. 0651 sound, set “Output” No person, agent,range distributor, dealer or company is authorized to change, modify or extend thein terms of these warranties in61 operation may be permitted some picture segments. Audio cable Press / to select a section you want will automatically turn itself off. 0381 0431 0571 0751 SHARP 0851obligation 0511 of 0571 0201 arising 0501 STOP Each time you press the0641 SLOW To be 2CH AUDIO OUT any manner whatsoever. The time within which an action must commenced to enforce any TACP/THI To OPTICAL To COAXIAL Notes Harmonic distortion Less than 0.002 % to warranty locate.or button, INFINITY 0501 SONY 0451 0571 0681 thestatute, slow-motion speed 56 under the under any or law of the United Connect States oreither. any state thereof, is0441 hereby limited to ninety (90) days type digital type digital • Pressing the CLEAR button resets the numbers. To clear the (white) (red) “Stereo” “Analog Output” Stilllimitation pictures included onto0481 DVD audio discsarising JBLtheand 0501 SOUNDESIGN 0201 Wow Below level (less than 0.001 % (W.PEAK)) audio audio changes. e.g. When youhave want toinput locate measurable a the defect. display, from dateflutter you discover or input should discovered, This does not apply implied warranties press the T button several times. 59 cable audio discs may0501 JVC state law. 0311 0431 0521 0571 75 coaxial SYLVANIA 0071 0191 0221 0461 stillispictures, which are under chapter. of locating ainclude title/group available only on a Operating conditions Temperature: 5 C• This toDVD 35method C, Operation status: Horizontal Towarranty remove the disc0001 legal Optical cable LXI 0511 rights 0851and you may 0471 0591 0611 0651 0371 42 D Recording system This alsodigital have other rights which may vary from state to state. Some classified into two large groups. ENTER gives you specific disc thatTocontains title/group audio inputs of thenumbers. amplifier MAGNAVOX 0501 0071long0191 0221 warranty 0461 lasts, when an action may be 0511 0531 0841 Press states do OPEN/CLOSE. not allow limitation on how an implied brought, or the exclusion or • Even if “Analog Output” is set to 0471 0591 damages, 0611 0651 TANDY 0171 0511 0851 0571 0201 limitation of incidental or consequential so the above provisions may not apply to you. • Slideshow: Still pictures appear one after another Playing of sound DVD audio “Multi,” will be discs output in Remove the disc after the disc tray TV orbonus monitorgroups equipped OPEN/CLOSE Outputs MARANTZ 0201 0501 0501 consistent automatically with thecontent disc bitstream format. with component video Some DVD audio discs may include an extra opens completely. ATTENTION CONSUMERS: 1.0 V (p-p), 75 , negative MEMOREX 0411 TECHNICS 0371 0501 0511 0531 0761 Set to “I.” They be operated. Video outputCANADIAN sync.,program. pin jack 1 cannot (INTERLACED) inputs To PRavideo input of the called “Bonus group”. Press / to enter number Canadian consumers are requested to complete the special Canadian “Warranty Registration DVD-V MGADVD-A 0201 0841 Form” 0911 enclosed, and forward or If you select it to play, a display appears to enter a key S 1.0 V0501 (p-p), , negative sync., Mini DIN 4-pin this completed a copy of bill ofinput sale(Y) to TOSHIBA OF75 CANADA and Validate” their10481 warranty. Product section. VCDvideo CD outputform with0201 MITSUBISHI 0451 TEKNIKA 0201 0251 0501 •number. Browsable pictures: TVtoor“Register monitor equipped To P0321 B video0331 Press the number buttons to enter the key (C) 0.286 V (p-p), 75 must be purchased from0511 an Authorized Canadian purchased inYou thecan U.S.A. and 0251 used Canada are not 0571 0651 0771Dealer. Products TMK 0201 with component video display your in favorite still picture number, then press ENTER. Set to “P.” covered by these 2 Press PLAY. Y videobuttons input (Y)are (PROGRESSIVE) inputs MTC 0251 0201 0501 0401 0411 0851 selected with the buttons on the remote Component videowarranties. output 1.0 V (p-p), 75 VIDTECH ,When negative sync., pin jack 1 Also0201 the To number the number is entered correctly, playback of the at0001 the location where you NAD Press STOP 0511 0511 control. Some of those mayfrom change (PB)/(PR) 0.7 V (p-p),bonus 75 PLAY , group pin jack 2DVD-V available. • Make the following setting. • Make the following setting. Playback starts the starts. IMPORTANT: AND SHIPPING INSTRUCTION ENTER PACKING want to interrupt playback. OPTONICA 0511 0851 0201 0501 WARDS 0201 0501 of0001 0191 title. 0481 automatically. You can enjoy of(interlaced/ 20571 channel digital stereo by an beginning the(I/P), current realistic of Dolby Surround Pro Logic bynumbers, To get key to this instruction notes discs. * After setting switch beofsure to When you sendthe the product tosound a Service Station, you must use the original carton box andrefer packing material, then insert the Audio output (BITSTREAM/PCM Optical connector 1connecting Switching thedynamic output signal On-screen display Select: Page e.g. To enter 25sound PANASONIC 0371 0501 0511 0531 0761 0491 0851 0511from 0571 0071 The DVD player memorizes the STOP DVD-A amplifier equipped with a digital audio input and speaker system (right and left Playback starts the connecting an amplifier and speaker system (right and left front speakers, a power off the DVD player then turn it on original carton box containing the unit into another carton using more packing material. progressive) using the remote control OPTICAL) Notes 56 0911 1061 +10 0281 0441 : To a picture. (The of pictures location is stopped. PAGE 56 +10 2 0841 5where or playback front speakers). 5to “P”) beginning of theorder current group. center speaker, and or two rear speakers). to select activate the setting. “Stereo” “Analog Output” (only when theone SELECT (I/P) switch isVset “Digital “PCM” A key be cleared inOutput” some cases such as when onstarts the disc) PHILCO 0071 0111 0181 0.5 0201 0271 ZENITH 0931 Audio output (BITSTREAM/PCM (p-p), 75 ,•pin jacknumber 1 mayvary 59 VCDdepending Playback from the 61 Be sure to press the OPEN/CLOSE button to close removing the disc. Enter the key number again if necessary. With amplifier equipped with Digital Youancan temporarily switch theDolby output signal 0301 0461 0501 0651for better COAXIAL) CD beginning of the disc. the disc tray after you remove the disc. • When you use a bonus group in a programmed play such picture quality. Connect the equipment the same way as described in “Connecting to an 56as : To return to a specific one programmed on RETURN PHILIPS 0071 0191 0221 0461 0471 Amplifier equipped with 2.0 Press PLAY. sure to set “Analog Output” “Stereo” Audio output (2CH AUDIO) V (rms), 680 ,memory pin jacks (L, R)tothe 1 Be “Analog Output” Press PROGRESSIVE on the remote control. playback, enter the key number beforehand. amplifier equipped with a Dolby Digital decoder.” Refer to that amplifier’s • If you want return to the beginning of a DVD video/ disc. 0591input 0611 0651 a0501 digital audio 59 to “Stereo” when you enjoy WhilePLAY the DVDand player is progressive signals, The DVD player resumes owner’s manual set theoutputting amplifier so you can enjoy Dolby Surround Pro audio Audio output (5.1CH SURROUND) 2.0playback V (rms), 680 , pin jacks disc, 6 open and close the disc tray once with PROTON 0201 the sound. indicator on the right side on To the frontyou panel sounds Dolby Surround To OPTICAL COAXIAL from the location where stopped Logic the OPEN/CLOSE buttonof before pressing the Pro PLAY PULSAR 0931 0071 0091 0281 0291 illuminates. Logic using this connection. type digital type digital Connect either. playback. button. • Make the following setting. 0341 0471 0651 DVD-V input withaudio input WithDVD-A an amplifier notaudio equipped Dolby Digital QUASAR 0371 0501 0511 0531 75 0761coaxial cable Supplied VCD CD Accessories On-screen display Select: Page Connect the equipment as follows. * Connect one or two rear speakers. Notes 0841 0911 Optical digital cable The output sound from the rear speakers Audio/video cable ................................................. 1 •Notes Resuming cannot function when: To start playback from beginning regardless RADIO SHACK 0631the 1001 1011 1021 1031 “Analog Output” even “Stereo” will be monaural you connect two Amplifier equipped with 63 if or – you change thenot parental lock setting select a disc Press SKIP or repeatedly to display of the location where you stopped playback • Some titles may display chapter 0851 0201 0501 0481 0321 * Remote control (SE-R0071) ................................. 1 rear speakers. numbers. Dolby Surround Pro Logic 61 . menu language 65 • When you set “Title/Group Stop” to “Off” , you can the chapter or track number you want. 1 Press STOP twice.0331 0501 0651 0771 Notes Batteries (AAA) ..................................................... 2 65 is – you play a PBC-featured VIDEO CD while “PBC” access chapters in another title. If you go back to the To audio input • Refer to thestarts owner’s manual of the connected equipment as well. Playback from the selected track. The DVD playerchapter erases or the previous set to “On.” STOP preceding title by pressing the SKIP button, the To 2CH AUDIO OUT • When you connect the DVD player to other equipment, be sure to turn off the power and unplug all of the equipment DVD from the – you open thethe discfirst tray. location from its memory. SKIP Notes player locates chapter of the title. When “Title/Group To locate succeeding chapters or wall outlet before making any connections. • There may be a difference in the location where playback •• Do notplace movethe theDVD DVD playernear during playback. Doing maybroadcast damage Stop”the is set disc. to “On,”beyou can access chapters only within the tracks. If you player a tuner or radio, theso radio sound might distorted. In this case, place the DVD depending on while the disc. whensousing Audio cable • Use theaway OPEN/CLOSE button to open and close the disc tray. Doresumes current not push title. the disc tray it is Especially moving. Doing may a player the tuner and • Designs andfrom specifications areradio. subject to change without notice. DVD audio disc, playback may resume the beginning of the DVD player to DVD malfunction. press and hold the SKIP or from on the front starts has froma the SKIP • cause The output sound ofPlayback the player widebeginning dynamic range.• IfBeyou sure to adjust the receiver’s volume to abutton moderate the current track. • Do not push up on the disc tray or put any objects other than discs panel on the during disc playback, tray. Doing the so DVD may player cause performs the DVD fast player reverse to of the the current chapter listening level. Otherwise, speakers mayorbetrack. damaged by a sudden high volume sound. • Settings you changed using the on-screen the fast forward can vary the displays speed bywhile twice, playback the DVD or • malfunction. Turn off the amplifierWhen beforeyou youpress connect or disconnect player’s power playback. cord. If youYou leave the amplifier power on, the DVD player keeps afurther. location in thedisplay memory may function • In many instances, a menu screen will appear after playback of a pressing movie is the completed. button Prolonged of an on-screen starts from the beginning of the speakers may be damaged. only after theitsmemory isTocleared. damage your television set, permanently etching thatTo image locate onto chapters screen. or tracks avoid during this, fast bereverse sure to or press fast the • menu The S may VIDEO OUT jack and thechapter VIDEO OUT jack cannot output video signals simultaneously, if you select progressive preceding or track. forward playback, first press the PLAY button to resume STOP button twice on your remote control signal when the SELECT (I/P) switch is setonce to “P.”the movie is completed. or button. normal playback, then use the SKIP DVD player / outputs / supplied accessories Connecting Connecting to an amplifier amplifier equipped with with a5.1ch Dolby Digital inputs decoder Connecting toto anan audio systemequipped and TV equipped with audio component video inputs 4 5 AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT I P PR COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL R 2CH L S AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT 2 PR I P COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL R 2CH L S Connections Basic Others playback 1 Connections To pause playb Playing ina slow-motion Locating desired section by entering its corresponding number Connectin 2Dolby channel digita Surround Resuming playback from the same location 3Connecting to an amplifier equipped with Dolby Surround Pro Logic 1 AUDIO OUT 2 VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT PR I P R 2CH L S COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL Locating a specific chapter or track AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT PR I Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals P S R 2CH L COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL 19 Connections Basic Others playback LIMITED Connections TV/VIDEO CAUTION TV 2 power Keep your fingers well clear of the disc VOLtray as it is closing. Toshiba America Consumer Products, Inc. (“TACP”), Toshiba Hawaii (“THI”) and Toshiba Canada Limited (“TCL”) MENU Neglecting to do so may cause serious injury.the TOPpersonal MENU make CH Connect This You Check can section the enjoy play the following DVD shows discs MP3 highplayer files at quality you guide various on the tofor this dynamic your basics the speeds, DVD TV. possible on sounds player. how and cause resume tobyplay connecting ofaplayback adisc. problem from DVD before the player contacting location to or any service. following limited warranties. These limited warranties extend to the original purchaser person receiving this set as a gift // // // optional you audio stopped equipment. playback. from where the original purchaser and to no purchaser or transferee. 43 . For details of output sound, seeother 3 2, 4 PAUSE PLAY ENTER ON/STANDBY / / ENTER ENTER You can operate the basic functions of selected TVsindicator FWD using the supplied remote control. REV PLAY Commercial Units Limited Ninety (90) Day Warranty PLAY Products sold and used for commercial TACP/THI warrant this product against defects in materials 3 use have a limited PAUSE/STEP STOP 1 ninety (90) day warranty for all parts PAUSE/STEP and labor. or workmanship for a period of ninety (90) days after the original retail During this period,toTACP/ •date Forofconnection to purchase. your TV, see “Connecting a TV” Warning Symptom Cause Correction MENU DVD display Number buttons Page Owner’s Manual THI repair product or part, at their 18will19 . or replace a defective MENU manual • When areTOP connecting (via the BITSTREAM/PCM shouldyou the owner’s thoroughly option, with a of new or refurbished product part is without The power disconnected. You 18 •read Connect the power plug securely into before the 43 . or plug • No Forpower. details output sound, •see (DIGITAL) AUDIO OUT jack) AV decoder does outlet. video discs are divided intoproduct titles, and sub-divided into chapters. DVDan audio discsand arethat divided operating thiswall product. You should complete mail the into charge to DVD you. You deliver thereference entire to athe titles are •Normally, ThisDVD-A section usesmust the following marks. DVD-V not have Digital or MPEG2 function, be enclosed Demographic card within tendecoding (10) days after you, TACP/THI Authorized Service Station. You responsible groups, the groups are sub-divided intoare tracks. VIDEO CDs and audio CDs are divided into tracks. You can quickly 27 The turned off by • The automatic power off function turned • Dolby Press the PLAY button. “DTS” and “DTS Digital Out” are locate VCD DVD CDandplayer sure to setwho “Digital to “PCM” fromTheater the DTS is a high surround technology used in theaters and now available for Output” itself. the unit off. for or the person has given you thisofproduct as aon-screen gift, for all transportation and insurance charges the unit to trademarks Digital Systems, any specific title,quality chapter, group, or track. Signal flow 56product. 61 . Otherwise, high sound mayto displaysthis Inc. is one This wayvolume to enable and the Authorized Service If not you livetoas inreceive the home use, on DVD video discs or audio CDs. No from picture. • Station. The TV is set DVDpurchased signal • Select the appropriate video input modeTACP 26 Preparations MP3 disc compatibility with this player is limited follows: : Front speaker To pause resume playback normal playback Preparation damage your hearing as well as the speakers. provide you with better customer service andDVD improved U.S.A. you may, at your option, return your Unit to:only) output. IfWhen you have a DTS decoder or processor, you can obtain full input benefit of on5.1 the TV the picture from the DVD audio disc Press or FWD during playback. youREV want toCD-ROM, view DVD a“To video disc, disc turn on theDVD TV and select thethe video connected to so the DVD player. •Follow Playable discs: CD-R (650MB / 74 min. • during Use DVD video discs or audio PLAY. PAUSE/STEP playback. the instruction ofsound program the remote control” to the brand code. •Press DOCDs. NOT play DTS-encoded discs when you are player appears onand the TV products. Failure to return the card willscreen. not affect your rights Toshiba America Consumer Products Inc. DTS encoded tracks on DVD video discs system, or set audio •channel When you want to enjoy the sound of discs from the audio turn on the audio system select the input connected CD-RW is not recommendable. Title 1 Title 2 : Rear speaker CDsthat encoded viahave the DTS Group 2 REV : Fast reverse playback Group 1 REV FWD connecting an AV decoder does not DTS18, 19 PLAY under this warranty. Returns Center • The video cable is not connected securely. • Connect the video cable securely into the to the DVD player. • Sampling 44.1 kHz only 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 1 Frequency: Chapter 2 Chapter 1 Chapter PAUSE/STEP recording system. resume normal decoding function. TrackTo 1 program Track 2 the To Track 1 control Track 2 playback, Track 3 press the remote 1420C Toshiba Dr.FWD: Fast forward playback appropriate jacks. • Bit rate 32 kbps-320 kbps : Sub woofer • Make the following setting. PLAY button. Point the remote control at your TV, and • When playing DTS-encoded discs (audio CDs), Your Responsibility Lebanon, TN 37087 Amplifier• equipped with connected with the audio 1 While• holding down ENTER, press sound. The equipment Select the correct input mode of the the number26 • No CD physical format: Mode 1, Mode 2 XA Form 1 or noisereceiver may from thetoanalog audioPage Each time you press REV use buttons as follows. a DTS decoder Theexcessive above warranties arebe subject toto the following Upon receipt wethe will, at our option, exchange the DVD UnitDVD signal On-screen display Select: (red) (white) (yellow) cable is not the set to receive audio sooutput youto can listen the To S VIDEO OUT Press power button (ON/STANDBY). Press OPEN/CLOSE close the disc buttons that correspond your TV’s brand code •with File ISO9660 Level 1output. : Center speaker output jacks. Tofrom avoid possible damage to the audio FWD button, the playback speed conditions: a system: new or refurbished unit. Canadian consumers are sound the DVD player. referring to the list on the next page. “Bitstream” tray. ON/STANDBY •requested File names are limited to eight characters orand less and The DVD player turns on the To OPTICAL To COAXIAL system, you take proper precautions when the 56 Notes changes. Selecting a should track the disc (1) You must retain your bill ofincable sale or provideinto other of to contact TCL. In Hawaii consumers are or proof To wall outlet “Digital Output” 18-23 •the Thepower audio cable is not securely. • Connect the(file) audio securely TV power To turn on and off.connected type digital type digital Connect either. must incorporate “MP3” extension. ON/STANDBY indicator on the : Signal flow analog audio output jacks ofand the omits DVD player areduring 61 • The DVD player mutes sound subtitles purchase. requested to contact THI. “PCM” the appropriate jacks. To 2CH To VIDEO OUT 1 If a track list is not displayed, press the MENU button TV/VIDEO To select a video input. e.g. To Program brand code 0071. OPEN/CLOSE audio input audio input e.g.“********.MP3” player illuminates. connected to an aamplification system. To enjoy DTS Playback starts. VIDEO CD/Audio CD reverse and forward scan of DVD video discs. (2) notify TACP/THI/TCL /Authorized cable to must show it. on the • The receiver or75 TV iscoaxial turned off.You • Turn equipment connected with Service26 VOL + / – cannot contain To AUDIO adjust theaudio volume. 56 Digital Surround™ playback, an external 5.1 channel •Limited File names special characters such as • DVD audio discs may not be played inyou fast reverse Station within thirty (30) days after discover aorinfast One (1)Track Year Warranty OUT “Stereo” “Analog Output” the audio cable. SELECT The current track being played is highlighted red. Track 1 2 Track 4 Track 3 To select a channel. Track 5 Optical digital cable CH / 59 DTS Digital Surround™ decoder system must be “?!><+*}{`[@]:;\ /.,” etc. forward directions. defective product or part. TACP/THI further warrant the parts in this product against /the /proper / 0 audio buttons to(DIGITAL) a track you Press 42, 56 • The setting of output sound format is2connected • the Select ENTER tospeed the AUDIO 7setting. 1select •defects Total number of files on the disc should not exceed 254. (3) • DVD-V The mayofdiffer depending onbe themade disc. Allplayback warranty servicing this product must by a in materials for a period of one (1) If you insert a0BITSTREAM/PCM DVD video disc that contains a top I the Por workmanship 59 incorrect. want to play. When DVD player is turned on for 42 Recording system DTS Notes OUT jack of the DVD player. TACP/THI/TCL Authorized Service Station. year after the dateTV/VIDEO of original retail purchase. During this menu, a menu may appear. See “Locating a title The selected highlighted the connect firstpicture time, an on-screen display 9 playback • The disc is(DIGITAL) dirty.will appear • Eject thetrack disc is and clean it. in green. • The DO NOT thehas BITSTREAM/PCM (4) U.S.A. warranties are effective period, TACP/THI repair or replace a defective product Preparations Set to “I.”will 30 only if the product is using theENTER top menu.” TV power occasional distortion. 3 Press the button to begin playback of the / to provide initial settings. Press the • It is in fast forward or fast reverse • Sometimes a small amount of picture Hold down. AUDIO OUT jack of the DVD player to the AC-3 RF input purchased and operated in the U.S.A. or – part, atyou their option, with a newencoded or refurbished product or •orWhen playback an MP3 CD, set “Priority You may need to press theContinental TOP MENU or MENU selected track. playback. buttons toVOL select an item, andon press the distortion may appear. This is not a with TV or monitor of awithout Dolby Digital Receiver. This input your A/V Puerto Rico. part charge to you, except 65if a defective part is > JPG ”.that Contents 2” to “CH MP3 button to display disc menu (depending on the ToENTER. video input (yellow) audio/video inputs malfunction. , is and ENTER button. the pages in of Receiver is reserved forSee Laserdisc use only and Release (5) 2Labor service for set installation. Set up, replaced after ninety (90) days from the date the original Audio/video cable actual DVDcharges video disc.) Brightness is unstable or • The effect of copy protection. • Connect the control DVD player directly tothe the selected / buttons, then make a selection using the incompatible with the BITSTREAM/PCM (DIGITAL) The DVD remote memorizes adjustment of customer controls and installation or 18 retail purchase you pay labor charges (supplied) involved in the (white) A menu may appear depending the to disc. DVD-A noises are present in the TV. Avoid connecting the DVDon player Notes AUDIO OUT jackmust of the DVD player. press the ENTER button. brand code. repair of antenna systems are not covered by this replacement. You also deliver the entire product to a See “Locating a title using the top menu” 30 . playback pictures. amay VCRnot or TV/VCR combination. Place a CD Service that contains MP3 filesOUT on • DVD-V Connect the BITSTREAM/PCM (DIGITAL) AUDIO • Some discs permit this operation. To audio inputs (red) DVD-A warranty. Reception problems caused by inadequate TACP/THI Authorized Station. You are responsible 61 On-Screen Language S video cable The DVD player does not • No disc is inserted. • Insert a disc. jack of the DVD player to the “DIGITAL (OPTICAL)” or the disc tray. • If you stop playback by pressing the STOP button, and 26 then antenna systems are your responsibility. forVCD all transportation and insurance charges for the unit to CD TV Shape 58 (not supplied) start playback. “DIGITAL (COAXIAL)” of•aStation. Receiver or Processor. press the PLAY button, playback will in start 10 An unplayable disc in is the inserted. (6) • Insert a playable (Check thefrom discthe Warranties extend only todisc. defects materials or beginning and from the Authorized input Service If you live Notes Note •U.S.A. Referyou to the owner’s manual ofreturn the connected theremote track.type.) and After making alloption, the settings, select “Unit”to: To resume normal playback workmanship as limited above and extend to any may, at your your DVDequipment • of The control programmed at do thenot factory to operate To Sis video If the TV has an S video input, connect thetray the disc contains a disc you have already played, Press TOP MENU. Press ENTER. as well. 31 35input 37 SKIP , REPEAT and RANDOM functions Press PAUSE/STEP during still playback. press the ENTER button. 26 via The disc Inc. is placed upside down. •If The •TVs. Place the disc with the playback side product or parts which have been lost ordiscs discarded by Toshiba America Consumer•Products TOSHIBA Press PLAY. • Use DVD video encoded MPEG2 sound DVD player with an S video cable. When playback will begin from the location where you last stopped • When you connect the DVD player to otherthe equipment, be also Press OPEN/CLOSE to load the disc. you oravailable. to down. damage to products or parts caused byon Returns Center The top menu appears onPAUSE/ the TV starts from chapter 1 ofthe the • are A single brand may Playback use different codes depending Each time you press PAUSE/STEP the MPEG2 recording system. using an S video cable, do not connect the You can enjoy motion picture and live concert DVD video discs with dynamic PLAY 29 playback. sure to turn off theDr. power and •unplug all is ofnot theplaced equipment misuse, accident, damage caused by Acts of God, such 1420C Toshiba 26 The disc within the guide. • Place the disc correctly inside the guide particular model. Enter the correct number referring to the screen. selected title. STEP button, the picture advances Press OPEN/CLOSE. ENTER yellow cable. • Make the following setting. realistic by connecting an amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audio from thesound wallTN outlet before making anyvideo connections. disc tray. in electric power, improper as lighting orthe fluctuations Lebanon, 37087 brand code on table. one frame. OPEN/CLOSE Playback starts. OPEN/CLOSE decoder or MPEG2 processor. The disc tray opens. e.g. To start playback inOn-screen the stop mode • The receipt output sound the DVD player has a wide dynamic TITLE 1 TITLE 2 This DVD player requires discs/recordings toviolation meet Try installation, improper maintenance orare useprovided. in of Upon we will,ofaudio at our option, exchange the DVD Unit display Select: Page • For some •brands, several brand codes 9 • The disc is dirty. Clean the disc. • Make the following setting. range. Beor sure to adjust unit. the receiver’s volume to a are certain technical standards in order to achieve optimal Press PLAY. instructions furnished by us; or to units which have with a new refurbished Canadian Consumers each of them until the remote control operates your TV. 56,56 63 • The parental lock is set. Notes • Cancel the parental lock function or To start playback from stopfunction mode, moderate to listening level. Otherwise, speakers may playback quality. Pre-recorded DVDs automatically beenTVs altered or without ofinTACP/ requested contact TCL. In Hawaiithe consumers are be • The Some may notmodified respond to lock all ofauthorization the are functions thePage On-screen display Select: “Digital Output” change the parental level. “Bitstream” •Notes soundPLAY is muted during frame by frame playback. press the PLAY button. damaged by a sudden high volume sound. 61 set to these standards. There are many different types THI/TCL orortomay damage to operated products at or all part thereof which requested to contact THI. Amplifier with an 3 equipped table above, not be this remote – does not follow theTITLEyou • Itconnect is in TITLE the4 or mode of repeatthe playback, • These operations may prevent a with proper When using a DVD audio disc that includes pictures, this 56 •• The instructions above describe basic procedures which • Playback Turn off the amplifier before disconnect MPEG2 audio decoder of recordable disc formats (including CD-R containing have had thecase, serial number removed, altered, defaced control. Inmay this operate that TV picture with its“Stereo” own remote “Analog Output” a disc on the disc tray. coursePlace of the disc’s program. memory playback, etc. progress of the contents. operation be permitted in some segments. 56 may vary depending on the contents of the DVD video disc. 59 DVD player’s power cord. If you leave the amplifier power MP3 files). Given the fact that technology in this area is or rendered illegible. Rental Units To stop playback, press STOP. control. “Stereo” “Analog Output” –59 Buttons do not work. • PowerTosupply fluctuations or other If different•instructions Press and hold the ON/STANDBY button To OPTICAL COAXIAL appear on the TV screen, follow those on, the speakers may be damaged. still maturing, Toshiba cannot guarantee that all genre of (7) Should you elect to return your DVD Unit to TACP after The warranty for rental units beginabnormalities with the firstsuch rental or • If you replace the remote control’s batteries, remember to as static electricity may on the front panel for more than about 3 type digital type digital STOP Connect either. With instructions. recordable discs will produce optimal playback the ninetythe (90) days and within one (1) year, or quality. after the thirty (30) days from theaudio dateinput of shipment tothe theplayback rental firm, reprogram brand codes forplayer TV. audio input interrupt correct operations. seconds. The DVD turns off. 42 Recording system MPEG • If you display thecriteria top menu during playback and press the side down. The technical set out inCall this owner’s warranty period hasbutton expired: (800)-631-3811 whichever comes first. coaxial cable Press the again to turn it on. Ifmanual the toare Press / / / to select the title75you TOP MENU again without selecting any title, thetoDVD meant asinformation abutton guidestill only. receive concerning an exchange price. • Even if “Analog Output” is set buttons do not work, disconnect the Optical digital cable want. player may power resume playback from the point where you first plug and insert it into the Payment must be enclosed with product in the form a “Multi,” sound will wall be output in of pressed the TOP MENU button (depending on the actual outlet again. Customers should also note that permission is required certified check or money order including If the titles in the top menu are bitstream format. reason for DVD videotodisc.) in order download MP3control files and music from the 15 return. assigned number, canisdirectly The remote control does not •aThe remoteyou control not pointed at the • Point the remote at the remote When usingToshiba adamaged DVDofaudio disc, the DVD player resumes internet. has no right to are grant such permission. work properly. remote sensor of the DVD player. sensor theDVD DVD player. (8) Physically Units not acceptable for locate a specific title by pressing its ENTER playback from the beginning of the track where pressed shouldthe always bein sought from theyou copyright repair whether or out of warranty and designated number with the is number 15 • The remote control too far from thePermission DVD or• exchange Operate remote control within about the TOP button. owner. will be MENU returned 7 m. as received. buttons. player. • This method of locating a title is available only on a disc that Notes • There are two different disc sizes. Place the disc in 15 • The batteries in the remote control contains are Replace a• top menu.the batteries with new ones. • Refer tothe thecorrect owner’s manual of the connected guide on the disc tray. If the TV discasiswell. out exhausted. • Instruction notes of discs may refer to the button that • When you connect DVDdamage player to your because sure to turn off the power and unplug both units from the wall outlet before of the guide,the it may the discTV, and the displays the top menu as TITLE button. makingDVD any connections. player to malfunction. • If your• television set a has one audio connect the left and right audio outputs of the DVD player to a Y cable adapter (not Do not place disc which is input, unplayable in this supplied) andplayer. then connect to your TV. DVD • Connect the DVD player directly to your TV. If you connect the DVD player to a VCR, TV/VCR combination or video selector, the playback picture may be distorted as DVD video discs are copy protected. Before Calling Connecting Variable Locating Playing Operating an aSpeed aDisc aDesired MP3 to TVaOptional Service Playback with TV Encoded Section thePersonnel Equipment Remote CD (Continued) Control W Connectin Digital Theater Symptoms and correction Connecting to a TV Playing Basic anaMP3 playback encoded CDor fast Playing in with fast reverse forward directions Operating TV the remote control AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C L Ls Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SUB Rs R SELECT PR I P S R 2CH L COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y 1 SELECT I 4 P ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB PR COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL R 2CH L S TOP ME NU Locating a titleby using the top menu Playing frame frame 1Connecting to an amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audio decoder 1 3 2 2 AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y 3 3 2 Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 18 ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT PR I P S R 2CH L COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL How to Obtain W INTERLACED outputs/inputs (ColorStream®) PROGRESSIVE outputs/inputs (ColorStream®Pro) Tocomponent obtain a higher picture Some TVs or 1 monitors are equipped with video quality Some TVs or monitors are equipped with component video Occasionally, noise during a normal broadcast may inputs. Connecting you to enjoysome picture inputs thatnot areusually capablevisible of reproducing a progressively 2, 4to these inputs allows appear on the TV screenscanned while playing a DVD Connecting video disc because the high higher quality TOP picture playback. video signal. toCLEAR these inputs allows MENU Actual labels for component video inputs resolution may varypictures on these you to discs viewinclude the highest a lot quality of information. pictures While with less theflicker. amount of (1) Referon to MENU the troubleshooting guide in owner’s manual. list this mayDVD solveplayer, your problem. depending TV manufacturer. (ex.noise Y, your R-Y, B-Y or Y, depends on the TVThis youcheck use with you should / / / generally reduce ENTER C(2) B, CR In) the U.S.A., only call the TACP toll number adjustment 800-631-3811, or if in Canada seevideo listing below within (30) thefree sharpness on your TVHawaii whenor viewing DVD discs. ENTER RETURN In some TVs or monitors, the color levels of the playback days after or part. DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD /you find a defective product About PLAY SKIP picture maycode bePLAY reduced slightly tint may change. In Brand table (3) Arrange for the delivery of or thethe product to the TACP/THI/TCL Authorized Service Station or TACP Return Center. DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD icons on the heading bar show theSTOP The playable discs for the PLAY such aProducts case, adjust the to TVthe or monitor optimum shipped Service for Station must be insured and safely and securely packed, preferably in the original STOP Brand name Brand code Brand name Brand codeSLOW function described under that heading. performance. shippingPAGE carton, and a letter explaining the defect and also a copy of the bill of sale or other proof of purchase must be T DVD-A : DVD audio discs. DVD-V PAUSE/STEP enclosed. TOSHIBA 0001 0071 0211: DVD 0571video discs. RCA 0971 1071 1081 1091 0201 DVD player CD : Audio CD. Number buttons VCD : VIDEO CDs. In Canada contact: In the & Continental States contact: BELL HOWELLUnited 0471 0651 0071In Hawaii 0281 contact: 0441 1041 0501 Power supply 120 V AC, 60 Hz Consumer Electronics Group Consumer Electronics Toshiba Hawaii Inc. CARVER 0201 0251 0281 0411 0501 REALISTIC 0631 1001 1011 1021 Group 1031 191 McNabb Street 22171 Fraserwood Way DVD-V DVD-A 327 Kamakee Street Dolby Digital • Use DVD video discs encoded CITIZEN 0201 0251 0851 0201 0501 0481 0321via Power consumption 16 W Manufactured under license from Dolby 5.1ch surround sound Markham, Ontario L3R 8H2 Richmond, B.C. V6W 1J5 Honolulu, HAin 96814 VCD Digital CD MATHES Dolby is the surround sound used theaters showing the the Dolby Digital recording CURTIS 0471 0651technology 0071 0281 0441 0331 0501 0651 0771 Laboratories. “Dolby”, “Pro Logic” andflow Signal Toll Free The Dolby Digital decoder equipped with this DVD player enables you to obtain (905)-470-5400 (604)-303-2500 (808)-521-5377 Massmovies, 2.5 kgthis realistic effect in the home. latest and is now0311 available reproduce the double-D symbol are trademarks of 800-631-3811 system. 0431to 0521 0571you connect the RUNCO 0071 0091 0281 0291 0341 the full benefit of 5.1 channel sound tracks when DVD player to About To resume the screen normal saver playback Laboratories. Consumer Electronics GroupConfidential You can enjoy motion picture and live 0471 concert DVD video with this dynamic dimensions 430 690571 219discs mm (W/H/D) • Dolby Make the following setting. EMERSON 0201 0231 0481 0471 0651 anExternal amplifier equipped with 5.1 channel audio inputs. Press Press SLOW T. during playback. Repeat steps 2 and 3 if necessary. unpublished works. Copyright North Road Presssound PAUSE/STEP during playback. If you PLAY. Press pause a1643 picture ofService a DVD video disc0281 and1992-1997 leave realistic by connecting DVD player to a 6 channel amplifier equipped 0581 the 0651 SAMSUNG 0171 0181 0251 0411it Dolby Laboratories. All rights reserved. Droval, the QC H9P 1J1display Signal Standard NTSC On-screen Select: Page SLOW If system you are using a VIDEO CD/audio CD, skip steps 1If you have Each time you press the SLOW still for a long while, screen saver of the DVD player with a Dolby Digital decoder or Dolby Digital processor. a Dolby PLAY FISHER 0041 0121 0181 0201press 0281 0491 0501 0631 0661 0791 To resume normal playback, (514)-856-4100 PAUSE/STEP and 2. Then at step 3, enter the number for the track button, the slow-motion speed • Use DVD video discs encoded automatically appears (when “Screen Saver” is set to 56via Surround you will obtain the full benefit laser, of Pro Logic from 650 the nm 0021 Laser Pro Logic decoder, wavelength / 780 nm 0471 0571 0651 Semiconductor SANYO 0041 0081 “Multi” 0121 0171 the PLAY button. “Analog Output” you want using theprovide number buttons. changes. 63 ). To Dolby Digital recording turn off the screen saver, press the PLAY “On” same DVD movies that full 5.1-channel Dolby Digital soundtracks, as well 59 Amplifier equipped with Press PLAY or ENTER. GE 0941 0951 0961 DVD 0971linear 0981 0181 0231 0241 0451 Frequency range by state sound : button. kHz samplingand 4 Hz to 220201 kHz All warranties law, including the implied warranties of48merchantability fitness for a particular purpose, are system. audio inputs as To from with Surround mark. (red) (white) Y titles To implied PB the To Dolby PR5.1ch 0991 1041 0571 0651 0671 0701 0711 PLAY Playback starts from by thestate 42 96 kHz sampling 4 •Hz to kHz Recording system D/MPEG DVD-V e.g. SEARCH expressly limited to the duration of limited warranties set forthNotes above. With the exception of 44 any warranties implied If you press the SLOW button SLOW • Sound is muted during still mode. Audio system Make the following setting. VIDEO VIDEO VIDEO GOLDSTAR 0201 0251 0281 0411 0501 0721 location. 192 4Off Hz to selected 88 kHz agreements Toyou 5.1ch audio ENTER lawOUT as hereby limited,OUT the foregoing warranty is exclusive and in •lieu ofsound allkHz other warranties, guarantees, andchannel during playback, can view the The issampling muted during slow-motion playback. Automatic Power function When “To wall Pro Logic” is setSelect: to “On,” 20501 TOUT outlet On-screen display HALLMARK 0001 0511 0201 0471 SEARS 0001 0191 0491 0201 Page –inputs : –– : ––with0231 To 5.1CH 1 1 or seller similar obligations of manufacturer respect to the repair or replacement of any parts. In no event TACP/THI • The playback speedismay differ depending onshall the disc.is picture in reverse slow-motion. (Only To stop playback sound is output in the Dolby Surround Pro Signal-to-noise ratio More than 112 dB Amplifier equipped with a If the DVD player stopped, or the screen saver 0481 0571 0581 0651 0071 0211 0571 0041 0121 SURROUND be Press liable for consequential orusing incidental damages. Logic format. Toincludes obtain thepictures, original 2 channel • When usingfor a DVD audio disc thatminutes, this56 when a DVD video0351 disc.) 0371 Dolby Digital decoder STOP. OUT engaged approximately 20 the DVD player HITACHI 0021 0221 0251 More 0181 0201 0281 “Digital “Bitstream” Audio dynamic than AUDIO 108 dB Pro Logic” to0471 “Off”. 0651 sound, set “Output” No person, agent,range distributor, dealer or company is authorized to change, modify or extend thein terms of these warranties in61 operation may be permitted some picture segments. Audio cable Press / to select a section you want will automatically turn itself off. 0381 0431 0571 0751 SHARP 0851obligation 0511 of 0571 0201 arising 0501 STOP Each time you press the0641 SLOW To be 2CH AUDIO OUT any manner whatsoever. The time within which an action must commenced to enforce any TACP/THI To OPTICAL To COAXIAL Notes Harmonic distortion Less than 0.002 % to warranty locate.or button, INFINITY 0501 SONY 0451 0571 0681 thestatute, slow-motion speed 56 under the under any or law of the United Connect States oreither. any state thereof, is0441 hereby limited to ninety (90) days type digital type digital • Pressing the CLEAR button resets the numbers. To clear the (white) (red) “Stereo” “Analog Output” Stilllimitation pictures included onto0481 DVD audio discsarising JBLtheand 0501 SOUNDESIGN 0201 Wow Below level (less than 0.001 % (W.PEAK)) audio audio changes. e.g. When youhave want toinput locate measurable a the defect. display, from dateflutter you discover or input should discovered, This does not apply implied warranties press the T button several times. 59 cable audio discs may0501 JVC state law. 0311 0431 0521 0571 75 coaxial SYLVANIA 0071 0191 0221 0461 stillispictures, which are under chapter. of locating ainclude title/group available only on a Operating conditions Temperature: 5 C• This toDVD 35method C, Operation status: Horizontal Towarranty remove the disc0001 legal Optical cable LXI 0511 rights 0851and you may 0471 0591 0611 0651 0371 42 D Recording system This alsodigital have other rights which may vary from state to state. Some classified into two large groups. ENTER gives you specific disc thatTocontains title/group audio inputs of thenumbers. amplifier MAGNAVOX 0501 0071 0221 warranty 0461 lasts, when an action may be 0511 0531 0841 Press – : –0191 –an : – – implied states do OPEN/CLOSE. not allow limitation brought, or the exclusion or 1 on how 1 long • Even if “Analog Output” is set to 0471 0591 damages, 0611 0651 TANDY 0171 0511 0851 0571 0201 limitation of incidental or consequential so the above provisions may not apply to you. • Slideshow: Still pictures appear one after another Playing of sound DVD audio “Multi,” will be discs output in Remove the disc after the disc tray TV orbonus monitorgroups equipped OPEN/CLOSE Outputs MARANTZ 0201 0501 0501 consistent automatically with thecontent disc bitstream format. with component video Some DVD audio discs may include an extra opens completely. ATTENTION CONSUMERS: 1.0 V (p-p), 75 , negative MEMOREX 0411 TECHNICS 0371 0501 0511 0531 0761 Set to “I.” They be operated. Video outputCANADIAN sync.,program. pin jack 1 cannot (INTERLACED) inputs To PRavideo input of the called “Bonus group”. Press / to enter number Canadian consumers are requested to complete the special Canadian “Warranty Registration DVD-V MGADVD-A 0201 0841 Form” 0911 enclosed, and forward or If you select it to play, a display appears to enter a key S 1.0 V0501 (p-p), , negative sync., Mini DIN 4-pin this completed a copy of bill ofinput sale(Y) to TOSHIBA OF75 CANADA and Validate” their10481 warranty. Product section. VCDvideo CD outputform with0201 MITSUBISHI 0451 TEKNIKA 0201 0251 0501 •number. Browsable pictures: TVtoor“Register monitor equipped To P0321 B video0331 Press the number buttons to enter the key (C) 0.286 V (p-p), 75 must be purchased from0511 an Authorized Canadian purchased inYou thecan U.S.A. and 0251 used Canada are not 0571 0651 0771Dealer. Products TMK 0201 with component video display your in favorite still picture number, then press ENTER. Set to “P.” covered by these 2 Press PLAY. Y videobuttons input (Y)are (PROGRESSIVE) inputs MTC 0251 0201 0501 0401 0411 0851 selected with the buttons on the remote Component videowarranties. output 1.0 V (p-p), 75 VIDTECH ,When negative sync., pin jack 1 Also0201 the To number the number is entered correctly, playback of the at0001 the location where you NAD Press STOP 0511 0511 control. Some of those mayfrom change (PB)/(PR) 0.7 V (p-p),bonus 75 PLAY , group pin jack 2DVD-V available. • Make the following setting. • Make the following setting. Playback starts the starts. IMPORTANT: AND SHIPPING INSTRUCTION ENTER PACKING want to interrupt playback. OPTONICA 0511 0851 0201 0501 WARDS 0201 0501 of0001 0191 title. 0481 automatically. You can enjoy of(interlaced/ 20571 channel digital stereo by an beginning the(I/P), current realistic of Dolby Surround Pro Logic bynumbers, To get key to this instruction notes discs. * After setting switch beofsure to When you sendthe the product tosound a Service Station, you must use the original carton box andrefer packing material, then insert the Audio output (BITSTREAM/PCM Optical connector 1connecting Switching thedynamic output signal On-screen display Select: Page e.g. To enter 25sound PANASONIC 0371 0501 0511 0531 0761 0491 0851 0511from 0571 0071 The DVD player memorizes the STOP DVD-A amplifier equipped with a digital audio input and speaker system (right and left Playback starts the connecting an amplifier and speaker system (right and left front speakers, a power off the DVD player then turn it on original carton box containing the unit into another carton using more packing material. progressive) using the remote control OPTICAL) Notes 56 0911 1061 +10 0281 0441 : To a picture. (The of pictures location is stopped. PAGE 56 +10 2 0841 5where or playback front speakers). 5to “P”) beginning of theorder current group. center speaker, and or two rear speakers). to select activate the setting. “Stereo” “Analog Output” (only when theone SELECT (I/P) switch isVset “Digital “PCM” A key be cleared inOutput” some cases such as when onstarts the disc) PHILCO 0071 0111 0181 0.5 0201 0271 ZENITH 0931 Audio output (BITSTREAM/PCM (p-p), 75 ,•pin jacknumber 1 mayvary 59 VCDdepending Playback from the 61 Be sure to press the OPEN/CLOSE button to close removing the disc. Enter the key number again if necessary. With amplifier equipped with Digital Youancan temporarily switch theDolby output signal 0301 0461 0501 0651for better COAXIAL) CD beginning of the disc. the disc tray after you remove the disc. • When you use a bonus group in a programmed play such picture quality. Connect the equipment the same way as described in “Connecting to an 56as : To return to a specific one programmed on RETURN PHILIPS 0071 0191 0221 0461 0471 Amplifier equipped with 2.0 Press PLAY. sure to set “Analog Output” “Stereo” Audio output (2CH AUDIO) V (rms), 680 ,memory pin jacks (L, R)tothe 1 Be “Analog Output” Press PROGRESSIVE on the remote control. playback, enter the key number beforehand. amplifier equipped with a Dolby Digital decoder.” Refer to that amplifier’s • If you want return to the beginning of a DVD video/ disc. 0591input 0611 0651 a0501 digital audio 59 to “Stereo” when you enjoy WhilePLAY the DVDand player is progressive signals, The DVD player resumes owner’s manual set theoutputting amplifier so you can enjoy Dolby Surround Pro audio Audio output (5.1CH SURROUND) 2.0playback V (rms), 680 , pin jacks disc, 6 open and close the disc tray once with PROTON 0201 the sound. indicator on the right side on To the frontyou panel sounds Dolby Surround To OPTICAL COAXIAL from the location where stopped Logic the OPEN/CLOSE buttonof before pressing the Pro PLAY PULSAR 0931 0071 0091 0281 0291 illuminates. Logic using this connection. type digital type digital Connect either. playback. button. • Make the following setting. 0341 0471 0651 DVD-V input withaudio input WithDVD-A an amplifier notaudio equipped Dolby Digital QUASAR 0371 0501 0511 0531 75 0761coaxial cable Supplied VCD CD Accessories On-screen display Select: Page Connect the equipment as follows. * Connect one or two rear speakers. Notes 0841 0911 Optical digital cable The output sound from the rear speakers Audio/video cable ................................................. 1 •Notes Resuming cannot function when: To start playback from beginning regardless RADIO SHACK 0631the 1001 1011 1021 1031 “Analog Output” even “Stereo” will be monaural you connect two Amplifier equipped with 63 if or – you change thenot parental lock setting select a disc Press SKIP or repeatedly to display of the location where you stopped playback • Some titles may display chapter 0851 0201 0501 0481 0321 * Remote control (SE-R0071) ................................. 1 rear speakers. numbers. Dolby Surround Pro Logic 61 . menu language 65 • When you set “Title/Group Stop” to “Off” , you can the chapter or track number you want. 1 Press STOP twice.0331 0501 0651 0771 Notes Batteries (AAA) ..................................................... 2 65 is – you play a PBC-featured VIDEO CD while “PBC” access chapters in another title. If you go back to the To audio input • Refer to thestarts owner’s manual of the connected equipment as well. Playback from the selected track. The DVD playerchapter erases or the previous set to “On.” STOP preceding title by pressing the SKIP button, the To 2CH AUDIO OUT • When you connect the DVD player to other equipment, be sure to turn off the power and unplug all of the equipment DVD from the – you open thethe discfirst tray. location from its memory. SKIP Notes player locates chapter of the title. When “Title/Group To locate succeeding chapters or wall outlet before making any connections. • There may be a difference in the location where playback •• Do notplace movethe theDVD DVD playernear during playback. Doing maybroadcast damage Stop”the is set disc. to “On,”beyou can access chapters only within the tracks. If you player a tuner or radio, theso radio sound might distorted. In this case, place the DVD depending on while the disc. whensousing Audio cable • Use theaway OPEN/CLOSE button to open and close the disc tray. Doresumes current not push title. the disc tray it is Especially moving. Doing may a player the tuner and • Designs andfrom specifications areradio. subject to change without notice. DVD audio disc, playback may resume the beginning of the DVD player to DVD malfunction. press and hold the SKIP or from on the front starts has froma the SKIP • cause The output sound ofPlayback the player widebeginning dynamic range.• IfBeyou sure to adjust the receiver’s volume to abutton moderate the current track. • Do not push up on the disc tray or put any objects other than discs panel on the during disc playback, tray. Doing the so DVD may player cause performs the DVD fast player reverse to of the the current chapter listening level. Otherwise, speakers mayorbetrack. damaged by a sudden high volume sound. • Settings you changed using the on-screen the fast forward can vary the displays speed bywhile twice, playback the DVD or • malfunction. Turn off the amplifierWhen beforeyou youpress connect or disconnect player’s power playback. cord. If youYou leave the amplifier power on, the DVD player keeps afurther. location in thedisplay memory may function • In many instances, a menu screen will appear after playback of a pressing movie is the completed. button Prolonged of an on-screen starts from the beginning of the speakers may be damaged. only after theitsmemory isTocleared. damage your television set, permanently etching thatTo image locate onto chapters screen. or tracks avoid during this, fast bereverse sure to or press fast the • menu The S may VIDEO OUT jack and thechapter VIDEO OUT jack cannot output video signals simultaneously, if you select progressive preceding or track. forward playback, first press the PLAY button to resume STOP button twice on your remote control signal when the SELECT (I/P) switch is setonce to “P.”the movie is completed. or button. normal playback, then use the SKIP DVD player / outputs / supplied accessories Connecting Connecting to an amplifier amplifier equipped with with a5.1ch Dolby Digital inputs decoder Connecting toto anan audio systemequipped and TV equipped with audio component video inputs 4 5 AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT I P PR COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL R 2CH L S AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT 2 PR I P COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL R 2CH L S Connections Basic Others playback 1 Connections To pause playb Playing ina slow-motion Locating desired section by entering its corresponding number Connectin 2Dolby channel digita Surround Resuming playback from the same location 3Connecting to an amplifier equipped with Dolby Surround Pro Logic 1 AUDIO OUT 2 VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT PR I P R 2CH L S COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL Locating a specific chapter or track AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT PR I Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals P S R 2CH L COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL 19 Connections Basic Others playback LIMITED Connections TV/VIDEO CAUTION TV 2 power Keep your fingers well clear of the disc VOLtray as it is closing. Toshiba America Consumer Products, Inc. (“TACP”), Toshiba Hawaii (“THI”) and Toshiba Canada Limited (“TCL”) MENU Neglecting to do so may cause serious injury.the TOPpersonal MENU make CH Connect This You Check can section the enjoy play the following DVD shows discs MP3 highplayer files at quality you guide various on the tofor this dynamic your basics the speeds, DVD TV. possible on sounds player. how and cause resume tobyplay connecting ofaplayback adisc. problem from DVD before the player contacting location to or any service. following limited warranties. These limited warranties extend to the original purchaser person receiving this set as a gift // // // optional you audio stopped equipment. playback. from where the original purchaser and to no purchaser or transferee. 43 . For details of output sound, seeother 3 2, 4 PAUSE PLAY ENTER ON/STANDBY / / ENTER ENTER You can operate the basic functions of selected TVsindicator FWD using the supplied remote control. REV PLAY Commercial Units Limited Ninety (90) Day Warranty PLAY Products sold and used for commercial TACP/THI warrant this product against defects in materials 3 use have a limited PAUSE/STEP STOP 1 ninety (90) day warranty for all parts PAUSE/STEP and labor. or workmanship for a period of ninety (90) days after the original retail During this period,toTACP/ •date Forofconnection to purchase. your TV, see “Connecting a TV” Warning Symptom Cause Correction MENU DVD display Number buttons Page Owner’s Manual THI repair product or part, at their 18will19 . or replace a defective MENU manual • When areTOP connecting (via the BITSTREAM/PCM shouldyou the owner’s thoroughly option, with a of new or refurbished product part is without The power disconnected. You 18 •read Connect the power plug securely into before the 43 . or plug • No Forpower. details output sound, •see (DIGITAL) AUDIO OUT jack) AV decoder does outlet. video discs are divided intoproduct titles, and sub-divided into chapters. DVDan audio discsand arethat divided operating thiswall product. You should complete mail the into charge to DVD you. You deliver thereference entire to athe titles are •Normally, ThisDVD-A section usesmust the following marks. DVD-V not have Digital or MPEG2 function, be enclosed Demographic card within tendecoding (10) days after you, TACP/THI Authorized Service Station. You responsible groups, the groups are sub-divided intoare tracks. VIDEO CDs and audio CDs are divided into tracks. You can quickly 27 The turned off by • The automatic power off function turned • Dolby Press the PLAY button. “DTS” and “DTS Digital Out” are locate VCD DVD CDandplayer sure to setwho “Digital to “PCM” fromTheater the DTS is a high surround technology used in theaters and now available for Output” itself. the unit off. for or the person has given you thisofproduct as aon-screen gift, for all transportation and insurance charges the unit to trademarks Digital Systems, any specific title,quality chapter, group, or track. Signal flow 56product. 61 . Otherwise, high sound mayto displaysthis Inc. is one This wayvolume to enable and the Authorized Service If not you livetoas inreceive the home use, on DVD video discs or audio CDs. No from picture. • Station. The TV is set DVDpurchased signal • Select the appropriate video input modeTACP 26 Preparations MP3 disc compatibility with this player is limited follows: : Front speaker To pause resume playback normal playback Preparation damage your hearing as well as the speakers. provide you with better customer service andDVD improved U.S.A. you may, at your option, return your Unit to:only) output. IfWhen you have a DTS decoder or processor, you can obtain full input benefit of on5.1 the TV the picture from the DVD audio disc Press or FWD during playback. youREV want toCD-ROM, view DVD a“To video disc, disc turn on theDVD TV and select thethe video connected to so the DVD player. •Follow Playable discs: CD-R (650MB / 74 min. • during Use DVD video discs or audio PLAY. PAUSE/STEP playback. the instruction ofsound program the remote control” to the brand code. •Press DOCDs. NOT play DTS-encoded discs when you are player appears onand the TV products. Failure to return the card willscreen. not affect your rights Toshiba America Consumer Products Inc. DTS encoded tracks on DVD video discs system, or set audio •channel When you want to enjoy the sound of discs from the audio turn on the audio system select the input connected CD-RW is not recommendable. Title 1 Title 2 : Rear speaker CDsthat encoded viahave the DTS Group 2 REV : Fast reverse playback Group 1 REV FWD connecting an AV decoder does not DTS18, 19 PLAY under this warranty. Returns Center • The video cable is not connected securely. • Connect the video cable securely into the to the DVD player. • Sampling 44.1 kHz only 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 1 Frequency: Chapter 2 Chapter 1 Chapter PAUSE/STEP recording system. resume normal decoding function. TrackTo 1 program Track 2 the To Track 1 control Track 2 playback, Track 3 press the remote 1420C Toshiba Dr.FWD: Fast forward playback appropriate jacks. • Bit rate 32 kbps-320 kbps : Sub woofer • Make the following setting. PLAY button. Point the remote control at your TV, and • When playing DTS-encoded discs (audio CDs), Your Responsibility Lebanon, TN 37087 Amplifier• equipped with connected with the audio 1 While• holding down ENTER, press sound. The equipment Select the correct input mode of the the number26 • No CD physical format: Mode 1, Mode 2 XA Form 1 or noisereceiver may from thetoanalog audioPage Each time you press REV use buttons as follows. a DTS decoder Theexcessive above warranties arebe subject toto the following Upon receipt wethe will, at our option, exchange the DVD UnitDVD signal On-screen display Select: (red) (white) (yellow) cable is not the set to receive audio sooutput youto can listen the To S VIDEO OUT Press power button (ON/STANDBY). Press OPEN/CLOSE close the disc buttons that correspond your TV’s brand code •with File ISO9660 Level 1output. : Center speaker output jacks. Tofrom avoid possible damage to the audio FWD button, the playback speed conditions: a system: new or refurbished unit. Canadian consumers are sound the DVD player. referring to the list on the next page. “Bitstream” tray. ON/STANDBY •requested File names are limited to eight characters orand less and The DVD player turns on the To OPTICAL To COAXIAL system, you take proper precautions when the 56 Notes changes. Selecting a should track the disc (1) You must retain your bill ofincable sale or provideinto other of to contact TCL. In Hawaii consumers are or proof To wall outlet “Digital Output” 18-23 •the Thepower audio cable is not securely. • Connect the(file) audio securely TV power To turn on and off.connected type digital type digital Connect either. must incorporate “MP3” extension. ON/STANDBY indicator on the : Signal flow analog audio output jacks ofand the omits DVD player areduring 61 • The DVD player mutes sound subtitles purchase. requested to contact THI. “PCM” the appropriate jacks. To 2CH To VIDEO OUT 1 If a track list is not displayed, press the MENU button TV/VIDEO To select a video input. e.g. To Program brand code 0071. OPEN/CLOSE audio input audio input e.g.“********.MP3” player illuminates. connected to an aamplification system. To enjoy DTS Playback starts. VIDEO CD/Audio CD reverse and forward scan of DVD video discs. (2) notify TACP/THI/TCL /Authorized cable to must show it. on the • The receiver or75 TV iscoaxial turned off.You • Turn equipment connected with Service26 VOL + / – cannot contain To AUDIO adjust theaudio volume. 56 Digital Surround™ playback, an external 5.1 channel •Limited File names special characters such as • DVD audio discs may not be played inyou fast reverse Station within thirty (30) days after discover aorinfast One (1)Track Year Warranty OUT “Stereo” “Analog Output” the audio cable. SELECT The current track being played is highlighted red. Track 1 2 Track 4 Track 3 To select a channel. Track 5 Optical digital cable CH / 59 DTS Digital Surround™ decoder system must be “?!><+*}{`[@]:;\ /.,” etc. forward directions. defective product or part. TACP/THI further warrant the parts in this product against /the /proper / 0 audio buttons to(DIGITAL) a track you Press 42, 56 • The setting of output sound format is2connected • the Select ENTER tospeed the AUDIO 7setting. 1select •defects Total number of files on the disc should not exceed 254. (3) • DVD-V The mayofdiffer depending onbe themade disc. Allplayback warranty servicing this product must by a in materials for a period of one (1) If you insert a0BITSTREAM/PCM DVD video disc that contains a top I the Por workmanship 59 incorrect. want to play. When DVD player is turned on for 42 Recording system DTS Notes OUT jack of the DVD player. TACP/THI/TCL Authorized Service Station. year after the dateTV/VIDEO of original retail purchase. During this menu, a menu may appear. See “Locating a title The selected highlighted the connect firstpicture time, an on-screen display 9 playback • The disc is(DIGITAL) dirty.will appear • Eject thetrack disc is and clean it. in green. • The DO NOT thehas BITSTREAM/PCM (4) U.S.A. warranties are effective period, TACP/THI repair or replace a defective product Preparations Set to “I.”will 30 only if the product is using theENTER top menu.” TV power occasional distortion. 3 Press the button to begin playback of the / to provide initial settings. Press the • It is in fast forward or fast reverse • Sometimes a small amount of picture Hold down. AUDIO OUT jack of the DVD player to the AC-3 RF input purchased and operated in the U.S.A. or – part, atyou their option, with a newencoded or refurbished product or •orWhen playback an MP3 CD, set “Priority You may need to press theContinental TOP MENU or MENU selected track. playback. buttons toVOL select an item, andon press the distortion may appear. This is not a with TV or monitor of awithout Dolby Digital Receiver. This input your A/V Puerto Rico. part charge to you, except 65if a defective part is > JPG ”.that Contents 2” to “CH MP3 button to display disc menu (depending on the ToENTER. video input (yellow) audio/video inputs malfunction. , is and ENTER button. the pages in of Receiver is reserved forSee Laserdisc use only and Release (5) 2Labor service for set installation. Set up, replaced after ninety (90) days from the date the original Audio/video cable actual DVDcharges video disc.) Brightness is unstable or • The effect of copy protection. • Connect the control DVD player directly tothe the selected / buttons, then make a selection using the incompatible with the BITSTREAM/PCM (DIGITAL) The DVD remote memorizes adjustment of customer controls and installation or 18 retail purchase you pay labor charges (supplied) involved in the (white) A menu may appear depending the to disc. DVD-A noises are present in the TV. Avoid connecting the DVDon player Notes AUDIO OUT jackmust of the DVD player. press the ENTER button. brand code. repair of antenna systems are not covered by this replacement. You also deliver the entire product to a See “Locating a title using the top menu” 30 . playback pictures. amay VCRnot or TV/VCR combination. Place a CD Service that contains MP3 filesOUT on • DVD-V Connect the BITSTREAM/PCM (DIGITAL) AUDIO • Some discs permit this operation. To audio inputs (red) DVD-A warranty. Reception problems caused by inadequate TACP/THI Authorized Station. You are responsible 61 On-Screen Language S video cable The DVD player does not • No disc is inserted. • Insert a disc. jack of the DVD player to the “DIGITAL (OPTICAL)” or the disc tray. • If you stop playback by pressing the STOP button, and 26 then antenna systems are your responsibility. forVCD all transportation and insurance charges for the unit to CD TV Shape 58 (not supplied) start playback. “DIGITAL (COAXIAL)” of•aStation. Receiver or Processor. press the PLAY button, playback will in start 10 An unplayable disc in is the inserted. (6) • Insert a playable (Check thefrom discthe Warranties extend only todisc. defects materials or beginning and from the Authorized input Service If you live Notes Note •U.S.A. Referyou to the owner’s manual ofreturn the connected theremote track.type.) and After making alloption, the settings, select “Unit”to: To resume normal playback workmanship as limited above and extend to any may, at your your DVDequipment • of The control programmed at do thenot factory to operate To Sis video If the TV has an S video input, connect thetray the disc contains a disc you have already played, Press TOP MENU. Press ENTER. as well. 31 35input 37 SKIP , REPEAT and RANDOM functions Press PAUSE/STEP during still playback. press the ENTER button. 26 via The disc Inc. is placed upside down. •If The •TVs. Place the disc with the playback side product or parts which have been lost ordiscs discarded by Toshiba America Consumer•Products TOSHIBA Press PLAY. • Use DVD video encoded MPEG2 sound DVD player with an S video cable. When playback will begin from the location where you last stopped • When you connect the DVD player to otherthe equipment, be also Press OPEN/CLOSE to load the disc. you oravailable. to down. damage to products or parts caused byon Returns Center The top menu appears onPAUSE/ the TV starts from chapter 1 ofthe the • are A single brand may Playback use different codes depending Each time you press PAUSE/STEP the MPEG2 recording system. using an S video cable, do not connect the You can enjoy motion picture and live concert DVD video discs with dynamic PLAY 29 playback. sure to turn off theDr. power and •unplug all is ofnot theplaced equipment misuse, accident, damage caused by Acts of God, such 1420C Toshiba 26 The disc within the guide. • Place the disc correctly inside the guide particular model. Enter the correct number referring to the screen. selected title. STEP button, the picture advances Press OPEN/CLOSE. ENTER yellow cable. • Make the following setting. realistic by connecting an amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audio from thesound wallTN outlet before making anyvideo connections. disc tray. in electric power, improper as lighting orthe fluctuations Lebanon, 37087 brand code on table. one frame. OPEN/CLOSE Playback starts. OPEN/CLOSE decoder or MPEG2 processor. The disc tray opens. e.g. To start playback inOn-screen the stop mode • The receipt output sound the DVD player has a wide dynamic TITLE 1 TITLE 2 This DVD player requires discs/recordings toviolation meet Try installation, improper maintenance orare useprovided. in of Upon we will,ofaudio at our option, exchange the DVD Unit display Select: Page • For some •brands, several brand codes 9 • The disc is dirty. Clean the disc. • Make the following setting. range. Beor sure to adjust unit. the receiver’s volume to a are certain technical standards in order to achieve optimal Press PLAY. instructions furnished by us; or to units which have with a new refurbished Canadian Consumers each of them until the remote control operates your TV. 56,56 63 • The parental lock is set. Notes • Cancel the parental lock function or To start playback from stopfunction mode, moderate to listening level. Otherwise, speakers may playback quality. Pre-recorded DVDs automatically beenTVs altered or without ofinTACP/ requested contact TCL. In Hawaiithe consumers are be • The Some may notmodified respond to lock all ofauthorization the are functions thePage On-screen display Select: “Digital Output” change the parental level. “Bitstream” •Notes soundPLAY is muted during frame by frame playback. press the PLAY button. damaged by a sudden high volume sound. 61 set to these standards. There are many different types THI/TCL orortomay damage to operated products at or all part thereof which requested to contact THI. Amplifier with an 3 equipped table above, not be this remote – does not follow theTITLEyou • Itconnect is in TITLE the4 or mode of repeatthe playback, • These operations may prevent a with proper When using a DVD audio disc that includes pictures, this 56 •• The instructions above describe basic procedures which • Playback Turn off the amplifier before disconnect MPEG2 audio decoder of recordable disc formats (including CD-R containing have had thecase, serial number removed, altered, defaced control. Inmay this operate that TV picture with its“Stereo” own remote “Analog Output” a disc on the disc tray. coursePlace of the disc’s program. memory playback, etc. progress of the contents. operation be permitted in some segments. 56 may vary depending on the contents of the DVD video disc. 59 DVD player’s power cord. If you leave the amplifier power MP3 files). Given the fact that technology in this area is or rendered illegible. Rental Units To stop playback, press STOP. control. “Stereo” “Analog Output” –59 Buttons do not work. • PowerTosupply fluctuations or other If different•instructions Press and hold the ON/STANDBY button To OPTICAL COAXIAL appear on the TV screen, follow those on, the speakers may be damaged. still maturing, Toshiba cannot guarantee that all genre of (7) Should you elect to return your DVD Unit to TACP after The warranty for rental units beginabnormalities with the firstsuch rental or • If you replace the remote control’s batteries, remember to as static electricity may on the front panel for more than about 3 type digital type digital STOP Connect either. With instructions. recordable discs will produce optimal playback the ninetythe (90) days and within one (1) year, or quality. after the thirty (30) days from theaudio dateinput of shipment tothe theplayback rental firm, reprogram brand codes forplayer TV. audio input interrupt correct operations. seconds. The DVD turns off. 42 Recording system MPEG • If you display thecriteria top menu during playback and press the side down. The technical set out inCall this owner’s warranty period hasbutton expired: (800)-631-3811 whichever comes first. coaxial cable Press the again to turn it on. Ifmanual the toare Press / / / to select the title75you TOP MENU again without selecting any title, thetoDVD meant asinformation abutton guidestill only. receive concerning an exchange price. • Even if “Analog Output” is set buttons do not work, disconnect the Optical digital cable want. player may power resume playback from the point where you first plug and insert it into the Payment must be enclosed with product in the form a “Multi,” sound will wall be output in of pressed the TOP MENU button (depending on the actual outlet again. Customers should also note that permission is required certified check or money order including If the titles in the top menu are bitstream format. reason for DVD videotodisc.) in order download MP3control files and music from the 15 return. assigned number, canisdirectly The remote control does not •aThe remoteyou control not pointed at the • Point the remote at the remote When usingToshiba adamaged DVDofaudio disc, the DVD player resumes internet. has no right to are grant such permission. work properly. remote sensor of the DVD player. sensor theDVD DVD player. (8) Physically Units not acceptable for locate a specific title by pressing its ENTER playback from the beginning of the track where pressed shouldthe always bein sought from theyou copyright repair whether or out of warranty and designated number with the is number 15 • The remote control too far from thePermission DVD or• exchange Operate remote control within about the TOP button. owner. will be MENU returned 7 m. as received. buttons. player. • This method of locating a title is available only on a disc that Notes • There are two different disc sizes. Place the disc in 15 • The batteries in the remote control contains are Replace a• top menu.the batteries with new ones. • Refer tothe thecorrect owner’s manual of the connected guide on the disc tray. If the TV discasiswell. out exhausted. • Instruction notes of discs may refer to the button that • When you connect DVDdamage player to your because sure to turn off the power and unplug both units from the wall outlet before of the guide,the it may the discTV, and the displays the top menu as TITLE button. makingDVD any connections. player to malfunction. • If your• television set a has one audio connect the left and right audio outputs of the DVD player to a Y cable adapter (not Do not place disc which is input, unplayable in this supplied) andplayer. then connect to your TV. DVD • Connect the DVD player directly to your TV. If you connect the DVD player to a VCR, TV/VCR combination or video selector, the playback picture may be distorted as DVD video discs are copy protected. Before Calling Connecting Variable Locating Playing Operating an aSpeed aDisc aDesired MP3 to TVaOptional Service Playback with TV Encoded Section thePersonnel Equipment Remote CD (Continued) Control W Connectin Digital Theater Symptoms and correction Connecting to a TV Playing Basic anaMP3 playback encoded CDor fast Playing in with fast reverse forward directions Operating TV the remote control AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C L Ls Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SUB Rs R SELECT PR I P S R 2CH L COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y 1 SELECT I 4 P ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB PR COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL R 2CH L S TOP ME NU Locating a titleby using the top menu Playing frame frame 1Connecting to an amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audio decoder 1 3 2 2 AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y 3 3 2 Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 18 ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT PR I P S R 2CH L COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL Connections Basic Advanced Quick Function playback control playback Setup You can Read Begin Customizing Simple this your use change chapter operation. ofthe a single the performance first default to button make settings and ofallyour the necessary toDVD cursor customize player. control preparations. enables performance you to to direct your preference. your playback, without manipulating many actual buttons. Playing a Disc Accessing a Specific Location Customizing Connecting tothe a TV Function Directly Variable Speed Playback Settings Connecting to an audio system Playing Repeatedly Using the Remote Locating aVirtual Desired Section and Table TV of equipped Languages with Control V-REMOTE Playing in a Favorite Order Playing an MP3 Encoded component video inputs CD Selecting the Playback Function Playing in Random Order Connecting to an amplifier -Zooming QUICK - a Picture equipped with a Dolby Digital Accessing Features decoder the Selecting Sound -Enhancement NAVI Connecting to (E.A.M.) an amplifier equipped with Dolby Surround Selecting the Camera Angle Pro Logic Selecting Subtitles Connecting to an amplifier Selecting a Language equipped with a DTS decoder Connecting to an amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audio decoder Connecting to an amplifier equipped with 5.1ch audio inputs Connecting to an amplifier equipped with a digital audio input Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals Advanced playback Accessing a Specific Location Directly You can access a specific location by entering its corresponding elapsed time (hours, minutes, seconds). 3 3 1 2 DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD 1 Entering the elapsed time of the desired location Press T several times. SEARCH T You may have to press further depending on the disc. Press the button repeatedly until the clock icon is highlighted. e.g. 2 – : –– : –– 1 1 Press the number buttons to enter the elapsed time. e.g. 1 2 3 5 1 3 0 1 1:25 :30 Press PLAY or ENTER. PLAY Playback starts from the desired location. ENTER Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 34 Notes • Some discs may not respond to this process. • Some scenes may not be located precisely as you specified. • This method for accessing specific locations is available only within the current title of the DVD video disc or within the current track of the VIDEO CD/audio CD. Playing Repeatedly You can play a specific title, chapter, group, track, or segment repeatedly. / PLAY CLEAR REPEAT A-B RPT DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD Repeating a title, chapter, group or track 2 Press REPEAT or / repeatedly to select the repeat playback mode. REPEAT REPEAT If you select the repeat mode during playback, the DVD player automatically starts repeat playback after finishing the current title, chapter, group or track. The repeat mode menu appears. The mode changes as follows (when using the REPEAT button): DVD-V DVD-A ENTER 3 Press PLAY. PLAY Chapter Repeat Track Repeat DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD Title Repeat Group Repeat Track Repeat DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD All Repeat Advanced playback 1 Press REPEAT. The DVD player starts repeat playback. Press the PLAY button within about 5 seconds after you press the REPEAT button. To resume normal playback Press CLEAR. CLEAR Repeat off Chapter Repeat: Track Repeat: Title Repeat Group Repeat: All Repeat: Repeat Off: DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD 1 Repeats the current chapter. Repeats the current track. Repeats the current title. Repeats the current group. Repeats the entire disc. Resumes normal playback. Note Some discs may not permit repeat operation. Repeating a specific segment Press A-B RPT at the beginning of the segment (point A) you want to play repeatedly. To resume normal playback Press CLEAR. CLEAR A-B RPT A– 2 Press A-B RPT again at the end of the segment (point B). A-B RPT The DVD player automatically returns to point A and starts repeat playback of the selected segment (A-B). Notes • Some discs may not permit A-B repeat operation. • You cannot set the A-B repeat function for a segment that includes multiple camera angles 40 . • You can specify a segment only within the current title. • There may be a slight difference between point A and the location where playback actually resumes depending on the disc. A–B Repeat Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 35 Advanced playback Playing in a Favorite Order You can combine your favorite titles, chapters, groups, or tracks and play them in the order you determine. You can program up to 30 selections into the memory. (Memory playback) / / / ENTER 3 CLEAR 2 1 DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD 1 Setting titles, chapters, groups or tracks in a favorite order Insert a disc and press MEMORY during stop. MEMORY The following display appears. Memory List TG: Title number or group number CT: Chapter number or track number 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 TG:-- CT:--TG:-- CT:--TG:-- CT:--TG:-- CT:--TG:-- CT:--TG:-- CT:--TG:-- CT:--- Select the items in the order you want by pressing the number buttons, then ENTER for each item. Each time you press the / buttons, the spaces of “TG” and “CT” are highlighted in turn. Highlight where you want to enter, then press the corresponding number buttons. To select another chapter in the same title, you do not need to select the title number. To select another track in the same group, you do not need to select the group number. To select tracks from a VIDEO CD/audio CD in order, press the number buttons for the track, then press the ENTER button for each selection you want. 3 Press PLAY while the display appears on the TV screen. PLAY The DVD player starts memory playback. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 36 To change the programmed selections 1 While the display appears on the TV screen, press the / / / buttons to highlight the item you want to change. 2 Change the selection following the instructions in step 2. To cancel the programmed selections 1 While the display appears on the TV screen, press the / / / buttons to highlight the item you want to cancel. 2 Press CLEAR. To resume normal playback from memory playback Press CLEAR. CLEAR The memory playback indicator disappears. Notes • Some discs may not permit memory playback operation. • If you press the REPEAT button during memory playback, the DVD player repeats the current memory playback. • If you press the MEMORY or RETURN button while the display appears on the TV screen, the display disappears. • The programmed selections will be cleared when: – you turn off the DVD player. – you open the disc tray. Playing in Random Order You can play titles, chapters, groups or tracks in random order. (Random playback) 2 3 CLEAR 1, 2 DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD Playing titles, chapters, groups or tracks in random order To resume normal playback 1 Press RANDOM. 2 Press RANDOM or / repeatedly to select the random playback mode. RANDOM Press CLEAR. The random mode menu appears. Notes • Some discs may not permit random playback operation. • You cannot use the random playback function in conjunction with the memory playback function. ENTER The mode changes as follows (when using the RANDOM button): DVD-V Chapter Random DVD-A Track Random DVD-V Title Random DVD-A Group Random VCD Track Random CD Track Random Random Off Plays the chapters within the current title in random order. Plays the tracks within the current group in random order. Plays titles in random order. Plays groups in random order. Plays tracks in random order. Plays tracks in random order. Resumes normal playback. If you select the random mode during playback, the DVD player automatically starts random playback after finishing the current title, chapter, group or track. 3 Press PLAY. PLAY The DVD player starts random playback. Press the PLAY button within about 5 seconds after you press the RANDOM button. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 37 Advanced playback RANDOM CLEAR Advanced playback Zooming a Picture You can magnify areas within a picture. / / / ENTER ZOOM–/ZOOM/ZOOM+ DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD 1 Zooming a picture During normal, slow or still playback, press ZOOM, ZOOM+ or ZOOM–. ZOOM – + Zoom point To shift: The DVD player enters the zoom playback mode, and a monitor scope and an icon appear. Press the / / / buttons. ENTER e.g. To hide the monitor scope and the icon during zoom playback Press 2 Select the zoom point and magnification level. / / / to select “EXIT,” and press ENTER. ENTER Magnification level • To use the fixed levels: You can select from the following. – Magnification – Image reduction – Normal playback Press the ZOOM button repeatedly. ZOOM Alternatively press the / / / buttons to select “ZOOM” on the icon, and press the ENTER button repeatedly. ENTER • To zoom in (or to zoom out): ZOOM – + ZOOM – + Press repeatedly or press and hold the ZOOM+ (or ZOOM–) button. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 38 To resume normal playback Press ZOOM repeatedly until the monitor scope and the icon disappear. Alternatively press / / / to select “ZOOM” on the icon, and press ENTER repeatedly until the monitor scope and the icon disappear. Notes • Some discs may not respond to zoom feature. • During some scenes, the buttons may not work as described. • Zooming does not work on subtitles or menus included on DVD video discs. • While the icon is displayed, the / / / /ENTER buttons cannot work on menus included on DVD video discs. If you want to view the menus, cancel the zoom playback. • The magnification level varies depending on the picture size you select. 58 • When using a DVD audio disc that includes pictures, this operation may be permitted in some picture segments. Selecting the Sound Enhancement (E.A.M.*) You can easily switch a preferred audio enhancement. ENTER *E.A.M.: Enhanced Audio Mode DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD 1 1, 2 2 Selecting the sound enhancement To exit the audio enhancement selection Press E.A.M. E.A.M. Press ENTER. The sound enhancement menu appears. ENTER 2 Press E.A.M. or / repeatedly to select the sound enhancement. E.A.M. Normal: Normal sound. Notes • Actual effects to sounds may vary depending on the speaker systems. Make selection according to your preference. • Actual effects to sounds may vary depending on the disc. • When the DVD player is connected to an amplifier equipped with Dolby Surround Pro Logic, select “Normal”. Otherwise, Dolby Surround Pro Logic may function differently than usual. • Selecting “Dialogue” disables “Dynamic Range Control” function 61 . • When “Analog Output” 59 is set to “Multi,” “3D” is ineffective. 3D: ENTER To obtain expansive virtual surround sound effects from just two speakers. Spatializer® 3-Dimensional Sound Processing provided by Desper Products. Inc. Certain audio features of this product manufactured under a license from Desper Products, Inc., Spatializer® and the circle-in-square device are trademarks owned by Desper Products, Inc. Dialogue: To control critical center channel information to make dialogue more intelligible (only when playing a DVD video disc recorded on the Dolby Digital recording system). • To use this enhancement on sounds output from the BITSTREAM/PCM (DIGITAL) AUDIO OUT jack, be sure to set “Analog Output” to “Stereo” 59 and “Digital Output” to “PCM”. 61 Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 39 Advanced playback Alternatively leave the DVD player unattended for about 5 seconds after having made a selection. Advanced playback Selecting the Camera Angle If the scene was recorded from multiple angles, you can easily change the camera angle of the scene you are watching. 2 CLEAR 1, 2 DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD 1 Changing the camera angle Press ANGLE while playing a scene recorded with multiple angles. ANGLE While playing a scene recorded with multiple angles, the angle icon ( ) flashes in the DVD display. Press the ANGLE button while the angle icon is flashing. e.g. 1 2 3 2 Press ANGLE or / while the angle number is displayed on the TV screen. ANGLE Each time you press the ANGLE button or the / buttons, the camera angle changes. ENTER You can change the camera angle directly by pressing the number buttons corresponding to its angle number instead of using the / buttons. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 40 To turn off the angle number display Press CLEAR. CLEAR Notes • You can change the camera angle during still playback. The camera angle changes to the new setting when you resume normal playback. • If you pause a picture immediately after changing a camera angle, the resumed playback picture may not display the new camera angle. • When using a DVD audio disc that includes pictures recorded from multiple angles, this operation may be permitted in some picture segments. Selecting Subtitles You can display subtitles on the TV screen and select a subtitle language from those included on the DVD video disc. Good evening! DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD 1 Bonsoir! / / / ENTER SUBTITLE ¡Buenas tardes! Selecting a subtitle language Press SUBTITLE during playback. SUBTITLE The current subtitle setting is displayed. To turn subtitles on or off 1 Press SUBTITLE during playback. SUBTITLE Off ENG1 FRE1 SPA1 The abbreviation of the language appears instead of the language name. Refer to the list of languages and their abbreviations. 66 2 Press SUBTITLE or / while the subtitle setting is displayed on the TV screen. SUBTITLE Each time you press the SUBTITLE button or the / buttons, the subtitle languages included on the DVD video disc change. 2 Press / while the subtitle setting is displayed on the TV screen, to select “On” or “Off.” ENTER Notes • Some DVD video discs are set to display subtitles automatically, and you cannot turn them off even if you set the subtitle function to off. • During some scenes, the subtitles may not appear immediately after you select “On.” • Some DVD video discs will allow you to make subtitle selections and turn subtitles on or off only via the disc menu. ENTER To turn off the subtitle setting display, press the ENTER button. Notes • When you turn on the DVD player or replace a disc, the player returns to the initial default setting 62 . When you select a subtitle language which is not included on the disc, the DVD player plays a prior language programmed on the disc. • During some scenes, the subtitles may not appear immediately after you change the subtitle language. • When using a DVD audio disc that includes pictures accompanied with subtitles, this operation may be permitted in some picture segments. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 41 Advanced playback e.g. Advanced playback Selecting a Language You can select a preferred language and sound recording system from those included on the disc. 2 CLEAR Good morning! DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD 1 Bonjour! ¡Buenos días! 1, 2 Selecting a playback audio setting Press AUDIO during playback. AUDIO The current audio setting is displayed. Selecting audio streams of DVD audio discs During playback, perform steps 1 and 2. At step 2, you can switch streams 1 and 2. e.g. Number of a stream selected e.g. Audio: S2 / 1 PCM 2CH Bitstream ENG1 PCM 2CH ENG2 D 2CH The abbreviation of the language appears instead of the language name. Refer to the list of languages and their abbreviations. 66 2 Press AUDIO or / while the audio setting is displayed on the TV screen. AUDIO Each time you press the AUDIO button or the / buttons, the audio settings included on the disc change. ENTER To turn off the audio setting display, press the CLEAR button. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 42 Number and information of a stream currently played If a DVD audio disc does not include a stream you have selected, the DVD player plays another stream. Selecting sound channels of VIDEO CDs You can switch left and right channels by pressing the AUDIO button repeatedly during playback. AUDIO Notes • When you turn on the DVD player or replace a disc, player returns to the initial default setting 62 . If you select a sound track which is not included on the disc, the DVD player plays a prior sound track programmed on the disc. • Some discs allow you to change audio selections only via the disc menu. If this is the case, press the MENU button and choose the appropriate language from the selections on the disc menu. • When you change the audio setting during playback of a DVD audio disc, playback may return to the beginning of the current track. Output sound conversion table Multi channel sounds Output “Digital Output” 56 61 “ Pro Logic” “On” Stereo Dolby Digital Multi Linear PCM DVD video disc Bitstream DTS Stereo MPEG1, MPEG2 Multi DVD audio disc (LPCM, PPCM) VIDEO CD Linear PCM 44.1 kHz/16 bit Audio CD No decode DTS MP3 Bitstream Bitstream PCM Bitstream Bitstream Bitstream PCM PCM Bitstream PCM 56 59 “Off” Pro Logic Pro Logic Pro Logic Pro Logic Pro Logic Noise Noise BITSTREAM/PCM jack “Digital Output” “Bitstream” Bitstream Bitstream PCM Bitstream Bitstream Bitstream PCM PCM PCM Bitstream PCM 56 61 “PCM” PCM PCM PCM Bitstream PCM PCM PCM PCM PCM Bitstream PCM 2CH AUDIO ANALOG OUT Jacks Advanced playback Input 2 channel stereo sounds BITSTREAM/PCM 5.1CH AUDIO ANALOG OUT Jacks jack Noise : 3D sound enhancement can function. • When “Multi” is selected 59 , the format of output signals from the BITSTREAM/PCM jack is fixed as shown in the above table, regardless of “Digital Output” setting 61 . • Some of multi-channel recorded DVD audio discs may not be permitted 2-channel mix playback. If you play such a disc on this player connecting two speakers, you may obtain only the original left and right channel sound, and may not hear other channels. This is because of the playback restriction of the disc. Refer to instructions of the disc for details. Such discs may include the same contents recorded in stereo. Play it if available, by changing the audio setting. • Signals of 88.2kHz or higher from the BITSTREAM/PCM jack are depressed to 44.1 kHz or 48 kHz by down sampling process when: – “3D” is selected. 39 – “PCM Down Sampling” is set to “On.” 59 – a copyright protected disc is played. –“ Pro Logic” is set to “On.” 59 • Quantization bit of signals of 20 bit or higher which is output from the BITSTREAM/PCM jack is 16 bit if they are in a copyright protected disc. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 43 Connections Basic Advanced Quick Function playback control playback Setup You can Read Begin Customizing Simple this your use change chapter operation. ofthe a single the performance first default to button make settings and ofallyour the necessary toDVD cursor customize player. control preparations. enables performance you to to direct your preference. your playback, without manipulating many actual buttons. Playing a Disc Accessing a Specific Location Customizing Connecting tothe a TV Function Directly Variable Speed Playback Settings Connecting to an audio system Playing Repeatedly Using the Remote Locating aVirtual Desired Section and Table TV of equipped Languages with Control V-REMOTE Playing in a Favorite Order Playing an MP3 Encoded component video inputs CD Selecting the Playback Function Playing in Random Order Connecting to an amplifier -Zooming QUICK - a Picture equipped with a Dolby Digital Accessing Features decoder the Selecting Sound -Enhancement NAVI Connecting to (E.A.M.) an amplifier equipped with Dolby Surround Selecting the Camera Angle Pro Logic Selecting Subtitles Connecting to an amplifier Selecting a Language equipped with a DTS decoder Connecting to an amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audio decoder Connecting to an amplifier equipped with 5.1ch audio inputs Connecting to an amplifier equipped with a digital audio input Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals Quick control Using the Virtual Remote Control - V-REMOTE - 1 2 Pressing one button can display a graphics based on-screen remote control that allows you to control playback as if you were doing it from the actual remote control. DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD 1 Using the virtual remote control During playback, press V-REMOTE. V-REMOTE The graphic remote control (Virtual Remote) appears. For the meaning of each icon, see right. e.g. DVD-V 1 2 1 1:2 5 :3 0 Icons and features See the pages in Icon Function Page * Current title/track number – * Current group number – * Current chapter number – * Elapsed time of the current title/track – ** Audio setting 42 ** Subtitle setting 41 ** Angle setting 40 Reverse slow motion playback 29 Pause / Frame by frame playback 28 To begin slow motion playback 29 Playback starts from the beginning of the current chapter or track. 31 Normal playback 26 To locate succeeding chapters or tracks. 31 Fast reverse playback 28 To stop playback. 27 Fast forward playback 28 Press / / / to select the icon, and press ENTER. ENTER To turn off the Virtual Remote Press V-REMOTE. V-REMOTE Note Some discs may not permit this operation. for details on the features. To turn off the Virtual Remote. * You can access a desired location. After step 2, perform the steps below: / / : steps 3 to 5 on 31 : steps 2 and 3 on 34 ** After step 2, a sub menu will appear. Perform step 2 . on the page in Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 46 Selecting the Playback Function - QUICK - 1 2-5 Pressing one button can display a list of playback functions which are relevant to your current playback mode. You can check and modify them from the list. DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD 1 Selecting the playback function During playback, press QUICK. QU The following on-screen display appears. (The actual display will vary depending on the playback status.) ICK 5 Press ENTER. ENTER The on-screen display disappears and playback will resume according to your selection. e.g. DVD-V Quick menu 2 Press / 3 A-B (Set A) : to select a desired item. e.g. To change the repeat mode: Quick Memory Repeat A–B (Set A) Random Bit Rate Text Exit ENTER Memory : Repeat : Press ENTER. Random : Bit Rate : Text : e.g. The mode menu appears. ENTER Chapter Repeat Title Repeat All Repeat Repeat Off 4 Press / to change the setting. e.g. To select the title repeat mode: ENTER Chapter Repeat Title Repeat All Repeat Repeat Off Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals Exit : To program memory playback. 36 To select the repeat playback mode. For the mode selections, see page 35 . At the beginning of a segment you want to repeat, press the ENTER button. Then at the end of the segment, press the ENTER button again. The segment is played repeatedly. 35 To select the random playback mode. For the mode selections, see page 37 . To activate the bitrate display. (Bit rate: data transfer rate (Mbit/s) Refers to the amount of picture, sound and subtitle data in the DVD video disc transferred per second. The larger the value, the more data processed, but this does not necessarily insure better picture quality.) To activate the Text display. Text display: Displays DVD-Text data or CD-Text data if included on the disc. When playing a DVD audio disc, displays Album Text data if included on the disc. However, Track Text data is not displayed. (Some content on the disc may not be displayed properly depending on the disc.) To quit the on-screen display. Note Pressing the QUICK button again also exits the on-screen display. 47 Quick control Quick Memory Repeat A–B (Set A) Random Bit Rate Text Exit Quick control Accessing Features - NAVI The NAVI menu provides an icon based display from which you can easily access key playback function or setting. DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD 1 1 2 3 NAVI menu items To exit the NAVI menu Press NAVI. NA VI Press NAVI. The NAVI menu appears. NA VI e.g. DVD-V Alternatively press / to remove the highlight from an icon to the center position, and press ENTER. CC Exit 2 Press / / feature icon. / to select a desired For details on each feature, refer to the list on the next page. ENTER 3 Press ENTER. Selection details appears. ENTER 4 Refer to the list on the next page and follow the instructions detailed on subsequent pages. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 48 ENTER Note Depending on the disc, some features cannot be accessed. Navi menu selections You can divide a desired scene into stop action frames for careful analysis. 50 SETUP You can change the default settings to customize performance to your preference. 56 PREVIEW You can display thumbnail views of the first scenes of titles or chapters and select a preferred one. 50 CAPTURE You can sample a scene from a playback picture and transform it into a background picture. 51 ANGLE VIEWER You can display all camera angles simultaneously and select a preferred one from them. 51 PICTURE SETTING You can fine tune picture quality and store up to 3 custom picture settings in the memory of the DVD player. 52 You can easily switch a preferred audio enhancement. 39 V-REMOTE You can control key playback functions using the graphics based on-screen remote control. 46 DISPLAY You can view information about a disc and its operational status on the TV screen. 53 CLOSED CAPTION You can display closed captions included on a DVD disc without connecting a closed caption decoder to your TV. 53 E.A.M. CC Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals Quick control STROBE VIEWER 49 Quick control Accessing Features - NAVI - (continued) NAVI menu items STROBE VIEWER You can divide a desired scene into stop action frames for careful analysis. PREVIEW After selecting this icon and pressing ENTER, the following on-screen display appears: After selecting this icon and pressing ENTER, the following on-screen display appears: e.g. e.g. Slow Normal / / / 1 2 3 4 5 6 Fast Title >> Strobe Viewer 1 Press You can display thumbnail views of the first scenes of titles or chapters and select a preferred one. to select. ENTER Slow: Still pictures at shorter intervals. Normal: Still pictures at normal intervals. Fast: Still pictures at longer intervals. >>: To view the next series of 6 pictures. : To quit the on-screen display. 2 Press ENTER. Chapter << Preview 1 Press / / / Interval >> to select. ENTER 1 - 6: To locate the scene. Title: To display the first scenes of titles (1 to 6). Chapter: To display the first scenes of chapters (1 to 6). Interval: To display scenes at intervals of about 10 minutes apart. << : To go to the previous page. >> : To go to the next page. : To quit the on-screen display. ENTER 2 Press ENTER. Note Some discs or scenes may not permit this operation. ENTER Notes • Some discs or scenes may not permit this operation. • Some items may not be selected depending on the disc or scene. • Some of the first scenes may not picked up depending on the disc. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 50 CAPTURE You can sample a scene from a playback picture and transform it into a background picture. ANGLE VIEWER You can display all camera angles simultaneously and select a preferred one from them. After selecting this icon and pressing ENTER, the following on-screen display appears: After selecting this icon and pressing ENTER, the following on-screen display appears: e.g. e.g. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Quick control Capture Storing Exit 1 Angle Viewer When the scene contains 9 camera angles: 1 Pause playback at a scene you want to capture. 2 Press / 1 Press / / / to select. to select. ENTER ENTER 1-9 : To select the camera angle. : To quit the on-screen display. Storing: To sample and store the current picture in the player memory. Exit : To quit the on-screen display. 3 Press ENTER. 2 Press ENTER. ENTER ENTER Note Some discs or scenes may not permit this operation. The stored picture will be displayed as a background picture when the player is in the stop mode. It is necessary to confirm this process via the setup menu 63 . Notes • You can store only one picture. Storing a new picture will erase the old one. • No other operations are permitted while in the process of sampling and storage of background picture. • Some discs or scenes may not permit this operation. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 51 Quick control Accessing Features - NAVI - (continued) NAVI menu items PICTURE SETTING You can fine tune picture quality and store up to 3 custom picture settings in the memory of the DVD player. After selecting this icon and pressing ENTER, the following on-screen display appears: 3 Press ENTER. The sub menu appears. 4 Press / to adjust the value, and press ENTER. e.g. Color +2 e.g. Contrast : Brightness : Color: Tint : DNR*1 : Edge Enhance*2 : All Reset : 1 2 3 1 Press / to select, and press ENTER. *1: DNR: Digital Noise Reduction. To view a picture with less video noise. Notes • Actual picture enhancement may vary depending on the quality of the disc. • While the DNR feature can provide additional improvement in the reduction of noise in the video signal, it may produce undesirable picture artifacts on some discs. • Depending on the disc, some kinds of picture details may be lost by the picture enhancement. ENTER 1, 2, 3: Select the desired custom memory number. (Follow steps 2 to 4 below.) 2 Press / -7 (Lower) to +7 (Higher) -7 (Darker) to +7 (Brighter) -7 (Duller) to +7 (Brighter) -7 (Redder) to +7 (Greener) On / Off On / Off To restore all the elements to the normal setting. A message will appear. Follow the procedure displayed on-screen. to select the element. e.g. When you select “Color”: *2: To enhance picture edges. Note Picture Setting 0 Contrast 0 Brightness Color 0 0 Tint DNR Off Edge Enhance Off All Reset Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 52 The Tint adjustment is not available when connecting to a TV via the component video jacks (Y, PB, PR). DISPLAY You can view information about a disc and its operational status on the TV screen. After selecting this icon and pressing ENTER, the following on-screen display appears: e.g. CLOSED CAPTION You can display closed captions included on a DVD disc without CC connecting a closed caption decoder to your TV. After selecting this icon and pressing ENTER, the following on-screen display appears: On Off Chapter : 23 Time : 1:23:45 Audio : ENG 1 Quick control e.g. Title : 1 D 2CH Subtitle : ENG 1 On Angle : 1/3 E.A.M. : Normal Zoom : Off Chapter repeat To quit the on-screen display, press ENTER. 1 Press Notes • Some discs or scenes may not permit this operation. • When playing a DVD audio disc, the area may show the sound recording system (sampling frequency and quantization bit) of the disc, and the corresponding speakers using the following symbols. C (mono): Recorded in monaural. L, R: (L: Left, R: Right) Recorded in 2ch stereo. Lf, Rf, C, LFE, S, Ls, Rs: (Lf: Left front, Rf: Right front, C: Center, LFE: Subwoofer, S: Surround, Ls: Left surround, Rs: Right surround) Recorded in multi-channel. / to select. ENTER On : To display closed captions. Off: To disable closed captions. 2 Press ENTER. ENTER Notes • While you are using on-screen displays (including the above one), you cannot view closed captions. ” may • When “On” is selected, some displays such as “ be disabled. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 53 Connections Basic Advanced Quick Function playback control playback Setup You can Read Begin Customizing Simple this your use change chapter operation. ofthe a single the performance first default to button make settings and ofallyour the necessary toDVD cursor customize player. control preparations. enables performance you to to direct your preference. your playback, without manipulating many actual buttons. Playing a Disc Accessing a Specific Location Customizing Connecting tothe a TV Function Directly Variable Speed Playback Settings Connecting to an audio system Playing Repeatedly Using the Remote Locating aVirtual Desired Section and Table TV of equipped Languages with Control V-REMOTE Playing in a Favorite Order Playing an MP3 Encoded component video inputs CD Selecting the Playback Function Playing in Random Order Connecting to an amplifier -Zooming QUICK - a Picture equipped with a Dolby Digital Accessing Features decoder the Selecting Sound -Enhancement NAVI Connecting to (E.A.M.) an amplifier equipped with Dolby Surround Selecting the Camera Angle Pro Logic Selecting Subtitles Connecting to an amplifier Selecting a Language equipped with a DTS decoder Connecting to an amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audio decoder Connecting to an amplifier equipped with 5.1ch audio inputs Connecting to an amplifier equipped with a digital audio input Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals Function Function setup setup 1, 6 Customizing the Function Settings You can change the default settings to customize performance to your preference. 2, 3, 4 RETURN DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD 1 Setting procedure Press SETUP during stop. SETUP The following on-screen display appears. 3 Press / to select the setting you want to change, then press ENTER. AB C ENTER Picture TV Shape Progressive 4:3 Output Progressive Conversion Pause/Still 4:3 LB Full Auto Auto 4 2 Press / to select a symbol for the setting you want to change. Change the selection by / or other buttons, by referring to the corresponding pages 58 , then press ENTER. (See the next page.) ENTER ENTER 5 Repeat steps 3 and 4 to change other settings. 6 Press SETUP. Picture performance settings Output sound settings To select another operation, go back to step 2. SETUP The on-screen display disappears. Language settings AB C To return to the previous display Press RETURN. Display settings RETURN Operational settings Initializing Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 56 Notes • The on-screen display disappears also when you select “ ” and press the ENTER button. • The SETUP button can function even during normal playback, however some operations may be inaccessible, and a message will appear. In this case, try again after playback is stopped. Setting Details TV Shape DVD-V Progressive 4:3 Output DVD-V VCD Progressive Conversion DVD-V Pause/Still PCM Down Sampling Page To select a picture size according to the aspect ratio of your TV. To select the video output of pictures recorded in 4:3 format. (Only when connected to a PROGRESSIVE TV.) To select the system of output signal. (Only when connected to a PROGRESSIVE TV.) 58 DVD-V To select the resolution of still pictures. (Field/Frame) 58 DVD-V DVD-A To select a sound processing option according to performance of the connected equipment. (Only when the BITSTREAM/PCM (DIGITAL) AUDIO OUT jack is connected.) 59 To select the output format of analog signal corresponding to your system connection. To select the output format of digital signal corresponding to your system connection. To turn on or off a function that makes faint sounds easier to hear even if you lower the volume during late hours playback. To turn on or off the vocal output during DVD KARAOKE disc playback. 59 To select a preferred language for on-screen displays. 61 Analog Output DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD Digital Output DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD Dynamic Range Control DVD-V Karaoke Vocal DVD-V 58 58 61 61 61 DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD Disc Menu Language DVD-V To select a preferred language for disc menus. 61 Audio Language DVD-V To select a preferred language for the sound track. 62 Subtitle Language DVD-V To select a preferred language for subtitles. 62 63 On-Screen Displays DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD Background DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD Screen Saver DVD-V To turn on or de-activate the operational status display on the TV screen. To select the background color or background picture. To turn the screen saver on or off. Parental Lock DVD-V To turn the parental lock function on or off. 63 To turn on or off the confirmation beeper announcing when each remote command received. To turn on or off a feature that automatically stops playback after a title/group has been viewed. To use the menu screen when playing a PBCcontrollable VIDEO CD. 65 To select the playback priority between DVD video and DVD audio format signals. 65 To select the playback priority between JPEG (picture) files and MP3 (audio) files. 65 To restore all settings to the factory set. 65 Remote Confirmation DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD Title/Group Stop DVD-V DVD-A PBC VCD Priority Contents 1 DVD-V DVD-A Priority Contents 2 Initialize DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD Function setup On-Screen Language AB C 63 63 65 65 • When using a DVD audio disc that includes pictures, some settings marked DVD-V may be effective. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 57 Function Function setup setup Customizing the Function Settings (continued) Setting details AB C Picture TV Shape Progressive 4:3 Output Progressive Conversion Pause/Still 4:3 LB Full Auto Auto Progressive 4:3 Output DVD-V VCD Select the video output of pictures recorded in 4:3 format. (Only when connected to a PROGRESSIVE TV.) Full: Displays pictures expanded horizontally to fill the 16:9 screen. TV Shape 4:3 Letterbox: 4:3 Normal: DVD-V Select when a standard 4:3 TV is connected. Displays theatrical images with masking bars above and below the picture. Select when a standard 4:3 TV is connected. Displays pictures cropped to fill your TV screen. Either or both sides of the picture are cut off. 16:9 Widescreen: Select when a 16:9 wide TV is connected. Notes • The displayable picture size is preset on the DVD video disc. Therefore, the playback picture of some DVD video discs may not conform to the picture size you select. • When you play DVD video discs recorded in the 4:3 picture size only, the playback picture always appears in the 4:3 picture size regardless of the TV shape setting. • If you select “16:9 Widescreen” and you own a 4:3 TV set, the DVD playback picture will be horizontally distorted during playback. Images will appear to be horizontally compressed. Always be sure that your TV shape conforms to the actual TV in use. 4:3: Displays images in 4:3 aspect ratio with masking bars to the left and right of the picture. Progressive Conversion DVD-V There are two types of source content in pictures recorded in DVD video discs: film content (pictures recorded from films at 24 frames per second) and video content (video signals recorded at 30 frames per second). Make this selection according to the type of content being viewed. Auto: Select this position normally. The DVD player automatically detects source content, film or video, of playback source, and converts that signal to the progressive output format in an appropriate method. Video: The DVD player filters video signal, and converts it to the progressive output format appropriately. Suitable for playback of video content pictures. Film: The DVD player converts film content pictures to the progressive output format appropriately. Suitable for playback of film content pictures. The progressive output feature will be most effective under this selection. Note Depending on the disc, pictures may be cut off or doubled. In this case, select “Video.” Pause/Still Auto: DVD-V For normal use. Still and fast motion images can be paused. Frame: The resolution of still pictures is improved, so that you can make a motionless picture more clearer when you pause it. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 58 AB C Audio PCM Down Sampling Analog Output Digital Output Dynamic Range Control Karaoke Vocal Off Stereo Bitstream On Off Analog Output DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD To select the output format of analog signal corresponding to your system connection. For details of sound recording systems, see 43 . Stereo: Select when making a connection via the analog audio output (L/R) jacks. 18 PCM Down Sampling DVD-V DVD-A Make this selection only when you use your audio equipment (e.g. receiver) connecting to the DVD player via the BITSTREAM/PCM (DIGITAL) AUDIO OUT jack. Off: Select when your connected receiver processes high frequency signals of 88.2 kHz or higher. The DVD player outputs these signals as they are on the disc. On: Select when your connected receiver does not process high frequency signals of 88.2 kHz or higher. The DVD player outputs these signals in a disc depressing the frequencies to 48 kHz or 44.1 kHz. Notes • Regardless of this setting, high frequency signals on a DVD disc are down-converted to 48 kHz or 44.1 kHz if that disc is copy protected, and signals of 176.4 kHz or 192 kHz on a disc with no copyright protection are down-converted to 88.2 kHz or 96 kHz. • If you select “Off” because your connected receiver does not process high frequency signals of 88.2 kHz or higher, you will not hear output sound from those signals. Select when making a connection via the 5.1ch analog audio output jacks. 23 The next screen will detail the appropriate settings. Note When you make a connection to a TV, or Dolby Surround Pro Logic or stereo system via the analog audio jacks, select “Stereo.” Function setup According to performance of your connected receiver, select a sound processing option for playback of a disc that contains high frequency signals (sampling frequency 96 kHz or 88.2 kHz). Multi: When you select “Multi”: Make the following settings for the built-in 5.1ch surround decoder. AB C Pro Logic C. S. Speaker Size C (Center) Speaker S (Surround) Speaker Subwoofer Center Channel Delay Surround Channel Delay Test Tone Return Off Large On On On 0msec 5msec 1) Select an item by pressing the and press the ENTER button. / buttons, 2) Make the settings (see below) by pressing the / / / buttons, and press the ENTER button. Pro Logic Off: Dolby Surround Pro Logic is disabled. On: Dolby Surround Pro Logic functions. C. S. Speaker Size Small: When the center speaker or surround speakers cannot reproduce low frequency signals below 120 Hz. Large: When the center speaker and surround speakers can reproduce low frequency signals below 120 Hz. (Continued) Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 59 Function Function setup setup Customizing the Function Settings (continued) Setting details Surround Channel Delay (Continued) C (Center) Speaker Off: When center speaker is not connected. On: When you connect center speaker. S (Surround) Speaker Off: When surround speakers are not connected. On: When you connect surround speakers. Subwoofer Off: When a sub woofer is not connected. On: When you connect a sub woofer. Note Depending on the sound in a DVD audio disc, speakers may output each sound of recorded channels, regardless of your settings. Adjusting the delay time: When enjoying 5.1ch surround playback, it is ideal to choose a listening position that is the same distance from each speaker. By adjusting the delay time of the center/surround speakers, you can virtually create an ideal listening environment (as if the center/surround speakers were at their ideal locations respectively as below.) Ideal location of a center speaker (A) FL FR Dc SW Df Ds SL SR All speakers should be located within a circle with a radius of Df. (B) Ideal location of a surround speaker Center Channel Delay 0msec: 1msec: 2msec: 3msec: When Df equals Dc. When (A) is approx. 34 cm (13 inch) When (A) is approx. 68 cm (27 inch) When (A) is approx. 102 cm (40 inch) . . . *(A) = Df – Dc Get your optimum value (0, 1, 2 . . . 5) dividing (A) by 34. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 60 0msec: 1msec: 2msec: 3msec: When Df equals Ds. When (B) is approx. 34 cm (13 inch) When (B) is approx. 68 cm (27 inch) When (B) is approx. 102 cm (40 inch) . . . *(B) = Df – Ds Get your optimum value (0, 1, 2 . . . 15) dividing (B) by 34. Note Depending on the sound in a DVD audio disc, the DVD player may adjust delay time as “0msec,” regardless of your delay time settings. 3) Select “Test Tone” and press the ENTER button. The DVD player outputs a test signal to each speaker when it is in stop mode. When playing a DVD video disc, it substitutes the current sound for the test signal. Press the / buttons to select the receiving speakers, and adjust the volume of each speaker at the same level by pressing the / buttons. If all the volume levels cannot be equalized, adjust them on the amplifier. Note Depending on the disc, 6 channel sounds may not be output via the 5.1 CH SURROUND AUDIO OUT jacks. Digital Output DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD To select the output format of digital signal corresponding to your system connection. For details of sound recording systems, see 43 . Bitstream: PCM: Select when connected to an amplifier equipped with a Dolby Digital, DTS, MPEG1 or MPEG2 decoder. 21 22 The DVD player outputs digital audio information in the bitstream format when you play a DVD video disc recorded on the Dolby Digital, DTS, MPEG1 or MPEG2 recording system. Dynamic Range Control DVD-V Off: Full dynamic range is maintained. On: Dynamic range is reduced. Notes • This function works only during playback of Dolby Digital recorded discs. • The level of Dynamic Range Reduction may differ depending on the DVD disc. Karaoke Vocal DVD-V Off: The primary vocal is not output. On: The primary vocal is output when it is recorded on the disc. Notes • The vocal output feature is used during playback of Dolby Digital (multi-channel) recorded DVD KARAOKE discs. This feature allows you to turn off vocal audio tracks, or restore them for background accompaniment. • When playing KARAOKE, connect appropriate audio equipment such as an amplifier to the DVD player. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals AB C On-Screen Language DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD English: To view on-screen displays in English. Français: To view on-screen displays in French. Español: To view on-screen displays in Spanish. Disc Menu Language English: French: Spanish: Others: DVD-V To display disc menus in English. To display disc menus in French. To display disc menus in Spanish. To make a further choice. After pressing the ENTER button, follow steps 1) - 4) below. 1) Obtain the abbreviation of the preferred language from the list 66 . 2) Select the first character by pressing the / buttons. 3) Press the / buttons to shift and select the second character by pressing the / buttons. AB C Language On-Screen Language ENG Disc Menu Language ENG Audio Language ENG Subtitle Language – – – English French Spanish Others Code E S 4) Press the ENTER button. Note Some DVD video discs may not include your preselected language. In this case, the DVD player automatically displays disc menus consistent with the disc’s initial language setting. 61 Function setup Select when connected to a 2 channel digital stereo amplifier. 23 The DVD player outputs sounds in the PCM 2ch format when you play a DVD video disc recorded on the Dolby Digital, MPEG1 or MPEG2 recording system. AB C Language On-Screen Language ENG Disc Menu Language ENG Audio Language ENG Subtitle Language – – – Function Function setup setup Customizing the Function Settings (continued) Setting details Audio Language English: French: Spanish: Others: 3) Press the / buttons to shift and select the second character by pressing the / buttons. DVD-V To play sound tracks in English. To play sound tracks in French. To play sound tracks in Spanish. To make a further choice. After pressing the ENTER button, follow steps 1) - 4) below. 1) Obtain the abbreviation of the preferred language from the list 66 . 2) Select the first character by pressing the / buttons. 3) Press the / buttons to shift and select the second character by pressing the / buttons. AB C Language On-Screen Language ENG Disc Menu Language ENG Audio Language ENG Subtitle Language – – – English French Spanish Others Code E S 4) Press the ENTER button. Note Some DVD video discs may be played in a different language than you selected. A prior language may be programmed on the disc. Subtitle Language English: French: Spanish: No Subtitle: Others: DVD-V To display subtitles in English. To display subtitles in French. To display subtitles in Spanish. To disable subtitles. To make a further choice. After pressing the ENTER button, follow steps 1) - 4) below. 1) Obtain the abbreviation of the preferred language from the list 66 . 2) Select the first character by pressing the buttons. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 62 / AB C Language On-Screen Language ENG Disc Menu Language ENG Audio Language ENG Subtitle Language – – – English French Spanish No Subtitle Others Code A A 4) Press the ENTER button. Notes • Some DVD video discs may be set to display subtitles in a different language than you selected. A prior subtitle language may be programmed on the disc. • Some DVD video discs allow you to change subtitle selections only via the disc menu. If this is the case, press the MENU button and choose the appropriate subtitle language from the selection on the disc menu. AB C AB C Display On-Screen Displays On Background Gray Screen Saver On On-Screen Displays Operation Parental Lock Off Remote Confirmation On Title/Group Stop Off PBC On Priority Contents 1 DVD-AUDIO Priority Contents 2 JPG > MP3 DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD Off: Operational modes (e.g. “ displayed. On: Operational modes (e.g. “ displayed on-screen. ”, “ ”) are not ”, “ ”) are Background CD DVD-V DVD-A VCD Screen Saver DVD-V Off: The screen saver is disengaged. On: The screen saver operates. DVD-V DVD video discs equipped with the parental lock function are rated according to their content. The contents allowed by a parental lock level and the way a DVD video disc can be controlled may vary from disc to disc. For example, if the disc allowed you could edit out violent scenes unsuitable for children and replace them with more suitable scenes, or lock out playback of the disc altogether. Function setup Blue: Blue background. Gray: Gray background. Capture: To use a picture you sampled and stored in the memory using the Capture feature 51 as a background. Jacket: To use the jacket picture included on some discs as a background. If it is not included, a gray background will be substituted. Parental Lock • DVD video discs may or may not respond to the parental lock settings. This is not a defect in the DVD player. Make sure this function works with your DVD video discs. Off: The parental lock feature does not function. After pressing the ENTER button, follow step 1) below. On: To activate the parental lock feature or change the settings. After pressing the ENTER button, follow steps 1) - 3) below. Parental Lock Security Code – – – – (Continued) Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 63 Function Function setup setup Customizing the Function Settings (continued) Setting details 3) Press the / buttons to select the parental lock level, then press the ENTER button. (Continued) 1) Press the number buttons to create a personal 4-digit security code, then press the ENTER button. If you make a mistake before pressing the ENTER button, press the CLEAR button and enter your 4-digit security code again. 2) Enter the code of a country/area whose standards were used to rate the DVD video disc, referring to the list below. Country/Area AUSTRALIA BELGIUM CANADA CHINA CHINA HONG KONG DENMARK FINLAND FRANCE GERMANY INDONESIA ITALY JAPAN MALAYSIA NETHERLANDS NORWAY PHILIPPINES RUSSIAN FEDERATION SINGAPORE SPAIN SWEDEN SWITZERLAND TAIWAN THAILAND UNITED KINGDOM UNITED STATES Code AU BE CA CN HK DK FI FR DE ID IT JP MY NL NO PH RU SG ES SE CH TW TH GB US a) Select the first character by pressing the / buttons. b) Press the / buttons to shift and select the second character by pressing the / buttons. c) Press the ENTER button. Parental Lock US Area Code 7 Level You cannot play DVD video discs rated higher than the level you selected unless you cancel the parental lock function. For example, when you select level 7, discs rated higher than level 7 are locked out and cannot be played. The parental lock level is equivalent to the following USA movie ratings. Level 7: NC-17 Level 6: R Level 4: PG 13 Level 3: PG Level 1: G The parental lock levels for other countries/areas than U.S. are included for future use. Check the appropriate parental lock level when you buy a DVD video disc equipped with the parental lock feature in the future. To change the parental lock level Follow steps 1) - 3). To change your 4-digit security code 1) After selecting “On” or “Off,” press the STOP button four times, then press the ENTER button. STOP STOP STOP STOP ENTER The 4-digit security code is cleared. 2) Press the number buttons to create a new 4-digit security code. 3) Press the ENTER button. Note After making the “Parental Lock” setting, the on-screen display will disappear. To make other settings, press the SETUP button again to display them. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 64 Remote Confirmation DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD AB C Initialize All settings will be restored to pre-set levels. Off: The beeper does not sound. On: The beeper sounds with each remote operation. Title/Group Stop Exit Yes DVD-V DVD-A Off: The DVD player continues after playback of a title/group is completed. On: The DVD player stops after playback of a title/ group is completed. Initialize DVD-V DVD-A VCD CD To restore all settings to the factory set. PBC 1) Press the / buttons to select “Yes,” and press the ENTER button. VCD Off: When playing a VIDEO CD without using the menu. On: To use the menu when playing a PBC-featured VIDEO CD. ENTER Function setup Priority Contents 1 ENTER DVD-V DVD-A Select the playback priority between DVD video and DVD audio format signals when playing a DVD disc that contains both DVD video and DVD audio format signals. DVD-AUDIO: DVD audio format signals take priority over DVD video format signals. DVD-VIDEO: DVD video format signals take priority over DVD audio format signals. 2) Read the message, and if you really want to restore all settings, press the / buttons to select “Yes,” and press the ENTER button. ENTER ENTER Priority Contents 2 To select the playback priority between JPEG (picture) files and MP3 (audio) files. JPG > MP3 > MP3 : JPEG files take priority over MP3 files. JPG : MP3 files take priority over JPEG files. The message of completion appears. Note The “Parental Lock” setting is not restored to the factory set. Refer to the separate booklet “Digital Photo Viewer” on how to play a disc containing JPEG format files. Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 65 Function Function setup setup Table of Languages Table of languages and their abbreviations Abbreviation ––– CHI (ZH) DUT (NL) ENG (EN) FRE (FR) GER (DE) ITA (IT) JPN (JA) KOR (KO) MAY (MS) SPA (ES) AA AB AF AM AR AS AY AZ BA BE BG BH BI BN BO BR CA CO CS CY DA DZ EL EO ET EU FA FI FJ FO FY GA GD GL Language Abbreviation No alternate language Chinese Dutch English French German Italian Japanese Korean Malay Spanish Afar Abkhazian Afrikaans Amharic Arabic Assamese Aymara Azerbaijani Bashkir Belorussian Bulgarian Bihari Bislama Bengali, Bangla Tibetan Breton Catalan Corsican Czech Welsh Danish Bhutani Greek Esperanto Estonian Basque Persian Finnish Fiji Faroese Frisian Irish Scottish Gaelic Galician Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 66 GN GU HA HI HR HU HY IA IE IK IN IS IW JI JW KA KK KL KM KN KS KU KY LA LN LO LT LV MG MI MK ML MN MO MR MT MY NA NE NO OC OM OR PA PL PS Language Guarani Gujarati Hausa Hindi Croatian Hungarian Armenian Interlingua Interlingue Inupiak Indonesian Icelandic Hebrew Yiddish Javanese Georgian Kazakh Greenlandic Cambodian Kannada Kashmiri Kurdish Kirghiz Latin Lingala Laotian Lithuanian Latvian, Lettish Malagasy Maori Macedonian Malayalam Mongolian Moldavian Marathi Maltese Burmese Nauru Nepali Norwegian Occitan (Afan) Oromo Oriya Panjabi Polish Pashto, Pushto Abbreviation PT QU RM RN RO RU RW SA SD SG SH SI SK SL SM SN SO SQ SR SS ST SU SV SW TA TE TG TH TI TK TL TN TO TR TS TT TW UK UR UZ VI VO WO XH YO ZU Language Portuguese Quechua Rhaeto-Romance Kirundi Rumanian Russian Kinyarwanda Sanskrit Sindhi Sango Serbo-Croatian Singhalese Slovak Slovenian Samoan Shona Somali Albanian Serbian Siswati Sesotho Sundanese Swedish Swahili Tamil Telugu Tajik Thai Tigrinya Turkmen Tagalog Setswana Tongan Turkish Tsonga Tatar Twi Ukrainian Urdu Uzbek Vietnamese Volapük Wolof Xhosa Yoruba Zulu Others Operating a TV with the Remote Control Before Calling Service Personnel Specifications LIMITED WARRANTY DVD PLAYER Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals Connections Basic Others playback LIMITED Connections TV/VIDEO CAUTION TV 2 power Keep your fingers well clear of the disc VOLtray as it is closing. Toshiba America Consumer Products, Inc. (“TACP”), Toshiba Hawaii (“THI”) and Toshiba Canada Limited (“TCL”) make Neglecting to do so may cause serious injury.the CH personal Connect This You Check can section the enjoy play the following DVD shows discs MP3 highplayer files at quality you guide various on the tofor this dynamic your basics the speeds, DVD TV. possible on sounds player. how and cause resume tobyplay connecting ofaplayback adisc. problem from DVD before the player contacting location to or any service. following limited warranties. These limited warranties extend to the original purchaser person receiving this set as a gift optional you audio stopped equipment. playback. from where the original purchaser and to no purchaser or transferee. 43 . For details of output sound, seeother 3 2, 4 ON/STANDBY / / ENTER ENTER You can operate the basic functions of selected TVsindicator using the supplied remote control. Commercial Units Limited Ninety (90) Day Warranty Before Calling Connecting Variable Locating Playing Operating an aSpeed aDisc aDesired MP3 to TVaOptional Service Playback with TV Encoded Section thePersonnel Equipment Remote CD (Continued) Control W Connectin Digital Theater Symptoms and correction Products sold and used for commercial TACP/THI warrant this product against defects in materials 3 use have a limited 1 ninety (90) day warranty for all parts and labor. or workmanship for a period of ninety (90) days after the original retail During this period,toTACP/ •date Forofconnection to purchase. your TV, see “Connecting a TV” Warning Symptom Cause Correction DVD display Number buttons Page Owner’s Manual THI repair product or part, at their 18will19 . or replace a defective • When arethe connecting (via the BITSTREAM/PCM shouldyou owner’s manual thoroughly option, with a of new or refurbished product part is without The power disconnected. You 18 •read Connect the power plug securely into before the 43 . or plug • No Forpower. details output sound, •see (DIGITAL) AUDIO OUT jack) AV decoder does outlet. video discs are divided intoproduct titles, and sub-divided into chapters. DVDan audio discsand arethat divided operating thiswall product. You should complete mail the into charge to DVD you. You deliver thereference entire to athe titles are •Normally, ThisDVD-A section usesmust the following marks. DVD-V not have Digital or MPEG2 function, be enclosed Demographic card within tendecoding (10) days after you, TACP/THI Authorized Service Station. You responsible groups, the groups are sub-divided intoare tracks. VIDEO CDs and audio CDs are divided into tracks. You can quickly 27 The turned off by • The automatic power off function turned • Dolby Press the PLAY button. “DTS” and “DTS Digital Out” are locate VCD DVD CDandplayer sure to setwho “Digital to “PCM” fromTheater the DTS is a high surround technology used in theaters and now available for Output” itself. the unit off. for or the person has given you thisofproduct as aon-screen gift, for all transportation and insurance charges the unit to trademarks Digital Systems, any specific title,quality chapter, group, or track. Signal flow 56product. 61 . Otherwise, high sound mayto displaysthis Inc. is one This wayvolume to enable and the Authorized Service If not you livetoas inreceive the home use, on DVD video discs or audio CDs. No from picture. • Station. The TV is set DVDpurchased signal • Select the appropriate video input modeTACP 26 Preparations MP3 disc compatibility with this player is limited follows: : Front speaker To pause resume playback normal playback Preparation damage your hearing as well as the speakers. provide you with better customer service andDVD improved U.S.A. you may, at your option, return your Unit to:only) output. IfWhen you have a DTS decoder or processor, you can obtain full input benefit of on5.1 the TV the picture from the DVD audio disc Press or FWD during playback. youREV want toCD-ROM, view DVD a“To video disc, disc turn on theDVD TV and select thethe video connected to so the DVD player. •Follow Playable discs: CD-R (650MB / 74 min. • during Use DVD video discs or audio PLAY. PAUSE/STEP playback. the instruction ofsound program the remote control” to the brand code. •Press DOCDs. NOT play DTS-encoded discs when you are player appears onand the TV products. Failure to return the card willscreen. not affect your rights Toshiba Consumer Products Inc. DTS encoded tracks on DVD video discs system, or set audio •channel When you want to enjoy the sound of discs from the audio turn on the audio system select the input connected CD-RW isAmerica not Title 1: recommendable. Title 2 Rear speaker CDsthat encoded viahave the DTS Group 2 REV : Fast reverse playback Group 1 connecting an AV decoder does not DTS18, 19 under this warranty. Returns Center • The video cable is not connected securely. • Connect the video cable securely into the to the DVD player. • Sampling 44.1 kHz only 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 1 Frequency: Chapter 2 Chapter 1 Chapter recording system. resume normal decoding function. TrackTo 1 program Track 2 the To Track 1 control Track 2 playback, Track 3 press the remote 1420C Toshiba Dr.FWD: Fast forward playback appropriate jacks. • Bit rate 32 kbps-320 kbps : Sub woofer • Make the following setting. PLAY button. Point the remote control at your TV, and • When playing DTS-encoded discs (audio CDs), Your Responsibility Lebanon, TN 37087 Amplifier• equipped with connected with the audio 1 While• holding down ENTER, press sound. The equipment Select the correct input mode of the the number26 • No CD physical format: Mode 1, Mode 2 XA Form 1 or noisereceiver may from thetoanalog audioPage Each time you press REV use buttons as follows. a DTS decoder Theexcessive above warranties arebe subject toto the following Upon receipt wethe will, at our option, exchange the DVD UnitDVD signal On-screen display Select: (red) (white) (yellow) cable is not the set to receive audio sooutput youto can listen the To S VIDEO OUT Press power button (ON/STANDBY). Press OPEN/CLOSE close the disc buttons that correspond your TV’s brand code •with File ISO9660 Level 1output. : Center speaker output jacks. Tofrom avoid possible damage to the audio FWD button, the playback speed conditions: a system: new or refurbished unit. Canadian consumers are sound the DVD player. referring to the list on the next page. “Bitstream” tray. •requested File names are limited to eight characters orand less and The DVD player turns on the To OPTICAL To COAXIAL system, you take proper precautions when the 56 Notes changes. Selecting a should track the disc (1) You must retain your bill ofincable sale or provideinto other of to contact TCL. In Hawaii consumers are or proof To wall outlet “Digital Output” 18-23 •the Thepower audio cable is not securely. • Connect the(file) audio securely TV power To turn on and off.connected type digital type digital Connect either. must incorporate “MP3” extension. ON/STANDBY indicator on the : Signal flow analog audio output jacks ofand the omits DVD player areduring 61 • The DVD player mutes sound subtitles purchase. requested to contact THI. “PCM” the appropriate jacks. To 2CH To VIDEO OUT 1 If a track list is not displayed, press the MENU button TV/VIDEO To select a video input. e.g. To Program brand code 0071. audio input audio input e.g.“********.MP3” player illuminates. connected to an aamplification system. To enjoy DTS Playback starts. VIDEO CD/Audio CD reverse and forward scan of DVD video discs. (2) notify TACP/THI/TCL /Authorized cable to must show it. on the • The receiver or75 TV iscoaxial turned off.You • Turn equipment connected with Service26 VOL + / – cannot contain To AUDIO adjust theaudio volume. 56 Digital Surround™ playback, an external 5.1 channel •Limited File names special characters such as • DVD audio discs may not be played inyou fast reverse Station within thirty (30) days after discover aorinfast One (1)Track Year Warranty OUT “Stereo” “Analog Output” the audio cable. The current track being played is highlighted red. Track 1 2 Track 4 Track 3 To select a channel. Track 5 Optical digital cable CH / 59 DTS Digital Surround™ decoder system must be “?!><+*}{`[@]:;\ /.,” etc. forward directions. defective product or part. TACP/THI further warrant the parts in this product against /the /proper / 0 audio buttons to(DIGITAL) a track you Press 42, 56 • The setting of output sound format is2connected • the Select ENTER tospeed the AUDIO 7setting. 1select •defects Total number of files on the disc should not exceed 254. (3) • DVD-V The mayofdiffer depending onbe themade disc. Allplayback warranty servicing this product must by a in materials or workmanship for a period of one (1) If you insert a0BITSTREAM/PCM DVD video disc that contains a top 59 incorrect. want to play. When the DVD player is turned on for 42 Recording system DTS Notes OUT jack of the DVD player. TACP/THI/TCL Authorized Service Station. year after the dateTV/VIDEO of original retail purchase. During this menu, a menu may appear. See “Locating a title The selected highlighted the connect firstpicture time, an on-screen display 9 playback • The disc is(DIGITAL) dirty.will appear • Eject thetrack disc is and clean it. in green. • The DO NOT thehas BITSTREAM/PCM (4) U.S.A. warranties are effective period, TACP/THI repair or replace a defective product Preparations Set to “I.”will 30 only if the product is using theENTER top menu.” TV power occasional distortion. 3 Press the button to begin playback of the / to provide initial settings. Press the • It is in fast forward or fast reverse • Sometimes a small amount of picture Hold down. AUDIO OUT jack of the DVD player to the AC-3 RF input purchased and operated in the U.S.A. or – part, atyou their option, with a newencoded or refurbished product or •orWhen playback an MP3 CD, set “Priority You may need to press theContinental TOP MENU or MENU selected track. playback. buttons toVOL select an item, andon press the distortion may appear. This is not a with TV or monitor of awithout Dolby Digital Receiver. This input your A/V Puerto Rico. part charge to you, except 65if a defective part is > JPG ”.that Contents 2” to “CH MP3 button to display disc menu (depending on the ToENTER. video input (yellow) audio/video inputs malfunction. , is and ENTER button. the pages in of Receiver is reserved forSee Laserdisc use only and Release (5) 2Labor service for set installation. Set up, replaced after ninety (90) days from the date the original Audio/video cable actual DVDcharges video disc.) Brightness is unstable or • The effect of copy protection. • Connect the control DVD player directly tothe the selected / buttons, then make a selection using the incompatible with the BITSTREAM/PCM (DIGITAL) The DVD remote memorizes adjustment of customer controls and installation or 18 retail purchase you pay labor charges (supplied) involved in the (white) A menu may appear depending the to disc. DVD-A noises are present in the TV. Avoid connecting the DVDon player Notes AUDIO OUT jackmust of the DVD player. press the ENTER button. brand code. repair of antenna systems are not covered by this replacement. You also deliver the entire product to a See “Locating a title using the top menu” 30 . playback pictures. amay VCRnot or TV/VCR combination. Place a CD Service that contains MP3 filesOUT on • DVD-V Connect the BITSTREAM/PCM (DIGITAL) AUDIO • Some discs permit this operation. To audio inputs (red) DVD-A warranty. Reception problems caused by inadequate TACP/THI Authorized Station. You are responsible 61 On-Screen Language S video cable The DVD player does not • No disc is inserted. • Insert a disc. jack of the DVD player to the “DIGITAL (OPTICAL)” or the disc tray. • If you stop playback by pressing the STOP button, and 26 then antenna systems are your responsibility. forVCD all transportation and insurance charges for the unit to CD TV Shape 58 (not supplied) start playback. “DIGITAL (COAXIAL)” of•aStation. Receiver or Processor. press the PLAY button, playback will in start 10 An unplayable disc in is the inserted. (6) • Insert a playable (Check thefrom discthe Warranties extend only todisc. defects materials or beginning and from the Authorized input Service If you live Notes Note •U.S.A. Referyou to the owner’s manual ofreturn the connected theremote track.type.) and After making alloption, the settings, select “Unit”to: To resume normal playback workmanship as limited above and extend to any may, at your your DVDequipment • of The control programmed at do thenot factory to operate To Sis video If the TV has an S video input, connect thetray the disc contains a disc you have already played, Press TOP MENU. Press ENTER. as well. 31 35input 37 SKIP , REPEAT and RANDOM functions Press PAUSE/STEP during still playback. press the ENTER button. 26 via The disc Inc. is placed upside down. •If The •TVs. Place the disc with the playback side product or parts which have been lost ordiscs discarded by Toshiba America Consumer•Products TOSHIBA Press PLAY. • Use DVD video encoded MPEG2 sound DVD player with an S video cable. When playback will begin from the location where you last stopped • When you connect the DVD player to otherthe equipment, be also Press OPEN/CLOSE to load the disc. you oravailable. to down. damage to products or parts caused byon Returns Center The top menu appears onPAUSE/ the TV starts from chapter 1 ofthe the • are A single brand may Playback use different codes depending Each time you press the MPEG2 recording system. using an S video cable, do not connect the You can enjoy motion picture and live concert DVD video discs with dynamic 29 playback. sure to turn off theDr. power and •unplug all is ofnot theplaced equipment misuse, accident, damage caused by Acts of God, such 1420C Toshiba 26 The disc within the guide. • Place the disc correctly inside the guide particular model. Enter the correct number referring to the screen. selected title. STEP button, the picture advances Press OPEN/CLOSE. yellow cable. Make the following setting. realistic by connecting an amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audioon the disc •tray. from thesound wallTN outlet before making anyvideo connections. as lighting or fluctuations in electric power, improper Lebanon, 37087 brand code table. one frame. Playback starts. decoder or MPEG2 processor. The disc tray opens. e.g. To start playback in the stop mode • The receipt output sound the DVD player has a wide dynamic This DVD player requires discs/recordings toviolation meet Try installation, improper maintenance orare useprovided. in of Upon we will,ofaudio at our option, exchange the DVD Unit On-screen display Select: Page • For some •brands, several brand codes 9 • The disc is dirty. Clean the disc. • Make the following setting. range. Beor sure to adjust unit. the receiver’s volume to a are certain technical standards in order to achieve optimal Press PLAY. instructions furnished by us; or to units which have with a new refurbished Canadian Consumers each of them until the remote control operates your TV. 56,56 63 • The parental lock is set. Notes • Cancel the parental lock function or To start playback from stopfunction mode, moderate to listening level. Otherwise, speakers may playback quality. Pre-recorded DVDs automatically beenTVs altered or without ofinTACP/ requested contact TCL. In Hawaiithe consumers are be • The Some may notmodified respond to lock all ofauthorization the are functions thePage On-screen display Select: “Digital Output” change the parental level. “Bitstream” •Notes sound is muted during frame by frame playback. press the PLAY button. damaged by a sudden high volume sound. 61 set to these standards. There are many different types THI/TCL orortomay damage to operated products at or all part thereof which requested to contact THI. Amplifier equipped with an table above, not be this remote – does not follow the you • Itconnect is in the or mode of repeatthe playback, • These operations may prevent a with proper When using a DVD audio disc that includes pictures, this 56 •• The instructions above describe basic procedures which • Playback Turn off the amplifier before disconnect MPEG2 audio decoder of recordable disc formats (including CD-R containing have had thecase, serial number removed, altered, defaced control. Inmay this operate that TV picture with its“Stereo” own remote “Analog Output” a disc on the disc tray. coursePlace of the disc’s program. memory playback, etc. progress of the contents. operation be permitted in some segments. 56 may vary depending on the contents of the DVD video disc. 59 DVD player’s power cord. If you leave the amplifier power MP3 files). Given the fact that technology in this area is or rendered illegible. Rental Units To stop playback, press STOP. control. “Stereo” “Analog Output” –59 Buttons do not work. • PowerTosupply fluctuations or other If different•instructions Press and hold the ON/STANDBY button To OPTICAL COAXIAL appear on the TV screen, follow those on, the speakers may be damaged. still maturing, Toshiba cannot guarantee that all genre of (7) Should you elect to return your DVD Unit to TACP after The warranty for rental units beginabnormalities with the firstsuch rental or • If you replace the remote control’s batteries, remember to as static electricity may on the front panel for more than about 3 type digital type digital Connect either. With instructions. recordable discs will produce optimal playback the ninetythe (90) days and within one (1) year, or quality. after the thirty (30) days from theaudio dateinput of shipment tothe theplayback rental firm, reprogram brand codes forplayer TV. audio input interrupt correct operations. seconds. The DVD turns off. 42 Recording system MPEG • If you display thecriteria top menu during playback and press the side down. The technical set out inCall this owner’s warranty period hasbutton expired: (800)-631-3811 whichever comes first. coaxial cable Press the again to turn it on. Ifmanual the toare Press / / / to select the title75you TOP MENU again without selecting any title, thetoDVD meant asinformation abutton guidestill only. receive concerning an exchange price. • Even if “Analog Output” is set buttons do not work, disconnect the Optical digital cable want. player may power resume playback from the point where you first plug and insert it into the Payment must be enclosed with product in the form a “Multi,” sound will wall be output in of pressed the TOP MENU button (depending on the actual outlet again. Customers should also note that permission is required certified check or money order including If the titles in the top menu are bitstream format. reason for DVD videotodisc.) in order download MP3control files and music from the 15 return. assigned number, canisdirectly The remote control does not •aThe remoteyou control not pointed at the • Point the remote at the remote When usingToshiba adamaged DVDofaudio disc, the DVD player resumes internet. has no right to are grant such permission. work properly. remote sensor of the DVD player. sensor theDVD DVD player. (8) Physically Units not acceptable for locate a specific title by pressing its playback from the beginning of the track where pressed shouldthe always bein sought from theyou copyright repair whether or out of warranty and designated number with the is number 15 • The remote control too far from thePermission DVD or• exchange Operate remote control within about the TOP button. owner. will be MENU returned 7 m. as received. buttons. player. • This method of locating a title is available only on a disc that Notes • There are two different disc sizes. Place the disc in 15 • The batteries in the remote control contains are Replace a• top menu.the batteries with new ones. • Refer tothe thecorrect owner’s manual of the connected guide on the disc tray. If the TV discasiswell. out exhausted. • Instruction notes of discs may refer to the button that • When you connect DVDdamage player to your because sure to turn off the power and unplug both units from the wall outlet before of the guide,the it may the discTV, and the displays the top menu as TITLE button. makingDVD any connections. player to malfunction. • If your• television set a has one audio connect the left and right audio outputs of the DVD player to a Y cable adapter (not Do not place disc which is input, unplayable in this supplied) andplayer. then connect to your TV. DVD • Connect the DVD player directly to your TV. If you connect the DVD player to a VCR, TV/VCR combination or video selector, the playback picture may be distorted as DVD video discs are copy protected. Connecting to a TV Playing Basic anaMP3 playback encoded CDor fast Playing in with fast reverse forward directions Operating TV the remote control 1 4 Locating a titleby using the top menu Playing frame frame 1Connecting to an amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audio decoder 1 3 2 2 3 3 2 Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 18 How to Obtain W INTERLACED outputs/inputs (ColorStream®) PROGRESSIVE outputs/inputs (ColorStream®Pro) Tocomponent obtain a higher picture Some TVs or monitors are equipped with video quality Some TVs or monitors are equipped with component video Occasionally, noise during a normal broadcast may inputs. Connecting to these inputs allows you to enjoysome picture inputs thatnot areusually capablevisible of reproducing a progressively appear on the TV screenscanned while playing a DVD Connecting video disc because the high higher quality picture playback. video signal. to these inputs allows Actual labels for component video inputs resolution may varypictures on these you to discs viewinclude the highest a lot quality of information. pictures While with less theflicker. amount of (1) Referon to the troubleshooting guide in owner’s manual. list this mayDVD solveplayer, your problem. depending TV manufacturer. (ex.noise Y, your R-Y, B-Y or Y, depends on the TVThis youcheck use with you should generally reduce C(2) B, CR In) the U.S.A., only call the TACP toll number adjustment 800-631-3811, or if in Canada seevideo listingdiscs. below within (30) thefree sharpness on your TVHawaii whenor viewing DVD In some TVs or monitors, color levels of the playback days after you find athe defective product or part. About picture maycode befor reduced slightly tint may change. In Brand table (3) Arrange the delivery of or thethe product to the TACP/THI/TCL Authorized Service Station or TACP Return Center. The icons on the heading bar show the playable discs for the such aProducts case, adjust the to TVthe or monitor optimum shipped Service for Station must be insured and safely and securely packed, preferably in the original Brand name Brand code Brand name Brand code function described under that heading. performance. shipping carton, and a letter explaining the defect and also a copy of the bill of sale or other proof of purchase must be : DVD audio discs. enclosed. TOSHIBA 0001 0071 0211: DVD 0571video discs. RCA 0971 1071 1081 1091 0201 DVD player Number buttons : Audio CD. : VIDEOcontact: CDs. In Canada contact: In the & Continental States contact: BELL HOWELLUnited 0471 0651 0071In Hawaii 0281 0441 1041 0501 Power supply 120 V AC, 60 Hz Consumer Electronics Group Consumer Electronics Toshiba Hawaii Inc. CARVER 0201 0251 0281 0411 0501 REALISTIC 0631 1001 1011 1021 Group 1031 191 McNabb Street 22171 Fraserwood Way 327 Kamakee Street Dolby Digital • Use DVD video discs encoded CITIZEN 0201 0251 0851 0201 0501 0481 0321via Power consumption 16 W Manufactured under license from Dolby 5.1ch surround sound Markham, Ontario L3R 8H2 Richmond, B.C. V6W 1J5 Honolulu, HAin 96814 Dolby Digital is the surround sound used theaters showing the the Dolby Digital recording CURTIS MATHES 0471 0651technology 0071 0281 0441 0331 0501 0651 0771 Laboratories. “Dolby”, “Pro Logic” andflow Signal The Dolby Digital decoder equipped with this DVD player enables you to obtain (905)-470-5400 (604)-303-2500 (808)-521-5377 Massmovies, and is now available to reproduce 2.5 kgthis realistic effect in the home. latest the double-D symbol are trademarks of system. 0311 sound 0431 tracks 0521 when 0571you connect the RUNCO 0071 0091 0281 0291 0341 the full benefit of 5.1 channel DVD player to About To resume the screen normal saver playback Laboratories. Consumer Electronics GroupConfidential You can enjoy motion picture and live 0471 concert DVD video with this dynamic dimensions 430 690571 219discs mm (W/H/D) • Dolby Make the following setting. EMERSON 0201 0231 0481 0471 0651 anExternal amplifier equipped with 5.1 channel audio inputs. Press Press SLOW T. during playback. Repeat steps 2 and 3 if necessary. unpublished works. Copyright North Road Presssound PAUSE/STEP during playback. If you PLAY. Press pause a1643 picture ofService a DVD video disc0281 and1992-1997 leave realistic by connecting DVD player to a 6 channel amplifier equipped 0581 the 0651 SAMSUNG 0171 0181 0251 0411it Dolby Laboratories. All rights reserved. Droval, the QC H9P 1J1display Signal Standard NTSC On-screen Select: Page If system you are using a VIDEO CD/audio CD, skip steps 1If you have Each time you press the SLOW still for a long while, screen saver of the DVD player with a Dolby Digital decoder or Dolby Digital processor. a Dolby FISHER 0041 0121 0181 0201press 0281 0491 0501 0631 0661 0791 To resume normal playback, (514)-856-4100 and 2. Then at step 3, enter the number for the track button, the slow-motion speed • Use DVD video discs encoded automatically appears (when “Screen Saver” is set tovia Surround you will obtain the full benefit laser, of Pro Logic from 650 the nm 0021 Laser Pro Logic decoder, wavelength / 780 nm 0471 0571 0651 Semiconductor SANYO 0041 0081 “Multi” 0121 0171 the PLAY button. “Analog Output” you want using theprovide number buttons. changes. Dolby Digital recording ). To turn off the screen saver, press the PLAY “On” same DVD movies that full 5.1-channel Dolby Digital soundtracks, as well Amplifier equipped with Press PLAY or ENTER. GE 0941 0951 0961 DVD 0971linear 0981 0181 0231 0241 0451 Frequency range by state sound : button. kHz samplingand 4 Hz to 220201 kHz All warranties law, including the implied warranties of48merchantability fitness for a particular purpose, are system. audio inputs as To from with mark. (red) (white) Y titles To implied PB the To Dolby PR5.1ch 0991Surround 1041 0571 0651 0671 0701 0711 Playback starts from by the 96 kHz sampling 4 Hz to 44 kHz Recording system D/MPEG e.g. expressly limited to the duration of limited warranties set forthNotes above.system With the exception of any warranties implied state If you press the SLOW button • Sound is muted during still mode. Audio • Make the following setting. VIDEO VIDEO VIDEO GOLDSTAR 0201 0251 0281 0411 0501 0721 location. 192 4Off Hz to selected 88 kHz agreements Toyou 5.1ch audio lawOUT as hereby limited,OUT the foregoing warranty is exclusive ofsound allkHz other warranties, guarantees, andchannel during playback, can view theand in •lieu The issampling muted during slow-motion playback. Automatic Power function OUT When “To wall Pro Logic” is setSelect: to “On,” 20501 outlet On-screen display HALLMARK 0001 0511 inputs 0201 0231 0471 SEARS 0001 0191 0491 0201 Page To 5.1CH similar obligations of manufacturer or seller with respect to the repair or replacement of any parts. In no event TACP/THI • The playback speedismay differ depending onshall the disc.is picture in reverse slow-motion. (Only To stop playback sound is output in the Dolby Surround Pro Signal-to-noise ratio More than 112 dB Amplifier equipped with a If the DVD player stopped, or the screen saver 0481 0571 0581 0651 0071 0211 0571 0041 0121 SURROUND be Press liable for consequential orusing incidental damages. Logic format. Toincludes obtain thepictures, original 2 channel • When usingfor a DVD audio disc thatminutes, this when a DVD video0351 disc.) 0371 Dolby Digital decoder STOP. OUT engaged approximately 20 the DVD player HITACHI 0021 0221 0251 More 0181 0201 0281 “Digital “Bitstream” Audio dynamic than AUDIO 108 dB Pro Logic” to0471 “Off”. 0651 sound, set “Output” No person, agent,range dealer or company is authorized to change, modify or extend thein terms of these warranties in operation may be permitted some picture segments. Audio cable Press /distributor, to select a section you want will automatically turn itself off. 0381 0431 0571 0751 SHARP 0851obligation 0511 of 0571 0201 arising 0501 Each time you press the0641 SLOW To be 2CH AUDIO OUT any manner distortion whatsoever. The time within which an action must commenced to enforce any TACP/THI To OPTICAL To COAXIAL Notes Harmonic Less than 0.002 % to warranty locate.or button, INFINITY 0501 SONY 0451 0571 0681 thestatute, slow-motion speed under the under any or law of the United Connect States oreither. any state thereof, is0441 hereby limited to ninety (90) days type digital type digital • Pressing the CLEAR button resets the numbers. To clear the (white) (red) “Stereo” “Analog Output” Stilllimitation pictures included onto0481 DVD audio discsarising JBLtheand 0501 SOUNDESIGN 0201 Wow Below level (less than 0.001 % (W.PEAK)) audio audio changes. e.g. When youhave want toinput locate measurable a the defect. display, from dateflutter you discover or input should discovered, This does not apply implied warranties press the T button several times. cable audio discs may0501 JVC state law. 0311 0431 0521 0571 75 coaxial SYLVANIA 0071 0191 0221 0461 stillispictures, which are under chapter. of locating ainclude title/group available only on a Operating conditions Temperature: 5 C• This toDVD 35method C, Operation status: Horizontal Towarranty remove the you disc Optical cable LXI 0001 legal 0511 rights 0851and you may 0471 0591 0611 0651 0371 D Recording system This gives specific alsodigital have other rights which may vary from state to state. Some classified into two large groups. disc thatTocontains title/group audio inputs of thenumbers. amplifier MAGNAVOX 0501 0071long0191 0221 warranty 0461 lasts, when an action may be 0511 0531 0841 Press states do OPEN/CLOSE. not allow limitation on how an implied brought, or the exclusion or • Even if “Analog Output” is set to 0471 0591 damages, 0611 0651 TANDY 0171 0511 0851 0571 0201 limitation of incidental or consequential so the above provisions may not apply to you. • Slideshow: Still pictures appear one after another Playing of sound DVD audio “Multi,” will be discs output in Remove the disc after the disc tray TV orbonus monitorgroups equipped Outputs MARANTZ 0201 0501 0501 consistent automatically with thecontent disc bitstream format. with component video Some DVD audio discs may include an extra opens completely. ATTENTION CONSUMERS: 1.0 V (p-p), 75 , negative MEMOREX 0411 TECHNICS 0371 0501 0511 0531 0761 Set to “I.” They be operated. Video outputCANADIAN sync.,program. pin jack 1 cannot (INTERLACED) inputs To PRavideo input of the called “Bonus group”. / to enter number Canadian consumers are requested to complete the special Canadian “Warranty Registration MGA Press 0201 0841 Form” 0911 enclosed, and forward or If you select it to play, a display appears to enter a key S video outputform with0201 1.0 V0501 (p-p), , negative sync., Mini DIN 4-pin this completed a copy of bill ofinput sale(Y) to TOSHIBA OF75 CANADA and Validate” their10481 warranty. Product section. MITSUBISHI 0451 TEKNIKA 0201 0251 0501 •number. Browsable pictures: TVtoor“Register monitor equipped To P0321 B video0331 Press the number buttons to enter the key (C) 0.286 V (p-p), 75 must be purchased from0511 an Authorized Canadian purchased inYou thecan U.S.A. and 0251 used Canada are not 0571 0651 0771Dealer. Products TMK 0201 with component video display your in favorite still picture number, then press ENTER. Set to “P.” covered by these 2 Press PLAY. Y videobuttons input (Y)are (PROGRESSIVE) inputs MTC 0251 0201 0501 0401 0411 0851 selected with the buttons on the remote Component videowarranties. output 1.0 V (p-p), 75 VIDTECH ,When negative sync., pin jack 1 Also0201 the To number the number is entered correctly, playback of the at0001 the location where you NAD Press STOP 0511 0511 control. of those mayfrom change (PB)/(PR) 0.7 V (p-p),bonus 75 , group pin jack 2 •• Some available. Make the following setting. Make the following setting. Playback starts the starts. IMPORTANT: PACKING AND SHIPPING INSTRUCTION want to interrupt playback. OPTONICA 0511 0851 0201 0501 WARDS 0201 0501 of0001 0191 title. 0481 automatically. You can enjoy of(interlaced/ 20571 channel digital stereo by an beginning the(I/P), current realistic of Dolby Surround Pro Logic bynumbers, To get key to this instruction notes discs. * After setting switch beofsure to When you sendthe the product tosound a Service Station, you must use the original carton box andrefer packing material, then insert the Audio output (BITSTREAM/PCM Optical connector 1connecting Switching thedynamic output signal On-screen display Select: Page e.g. To enter 25sound PANASONIC 0371 0501 0511 0531 0761 0491 0851 0511from 0571 0071 The DVD player memorizes the amplifier equipped with a digital audio input and speaker system (right and left Playback starts the connecting an amplifier and speaker system (right and left front speakers, a power off the DVD player then turn it on original carton box containing the unit into another carton using more packing material. progressive) using the remote control OPTICAL) Notes 0841 0911 1061 is stopped. 0281 0441 : To a picture. (The of pictures location where or playback front speakers). beginning of theorder current group. center speaker, and or two rear speakers). to select activate the setting. “Stereo” “Analog Output” (only when theone SELECT (I/P) switch isVset to “P”) “Digital “PCM” A key be cleared inOutput” some cases such as when depending onstarts the disc) PHILCO 0071 0111 0181 0.5 0201 0271 ZENITH 0931 Audio output (BITSTREAM/PCM (p-p), 75 ,•pin jacknumber 1 mayvary Playback from the Be sure to press the OPEN/CLOSE button to close removing the disc. Enter the key number again if necessary. With amplifier equipped with Digital Youancan temporarily switch theDolby output signal 0301 0461 0501 0651for better COAXIAL) beginning of the disc. the disc the tray after you remove theway disc.as described in “Connecting • When you use a :bonus group a programmed play such as picture quality. Connect equipment the same to an To return to in a specific one programmed on PHILIPS 0071 0191 0221 0461 0471 Amplifier equipped with Press PLAY. Be sure to set “Analog Output” “Stereo” Audio output (2CH AUDIO) 2.0 V (rms), 680 ,memory pin jacks (L, R)tothe 1 disc. “Analog Output” Press PROGRESSIVE on the remote control. playback, enter the key number beforehand. amplifier equipped with a Dolby Digital decoder.” Refer to that amplifier’s • If you want return to the beginning of a DVD video/ 0591input 0611 0651 a0501 digital audio to “Stereo” when you enjoy While manual the DVDand player is progressive signals, The DVD player resumes owner’s set theoutputting amplifier so you can enjoy Dolby Surround Pro audio Audio output (5.1CH SURROUND) 2.0playback V (rms), 680 , pin jacks disc, 6 open and close the disc tray once with PROTON 0201 the sound. indicator on the right side on To the frontyou panel sounds Dolby Surround To OPTICAL COAXIAL from the location where stopped Logic the OPEN/CLOSE buttonof before pressing the Pro PLAY PULSAR 0931 0071 0091 0281 0291 illuminates. Logic using this connection. type digital type digital Connect either. playback. button. • Make the following setting. 0341 0471 0651 input withaudio input With an amplifier notaudio equipped Dolby Digital QUASAR 0371 0501 0511 0531 75 0761coaxial cable Supplied On-screen display Select: Page Connect Accessories the equipment as follows. * Connect one or two rear speakers. Notes 0841 0911 Optical digital cable The output sound from the rear speakers Audio/video cable ................................................. 1 •Notes Resuming cannot function when: To start playback from beginning regardless RADIO SHACK 0631the 1001 1011 1021 1031 “Analog Output” even “Stereo” will be monaural if you connect two Amplifier equipped with – you change thenot parental lock setting or select a disc Press SKIP or repeatedly to display of the location where you stopped playback • Some titles may display chapter 0851 0201 0501 0481 0321 * Remote control (SE-R0071) ................................. 1 rear speakers. numbers. Dolby Surround Pro Logic menu language . • When you set “Title/Group Stop” to “Off” , you can the chapter or track number you want. 1 Press STOP twice.0331 0501 0651 0771 Notes Batteries (AAA) ..................................................... 2 – you play a PBC-featured VIDEO CD while “PBC” access chapters in another title. If you go back to the is To audio input • Refer to thestarts owner’s manual of the connected equipment as well. Playback from the selected track. The DVD playerchapter erases or the previous set to “On.” preceding title by pressing the SKIP button, the DVD To 2CH AUDIO OUT • When you connect the DVD player to other equipment, be sure to turn off the power and unplug all of the equipment from the – you open thethe discfirst tray. location from its memory. Notes player locates chapter of the title. When “Title/Group To locate succeeding chapters or wall outlet before making any connections. • There may be a difference in the location where playback •• Do notplace movethe theDVD DVD playernear during playback. Doing maybroadcast damage Stop”the is set disc. to “On,”beyou can access chapters only within the tracks. If you player a tuner or radio, theso radio sound might distorted. In this case, place the DVD depending on while the disc. whensousing Audio cable • Use theaway OPEN/CLOSE button to open and close the disc tray. Doresumes current not push title. the disc tray it is Especially moving. Doing may a player the tuner and • Designs andfrom specifications areradio. subject to change without notice. DVD audio disc, playback may resume the beginning of the DVD player to DVD malfunction. press and hold the SKIP or from on the front starts has froma the • cause The output sound ofPlayback the player widebeginning dynamic range.• IfBeyou sure to adjust the receiver’s volume to abutton moderate the current track. • Do not push up on the disc tray or put any objects other than discs panel on the during disc playback, tray. Doing the so DVD may player cause performs the DVD fast player reverse to of the the current chapter listening level. Otherwise, speakers mayorbetrack. damaged by a sudden high volume sound. • Settings you changed using the on-screen the fast forward can vary the displays speed bywhile twice, playback the DVD or • malfunction. Turn off the amplifierWhen beforeyou youpress connect or disconnect player’s power playback. cord. If youYou leave the amplifier power on, the DVD player keeps afurther. location in thedisplay memory may function • In many instances, a menu screen will appear after playback of a pressing movie is the completed. button Prolonged of an on-screen starts from the beginning of the speakers may be damaged. only after theitsmemory isTocleared. damage your television set, permanently etching thatTo image locate onto chapters screen. or tracks avoid during this, fast bereverse sure to or press fast the • menu The S may VIDEO OUT jack and thechapter VIDEO OUT jack cannot output video signals simultaneously, if you select progressive preceding or track. forward playback, first press the PLAY button to resume STOP button twice on your remote control signal when the SELECT (I/P) switch is setonce to “P.”the movie is completed. or button. normal playback, then use the SKIP DVD player / outputs / supplied accessories Connecting Connecting to an amplifier amplifier equipped with with a5.1ch Dolby Digital inputs decoder Connecting toto anan audio systemequipped and TV equipped with audio component video inputs 4 5 2 Connections Basic Others playback 1 Connections To pause playb Playing ina slow-motion Locating desired section by entering its corresponding number Connectin 2Dolby channel digita Surround Resuming playback from the same location 3Connecting to an amplifier equipped with Dolby Surround Pro Logic 1 2 Locating a specific chapter or track Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 19 Connections Basic Others playback LIMITED Connections CAUTION Keep your fingers well clear of the disc tray as it is closing. Before Calling Connecting Variable Locating Playing Operating an aSpeed aDisc aDesired MP3 to TVaOptional Service Playback with TV Encoded Section thePersonnel Equipment Remote CD (Continued) Toshiba America Consumer Products, Inc. (“TACP”), Toshiba Hawaii (“THI”) and Toshiba Limited personal (“TCL”) make Neglecting to do so mayCanada cause serious injury.the Connect This You Check can section the enjoy play the following DVD shows discs MP3 highplayer files at quality you guide various on the tofor this dynamic your basics the speeds, DVD TV. possible on sounds player. how and cause resume tobyplay connecting ofaplayback adisc. problem from DVD before the player contacting location to or any service. following limited warranties. These limited warranties extend to the original purchaser person receiving this set as a gift Control optional where you audio stopped equipment. playback. from the original purchaser and to no transferee. For details of output sound, seeother .purchaser or ON/STANDBY W Connectin Digital Theater / / ENTER You can operate the basic functions of selected TVsindicator using the supplied remote control. Commercial Units Limited Ninety (90) Day Warranty Symptoms and correction Products sold and used for commercial use have a limited TACP/THI warrant this product against defects in materials ninety (90) day warranty for all parts and labor. or workmanship for a period of ninety (90) days after the original retail During this period,toTACP/ •date Forofconnection to purchase. your TV, see “Connecting a TV” Warning Symptom Cause Correction Page DVD display Owner’s Manual THI will repair product or part, at their . or replace a defective • When arethe connecting (via the BITSTREAM/PCM shouldyou owner’s manual thoroughly option, with a of new or refurbished product part is without The power disconnected. You 18 •read Connect the power plug securely into before the . or plug • No Forpower. details output sound, •see (DIGITAL) AUDIO OUT jack) AV decoder does outlet. video discs are divided intoproduct titles, and sub-divided into chapters. DVDan audio discsand arethat divided operating thiswall product. You should complete mail the into charge to DVD you. You deliver thereference entire to athe titles are •Normally, This section usesmust the following marks. not have Digital or MPEG2 function, be enclosed Demographic card within tendecoding (10) days after you, TACP/THI Authorized Service Station. You responsible groups, and the groups are sub-divided intoare tracks. VIDEO CDs and audio CDs are divided into tracks. You can quickly 27 The DVD player turned off by • The automatic power off function turned • Dolby Press the PLAY button. “DTS” and “DTS Digital Out” are locate sure to setwho “Digital to “PCM” fromTheater the DTS is a high surround technology used in theaters and now available for Output” itself. the unit off. for or the person has given you thisofproduct as aon-screen gift, for all transportation and insurance charges the unit to trademarks Digital Systems, any specific title,quality chapter, group, or track. Signal flow . Otherwise, high sound mayto displaysthis Inc. is one product. This wayvolume to enable and the Authorized Service If not you livetoas inreceive the home use, on DVD video discs or audio CDs. No from picture. • Station. The TV is set DVDpurchased signal • Select the appropriate video input modeTACP 26 Preparations MP3 disc compatibility with this player is limited follows: : Front speaker To pause resume playback normal playback Preparation damage your hearing as well as the speakers. provide you with better customer service andDVD improved U.S.A. you may, at your option, return your Unit to:only) output. IfWhen you have a DTS decoder or processor, you can obtain full input benefit of on5.1 the TV the picture from the DVD audio disc Press or FWD during playback. youREV want toCD-ROM, view DVD a“To video disc, disc turn on theDVD TV and select thethe video connected to so the DVD player. •Follow Playable discs: CD-R (650MB / 74 min. • during Use DVD video discs or audio PLAY. PAUSE/STEP playback. the instruction ofsound program the remote control” to the brand code. •Press DOCDs. NOT play DTS-encoded discs when you are player appears onand the TV products. Failure to return the card willscreen. not affect your rights Toshiba Consumer Products Inc. DTS encoded tracks on DVD video discs system, or set audio •channel When you want to enjoy the sound of discs from the audio turn on the audio system select the input connected CD-RW isAmerica not Title 1: recommendable. Title 2 Rear speaker CDsthat encoded viahave the DTS Group 2 REV : Fast reverse playback Group 1 connecting an AV decoder does not DTS18, 19 under this warranty. Returns Center • The video cable is not connected securely. • Connect the video cable securely into the to the DVD player. • Sampling 44.1 kHz only 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 1 Frequency: Chapter 2 Chapter 1 Chapter recording system. resume normal decoding function. TrackTo 1 program Track 2 the To Track 1 control Track 2 playback, Track 3 press the remote 1420C Toshiba Dr.FWD: Fast forward playback appropriate jacks. • Bit rate 32 kbps-320 kbps : Sub woofer • Make the following setting. PLAY button. Point the remote control at your TV, and • When playing DTS-encoded discs (audio CDs), Your Responsibility Lebanon, TN 37087 Amplifier• equipped with connected with the audio 1 While• holding down ENTER, press sound. The equipment Select the correct input mode of the the number26 • No CD physical format: Mode 1, Mode 2 XA Form 1 or noisereceiver may from thetoanalog audioPage Each time you press REV use buttons as follows. a DTS decoder Theexcessive above warranties arebe subject toto the following Upon receipt wethe will, at our option, exchange the DVD UnitDVD signal On-screen display Select: (red) (white) (yellow) cable is not the set to receive audio sooutput youto can listen the To S VIDEO OUT Press power button (ON/STANDBY). Press OPEN/CLOSE close the disc buttons that correspond your TV’s brand code •with File ISO9660 Level 1output. : Center speaker output jacks. Tofrom avoid possible damage to the audio FWD button, the playback speed conditions: a system: new or refurbished unit. Canadian consumers are sound the DVD player. referring to the list on the next page. “Bitstream” tray. •requested File names are limited to eight characters orand less and The DVD player turns on the To OPTICAL To COAXIAL system, you take proper precautions when the of Notes changes. Selecting a should track the disc (1) You must retain your bill ofincable sale or provideinto other to contact TCL. In Hawaii consumers are or proof To wall outlet “Digital Output” 18-23 •the Thepower audio cable is not securely. • Connect the(file) audio securely TV power To turn on and off.connected type digital type digital Connect either. must incorporate “MP3” extension. ON/STANDBY indicator on the : Signal flow analog audio output jacks ofand the omits DVD player areduring • The DVD player mutes sound subtitles purchase. requested to contact THI. “PCM” the appropriate jacks. To 2CH To VIDEO OUT 1 If a track list is not displayed, press the MENU button TV/VIDEO To select a video input. e.g. To Program brand code 0071. audio input audio input e.g.“********.MP3” player illuminates. connected to an aamplification system. To enjoy DTS Playback starts. VIDEO CD/Audio CD reverse and forward scan of DVD video discs. (2) notify TACP/THI/TCL /Authorized AUDIO cable to must show it. on the • The audio receiver or75 TV iscoaxial turned off.You • Turn equipment connected with Service26 VOL + / – To adjust the volume. Digital Surround™ playback, an external 5.1 channelfast •Limited File names cannot contain special characters such as • DVD audio discs may not be played inyou reverse Station within thirty (30) days after discover (1) Year OUT “Stereo”aor “Analog Output” the audio cable. track being played isfast highlighted in red. TrackOne Track 2 Warranty 4 Track 3 Track 5 Optical digital cable The current /1 To select a Track channel. CH DTS Digital Surround™ decoder system must be “?!><+*}{`[@]:;\ /.,” etc. forward directions. defective product or part. TACP/THI further warrant the parts in this product against / / / buttons to select a track you Press• the 42, 56 • The setting of output sound format is2connected Select the proper audio setting. tospeed theaBITSTREAM/PCM (DIGITAL) AUDIO •defects Total number of files on the disc should not exceed 254. (3) • The mayofdiffer depending onbe themade disc. Allplayback warranty servicing this product must by in materials or workmanship for a period If you DVD video disc that contains a top 59a want toinsert play. When the DVD player isincorrect. turned on forof one (1) Recording system DTS Notes OUT jack of the DVD player. TACP/THI/TCL Authorized Service Station. year after the date of original retail purchase. During this menu, a menu may appear. See “Locating a title The selected highlighted the connect firstpicture time, an on-screen display 9 playback • The disc is(DIGITAL) dirty.will appear • Eject thetrack disc is and clean it. in green. • The DO NOT thehas BITSTREAM/PCM (4) U.S.A. warranties are effective only if the product is period, TACP/THI repair or replace a defective product Preparations Set to “I.”will using theENTER top menu.” occasional distortion. 3 Press the button to begin playback of the / to provide initial settings. Press the • It is in fast forward or fast reverse • Sometimes a small amount of picture Hold down. AUDIO OUT jack of the DVD player to the AC-3 RF input purchased and operated in the U.S.A. or – part, atyou their option, with a newencoded or refurbished product or •orWhen playback an MP3 CD, set “Priority You may need to press theContinental TOP MENU or MENU selected track. playback. buttons to Receiver. select an item, and thepart is distortion may appear. This is not a with TV or monitor of awithout Dolby Digital This input your A/V Puerto Rico. part charge to you, except if on apress defective > JPG ”.that Contents 2” to “ MP3 button to display disc menu (depending on the ToENTER. video input (yellow) audio/video inputs malfunction. , is and ENTER button. the pages in of Receiver is reserved forSee Laserdisc use only and Release (5) 2Labor service for set installation. Set up, replaced after ninety (90) days from the date the original Audio/video cable actual DVDcharges video disc.) Brightness is unstable or • The effect of copy protection. • Connect the control DVD player directly tothe the selected / buttons, then make a selection using the incompatible with the BITSTREAM/PCM (DIGITAL) The DVD remote memorizes adjustment of customer controls and installation or 18 retail purchase you pay labor charges (supplied) involved in the (white) A menu may appear depending the to disc. noises are present in the TV. Avoid connecting the DVDon player Notes AUDIO OUT jackmust of the DVD player. press the ENTER button. brand code. repair of antenna systems are not covered by this replacement. You also deliver the entire product to a . See “Locating a title using the top menu” pictures. amay VCRnot or TV/VCR combination. Place a CD Service that contains MP3 filesOUT on • playback Connect the BITSTREAM/PCM (DIGITAL) AUDIO • Some discs permit this operation. To audio inputs (red) warranty. Reception problems caused by inadequate TACP/THI Authorized Station. You are responsible On-Screen Language S video cable 26 The DVD player does not • No disc is inserted. • Insert a disc. jack of the DVD player to the “DIGITAL (OPTICAL)” or the disc tray. • If you stop playback by pressing the STOP button, and then antenna systems are your responsibility. for all transportation charges for the unit to TV Shape and insurance (not supplied) start playback. “DIGITAL (COAXIAL)” of•aStation. Receiver or Processor. press the PLAY button, playback will in start 10 An unplayable disc in is the inserted. (6) • Insert a playable (Check thefrom discthe Warranties extend only todisc. defects materials or beginning and from the Authorized input Service If you live Notes Note •U.S.A. Referyou to the owner’s manual ofreturn the connected theremote track.type.) and After making alloption, the settings, select “Unit”to: To resume normal playback workmanship as limited above and extend to any may, at your your DVDequipment • of The control programmed at do thenot factory to operate To Sis video input If the TV has an S video input, connect thetray the disc contains a disc have already played, Press TOP MENU. Press ENTER. as well. SKIP , REPEAT and RANDOM functions Press PAUSE/STEP during still playback. press the ENTER button. 26 via The disc Inc. is placed upside down. •If The •TVs. the disc withyou the playback side product orPlace parts which have been lost ordiscs discarded by Toshiba America Consumer•Products TOSHIBA Press PLAY. • Use DVD video encoded MPEG2 sound DVD player with an S video cable. When playback will begin from the location where you last stopped • When you connect the DVD player to otherthe equipment, be also Press OPEN/CLOSE to load the disc. you oravailable. to down. damage to products or parts caused byon Returns Center The top menu appears onPAUSE/ the TV starts from chapter 1 ofthe the • are A single brand may Playback use different codes depending Each time you press the MPEG2 recording system. using an S video cable, do not connect the You can enjoy motion picture and live concert DVD video discs with dynamic playback. sure to turn off theDr. power and •unplug all is ofnot theplaced equipment misuse, accident, damage caused by Acts of God, such 1420C Toshiba 26 The disc within the guide. • Place the disc correctly inside the guide particular model. Enter the correct number referring to the screen. selected title. STEP button, the picture advances Press OPEN/CLOSE. yellow cable. Make the following setting. realistic by connecting an amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audioon the disc •tray. from thesound wallTN outlet before making anyvideo connections. as lighting or fluctuations in electric power, improper Lebanon, 37087 brand code table. one frame. Playback starts. decoder or MPEG2 processor. The disc tray opens. e.g. To start playback in the stop mode • The receipt output sound the DVD player has a wide dynamic This DVD player requires discs/recordings toviolation meet Try installation, improper maintenance orare useprovided. in of Upon we will,ofaudio at our option, exchange the DVD Unit On-screen display Select: Page • For some •brands, several brand codes 9 • The disc is dirty. Clean the disc. • Make the following setting. range. Beor sure to adjust unit. the receiver’s volume to a are certain technical standards in order to achieve optimal Press PLAY. instructions furnished by us; or to units which have with a new refurbished Canadian Consumers each of them until the remote control operates your TV. 56, 63 • The parental lock is set. Notes • Cancel the parental lock function or To start playback from stopfunction mode, moderate to listening level. Otherwise, speakers may playback quality. Pre-recorded DVDs automatically beenTVs altered or without ofinTACP/ requested contact TCL. In Hawaiithe consumers are be • The Some may notmodified respond to lock all ofauthorization the are functions thePage On-screen display Select: “Digital Output” change the parental level. “Bitstream” •Notes sound is muted during frame by frame playback. press the PLAY button. damaged by a sudden high volume sound. set to these standards. There are many different types THI/TCL orortomay damage to operated products at or all part thereof which requested to contact THI. Amplifier equipped with an table above, not be this remote does not follow the you • Itconnect is in the or mode of repeatthe playback, • These operations may prevent a with proper When using a DVD audio disc that includes pictures, this– •• The instructions above describe basic procedures which • Playback Turn off the amplifier before disconnect MPEG2 audio decoder of recordable disc formats (including CD-R containing have had thecase, serial number removed, altered, defaced control. Inmay this operate that TV picture with its“Stereo” own remote “Analog Output” a disc on the disc tray. coursePlace of the disc’s program. memory playback, etc. progress of the contents. operation be permitted in some segments. may vary depending on the contents of the DVD video disc. DVD player’s power cord. If you leave the amplifier power MP3 files). Given the fact that technology in this area is or rendered illegible. Rental Units To stop playback, press STOP. control. “Stereo” “Analog Output” – Buttons do not work. • PowerTosupply fluctuations or other If different•instructions Press and hold the ON/STANDBY button To OPTICAL COAXIAL appear on the TV screen, follow those on, the speakers may be damaged. still maturing, Toshiba cannot guarantee that all genre of (7) Should you elect to return your DVD Unit to TACP after The warranty for rental units beginabnormalities with the firstsuch rental or • If you replace the remote control’s batteries, remember to as static electricity may on the front panel for more than about 3 type digital type digital Connect either. With instructions. recordable discs will produce optimal playback the ninetythe (90) days and within one (1) year, or quality. after the thirty (30) days from theaudio dateinput of shipment tothe theplayback rental firm, reprogram brand codes forplayer TV. audio input interrupt correct operations. seconds. The DVD turns off. Recording system MPEG • If you display thecriteria top menu during playback and press the side down. The technical set out inCall this owner’s warranty period hasbutton expired: (800)-631-3811 whichever comes first. coaxial cable Press the again to turn it on. Ifmanual the toare Press / / / to select the title75you TOP MENU again without selecting any title, thetoDVD meant asinformation abutton guidestill only. receive concerning an exchange price. • Even if “Analog Output” is set buttons do not work, disconnect the Optical digital cable want. player may power resume playback from the point where you first plug and insert it into the Payment must be enclosed with product in the form a “Multi,” sound will wall be output in of pressed the TOP MENU button (depending on the actual outlet again. Customers should also note that permission is required certified check or money order including If the titles in the top menu are bitstream format. reason for DVD videotodisc.) in order download MP3control files and music from the 15 return. assigned number, canisdirectly The remote control does not •aThe remoteyou control not pointed at the • Point the remote at the remote When usingToshiba adamaged DVDofaudio disc, the DVD player resumes internet. has no right to are grant such permission. work properly. remote sensor of the DVD player. sensor theDVD DVD player. (8) Physically Units not acceptable for locate a specific title by pressing its playback from the beginning of the track where pressed shouldthe always bein sought from theyou copyright repair whether or out of warranty and designated number with the is number 15 • The remote control too far from thePermission DVD or• exchange Operate remote control within about the TOP button. owner. will be MENU returned 7 m. as received. buttons. player. • This method of locating a title is available only on a disc that Notes • There are two different disc sizes. Place the disc in 15 • The batteries in the remote control contains are Replace a• top menu.the batteries with new ones. • Refer tothe thecorrect owner’s manual of the connected guide on the disc tray. If the TV discasiswell. out exhausted. • Instruction notes of discs may refer to the button that • When you connect DVDdamage player to your because sure to turn off the power and unplug both units from the wall outlet before of the guide,the it may the discTV, and the displays the top menu as TITLE button. makingDVD any connections. player to malfunction. • If your• television set a has one audio connect the left and right audio outputs of the DVD player to a Y cable adapter (not Do not place disc which is input, unplayable in this supplied) andplayer. then connect to your TV. DVD • Connect the DVD player directly to your TV. If you connect the DVD player to a VCR, TV/VCR combination or video selector, the playback picture may be distorted as DVD video discs are copy protected. Connecting to a TV Playing Basic anaMP3 playback encoded CDor fast Playing in with fast reverse forward directions Operating TV the remote control 1 4 Locating a titleby using the top menu Playing frame frame 1Connecting to an amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audio decoder 1 3 2 2 3 3 2 Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 18 How to Obtain W INTERLACED outputs/inputs (ColorStream®) PROGRESSIVE outputs/inputs (ColorStream®Pro) Tocomponent obtain a higher picture Some TVs or monitors are equipped with video quality Some TVs or monitors are equipped with component video Occasionally, noise during a normal broadcast may inputs. Connecting to these inputs allows you to enjoysome picture inputs thatnot areusually capablevisible of reproducing a progressively appear on the TV screenscanned while playing a DVD Connecting video disc because the high higher quality picture playback. video signal. to these inputs allows Actual labels for component video inputs resolution may varypictures on these you to discs viewinclude the highest a lot quality of information. pictures While with less theflicker. amount of (1) Referon to the troubleshooting guide in owner’s manual. list this mayDVD solveplayer, your problem. depending TV manufacturer. (ex.noise Y, your R-Y, B-Y or Y, depends on the TVThis youcheck use with you should generally reduce C(2) B, CR In) the U.S.A., only call the TACP toll number adjustment 800-631-3811, or if in Canada seevideo listingdiscs. below within (30) thefree sharpness on your TVHawaii whenor viewing DVD In some TVs or monitors, color levels of the playback days after you find athe defective product or part. About picture maycode befor reduced slightly tint may change. In Brand table (3) Arrange the delivery of or thethe product to the TACP/THI/TCL Authorized Service Station or TACP Return Center. The icons on the heading bar show the playable discs for the such aProducts case, adjust the to TVthe or monitor optimum shipped Service for Station must be insured and safely and securely packed, preferably in the original Brand name Brand code Brand name Brand code function described under that heading. performance. shipping carton, and a letter explaining the defect and also a copy of the bill of sale or other proof of purchase must be : DVD audio discs. enclosed. TOSHIBA 0001 0071 0211: DVD 0571video discs. RCA 0971 1071 1081 1091 0201 DVD player Number buttons : Audio CD. : VIDEOcontact: CDs. In Canada contact: In the & Continental States contact: BELL HOWELLUnited 0471 0651 0071In Hawaii 0281 0441 1041 0501 Power supply 120 V AC, 60 Hz Consumer Electronics Group Consumer Electronics Toshiba Hawaii Inc. CARVER 0201 0251 0281 0411 0501 REALISTIC 0631 1001 1011 1021 Group 1031 191 McNabb Street 22171 Fraserwood Way 327 Kamakee Street Dolby Digital • Use DVD video discs encoded CITIZEN 0201 0251 0851 0201 0501 0481 0321via Power consumption 16 W Manufactured under license from Dolby 5.1ch surround sound Markham, Ontario L3R 8H2 Richmond, B.C. V6W 1J5 Honolulu, HAin 96814 Dolby Digital is the surround sound used theaters showing the the Dolby Digital recording CURTIS MATHES 0471 0651technology 0071 0281 0441 0331 0501 0651 0771 Laboratories. “Dolby”, “Pro Logic” andflow Signal The Dolby Digital decoder equipped with this DVD player enables you to obtain (905)-470-5400 (604)-303-2500 (808)-521-5377 Massmovies, and is now available to reproduce 2.5 kgthis realistic effect in the home. latest the double-D symbol are trademarks of system. 0311 sound 0431 tracks 0521 when 0571you connect the RUNCO 0071 0091 0281 0291 0341 the full benefit of 5.1 channel DVD player to About To resume the screen normal saver playback Laboratories. Consumer Electronics GroupConfidential You can enjoy motion picture and live 0471 concert DVD video with this dynamic dimensions 430 × 690571 × 219discs mm (W/H/D) • Dolby Make the following setting. EMERSON 0201 0231 0481 0471 0651 anExternal amplifier equipped with 5.1 channel audio inputs. Press Press SLOW T. during playback. Repeat steps 2 and 3 if necessary. unpublished works. Copyright North Road Presssound PAUSE/STEP during playback. If you PLAY. Press pause a1643 picture ofService a DVD video disc0281 and1992-1997 leave realistic by connecting DVD player to a 6 channel amplifier equipped 0581 the 0651 SAMSUNG 0171 0181 0251 0411it Dolby Laboratories. All rights reserved. Droval, the QC H9P 1J1display Signal Standard NTSC On-screen Select: Page If system you are using a VIDEO CD/audio CD, skip steps 1If you have Each time you press the SLOW still for a long while, screen saver of the DVD player with a Dolby Digital decoder or Dolby Digital processor. a Dolby FISHER 0041 0121 0181 0201press 0281 0491 0501 0631 0661 0791 To resume normal playback, (514)-856-4100 and 2. Then at step 3, enter the number for the track button, the slow-motion speed • Use DVD video discs encoded automatically appears (when “Screen Saver” is set tovia Surround you will obtain the full benefit laser, of Pro Logic from 650 the nm 0021 Laser Pro Logic decoder, wavelength / 780 nm 0471 0571 0651 Semiconductor SANYO 0041 0081 “Multi” 0121 0171 the PLAY button. “Analog Output” you want using theprovide number buttons. changes. Dolby Digital recording ). To turn off the screen saver, press the PLAY “On” same DVD movies that full 5.1-channel Dolby Digital soundtracks, as well Amplifier equipped with Press PLAY or ENTER. GE 0941 0951 0961 DVD 0971linear 0981 0181 0231 0241 0451 Frequency range by state sound : button. kHz samplingand 4 Hz to 220201 kHz All warranties law, including the implied warranties of48merchantability fitness for a particular purpose, are system. audio inputs as To from with mark. (red) (white) Y titles To implied PB the To Dolby PR5.1ch 0991Surround 1041 0571 0651 0671 0701 0711 Playback starts from by the 96 kHz sampling 4 Hz to 44 kHz Recording system D/MPEG e.g. expressly limited to the duration of limited warranties set forthNotes above.system With the exception of any warranties implied state If you press the SLOW button • Sound is muted during still mode. Audio • Make the following setting. VIDEO VIDEO VIDEO GOLDSTAR 0201 0251 0281 0411 0501 0721 location. 192 4Off Hz to selected 88 kHz agreements Toyou 5.1ch audio lawOUT as hereby limited,OUT the foregoing warranty is exclusive ofsound allkHz other warranties, guarantees, andchannel during playback, can view theand in •lieu The issampling muted during slow-motion playback. Automatic Power function OUT When “To wall Pro Logic” is setSelect: to “On,” 20501 outlet On-screen display HALLMARK 0001 0511 inputs 0201 0231 0471 SEARS 0001 0191 0491 0201 Page To 5.1CH similar obligations of manufacturer or seller with respect to the repair or replacement of any parts. In no event TACP/THI • The playback speedismay differ depending onshall the disc.is picture in reverse slow-motion. (Only To stop playback sound is output in the Dolby Surround Pro Signal-to-noise ratio More than 112 dB Amplifier equipped with a If the DVD player stopped, or the screen saver 0481 0571 0581 0651 0071 0211 0571 0041 0121 SURROUND be Press liable for consequential orusing incidental damages. Logic format. Toincludes obtain thepictures, original 2 channel • When usingfor a DVD audio disc thatminutes, this when a DVD video0351 disc.) 0371 Dolby Digital decoder STOP. OUT engaged approximately 20 the DVD player HITACHI 0021 0221 0251 More 0181 0201 0281 “Digital “Bitstream” Audio dynamic than AUDIO 108 dB Pro Logic” to0471 “Off”. 0651 sound, set “Output” No person, agent,range dealer or company is authorized to change, modify or extend thein terms of these warranties in operation may be permitted some picture segments. Audio cable Press /distributor, to select a section you want will automatically turn itself off. 0381 0431 0571 0751 SHARP 0851obligation 0511 of 0571 0201 arising 0501 Each time you press the0641 SLOW To be 2CH AUDIO OUT any manner distortion whatsoever. The time within which an action must commenced to enforce any TACP/THI To OPTICAL To COAXIAL Notes Harmonic Less than 0.002 % to warranty locate.or button, INFINITY 0501 SONY 0451 0571 0681 thestatute, slow-motion speed under the under any or law of the United Connect States oreither. any state thereof, is0441 hereby limited to ninety (90) days type digital type digital • Pressing the CLEAR button resets the numbers. To clear the (white) (red) “Stereo” “Analog Output” Stilllimitation pictures included onto0481 DVD audio discsarising JBLtheand 0501 SOUNDESIGN 0201 Wow Below level (less than ±0.001 % (W.PEAK)) audio audio changes. e.g. When youhave want toinput locate measurable a the defect. display, from dateflutter you discover or input should discovered, This does not apply implied warranties press the T button several times. cable audio discs may0501 JVC state law. 0311 0431 0521 0571 75 Ω coaxial SYLVANIA 0071 0191 0221 0461 stillispictures, which are under chapter. of locating ainclude title/group available only on a Operating conditions Temperature: 5 °C• This toDVD 35method °C, Operation status: Horizontal Towarranty remove the you disc Optical cable LXI 0001 legal 0511 rights 0851and you may 0471 0591 0611 0651 0371 D Recording system This gives specific alsodigital have other rights which may vary from state to state. Some classified into two large groups. disc thatTocontains title/group audio inputs of thenumbers. amplifier MAGNAVOX 0501 0071long0191 0221 warranty 0461 lasts, when an action may be 0511 0531 0841 Press states do OPEN/CLOSE. not allow limitation on how an implied brought, or the exclusion or • Even if “Analog Output” is set to 0471 0591 damages, 0611 0651 TANDY 0171 0511 0851 0571 0201 limitation of incidental or consequential so the above provisions may not apply to you. • Slideshow: Still pictures appear one after another Playing of sound DVD audio “Multi,” will be discs output in Remove the disc after the disc tray TV orbonus monitorgroups equipped Outputs ΣΕΛΕΧΤwith the disc MARANTZ 0201 0501 0501 consistent automatically bitstream format. with component video Some DVD audio discs may include an extra content opens completely. ATTENTION CONSUMERS: 1.0 V (p-p), 75 Ω, negative MEMOREX 0411 TECHNICS 0371 0501 0511 0531 0761 Set to “I.” be operated. Video outputCANADIAN sync.,program. pin jack ×They 1 cannot (INTERLACED) inputs To PRavideo input of the called “Bonus group”. Ι Π / to enter number Canadian consumers are requested to complete the special Canadian “Warranty Registration and forward MGA Press 0201 0841 Form” 0911 enclosed, or If you select it to play, a display appears to enter a key S video outputform with0201 1.0 V0501 (p-p), Ω, negative sync., Mini DIN 4-pin × 10481 this completed a copy of bill ofinput sale(Y) to TOSHIBA OF75 CANADA and Validate” their warranty. Product section. MITSUBISHI 0451 TEKNIKA 0201 0251 0501 •number. Browsable pictures: TVtoor“Register monitor equipped To P0321 B video0331 ΣΕΛΕΧΤ Press the number buttons to enter the key (C) 0.286 V (p-p), 75 Ω must be purchased from0511 an Authorized Canadian purchased inYou thecan U.S.A. and 0251 used Canada are not 0571 0651 0771Dealer. Products TMK 0201 with component video display your in favorite still picture number, then press ENTER. Set to “P.” covered by these 2negative Press PLAY. Y videobuttons input (Y)are (PROGRESSIVE) inputs MTC 0251 VIDTECH 0201 0501 0401 0411 0851 selected with the buttons on the remote Component videowarranties. output 1.0 V (p-p), 75 Ω, sync., pin jack × 1 Ι Π Also0201 the To number When the number is entered correctly, playback of the at0001 the location where you NAD Press STOP 0511 0511 control. of those mayfrom change (PB)/(PR) 0.7 V (p-p),bonus 75 Ω, group pin jack × 2 •• Some available. Make the following setting. Make the following setting. Playback starts the starts. IMPORTANT: PACKING AND SHIPPING INSTRUCTION want to interrupt playback. OPTONICA 0511 0851 0201 0501 WARDS 0201 0501 of0001 0191 title. 0481 automatically. You can enjoy of(interlaced/ 20571 channel digital stereo by an beginning the(I/P), current realistic of Dolby Surround Logic bynumbers, To get key to this instruction notes discs. * After setting switch beofsure to When you sendthe the product tosound a Service Station, you must use the original carton box andrefer packing material, then insert the Audio output (BITSTREAM/PCM Optical connector ×Pro 1connecting Switching thedynamic output signal On-screen display Select: Page e.g. To enter 25sound PANASONIC 0371 0501 0511 0531 0761 0491 0851 0511from 0571 0071 The DVD player memorizes the amplifier equipped with a digital audio input and speaker system (right and left Playback starts the connecting an amplifier and speaker system (right and left front speakers, a power off the DVD player then turn it on original carton box containing the unit into another carton using more packing material. progressive) using the remote control OPTICAL) Notes 0841 0911 1061 is stopped. 0281 0441 : To a picture. (The of pictures location where or playback front speakers). beginning of theorder current group. center speaker, and or two rear speakers). to select activate the setting. “Stereo” “Analog Output” (only when theone SELECT (I/P) switch isVset to “P”) “Digital “PCM” A key be cleared inOutput” some cases such as when depending onstarts the disc) PHILCO 0071 0111 0181 0.5 0201 0271 ZENITH 0931 Audio output (BITSTREAM/PCM (p-p), 75 Ω,•pin jacknumber × 1 mayvary Playback from the Be sure to press the OPEN/CLOSE button to close removing the disc. Enter the key number again if necessary. With amplifier equipped with Digital Youancan temporarily switch theDolby output signal 0301 0461 0501 0651for better COAXIAL) beginning of the disc. the disc the tray after you remove theway disc.as described in “Connecting • When you use a :bonus group a programmed play such as picture quality. Connect equipment the same to an To return to in a specific one programmed on PHILIPS 0071 0191 0221 0461 0471 Amplifier equipped with Press PLAY. Be sure to set “Analog Output” “Stereo” Audio output (2CH AUDIO) 2.0 V (rms), 680 Ω, pin jacks (L, R)to×the 1 disc. “Analog Output” Press PROGRESSIVE on the remote control. memory playback, enter the key number beforehand. amplifier equipped with a Dolby Digital decoder.” Refer to that amplifier’s • If you want return to the beginning of a DVD video/ 0591input 0611 0651 a0501 digital audio to “Stereo” when you enjoy While manual the DVDand player is progressive signals, The DVD player resumes owner’s set theoutputting amplifier so you can enjoy Dolby Surround audio Audio output (5.1CH SURROUND) 2.0playback V (rms), 680 Ω, pin jacks disc, ×Pro 6 open and close the disc tray once with PROTON 0201 the sound. indicator on the right side on To the frontyou panel sounds Dolby Surround To OPTICAL COAXIAL from the location where stopped Logic the OPEN/CLOSE buttonof before pressing the Pro PLAY PULSAR 0931 0071 0091 0281 0291 illuminates. Logic using this connection. type digital type digital Connect either. playback. button. • Make the following setting. 0341 0471 0651 input withaudio input With an amplifier notaudio equipped Dolby Digital QUASAR 0371 0501 0511 0531 75 0761 Supplied Ω coaxial cable On-screen display Select: Page Connect Accessories the equipment as follows. * Connect one or two rear speakers. Notes 0841 0911 Optical digital cable The output sound from the rear speakers Audio/video cable ................................................. 1 •Notes Resuming cannot function when: To start playback from beginning regardless RADIO SHACK 0631the 1001 1011 1021 1031 “Analog Output” even “Stereo” will be monaural if you connect two Amplifier equipped with – you change thenot parental lock setting or select a disc Press SKIP or repeatedly to display of the location where you stopped playback • Some titles may display chapter 0851 0201 0501 0481 0321 * Remote control (SE-R0071) ................................. 1 rear speakers. numbers. Dolby Surround Pro Logic menu language . • When you set “Title/Group Stop” to “Off” , you can the chapter or track number you want. 1 Press STOP twice.0331 0501 0651 0771 Notes Batteries (AAA) ..................................................... 2 – you play a PBC-featured VIDEO CD while “PBC” access chapters in another title. If you go back to the is To audio input • Refer to thestarts owner’s manual of the connected equipment as well. Playback from the selected track. The DVD playerchapter erases or the previous set to “On.” preceding title by pressing the SKIP button, the DVD To 2CH AUDIO OUT • When you connect the DVD player to other equipment, be sure to turn off the power and unplug all of the equipment from the – you open thethe discfirst tray. location from its memory. Notes player locates chapter of the title. When “Title/Group To locate succeeding chapters or wall outlet before making any connections. • There may be a difference in the location where playback •• Do notplace movethe theDVD DVD playernear during playback. Doing maybroadcast damage Stop”the is set disc. to “On,”beyou can access chapters only within the tracks. If you player a tuner or radio, theso radio sound might distorted. In this case, place the DVD depending on while the disc. whensousing Audio cable • Use theaway OPEN/CLOSE button to open and close the disc tray. Doresumes current not push title. the disc tray it is Especially moving. Doing may a player the tuner and • Designs andfrom specifications areradio. subject to change without notice. DVD audio disc, playback may resume the beginning of the DVD player to DVD malfunction. press and hold the SKIP or from on the front starts has froma the • cause The output sound ofPlayback the player widebeginning dynamic range.• IfBeyou sure to adjust the receiver’s volume to abutton moderate the current track. • Do not push up on the disc tray or put any objects other than discs panel on the during disc playback, tray. Doing the so DVD may player cause performs the DVD fast player reverse to of the the current chapter listening level. Otherwise, speakers mayorbetrack. damaged by a sudden high volume sound. • Settings you changed using the on-screen the fast forward can vary the displays speed bywhile twice, playback the DVD or • malfunction. Turn off the amplifierWhen beforeyou youpress connect or disconnect player’s power playback. cord. If youYou leave the amplifier power on, the DVD player keeps afurther. location in thedisplay memory may function • In many instances, a menu screen will appear after playback of a pressing movie is the completed. button Prolonged of an on-screen starts from the beginning of the speakers may be damaged. only after theitsmemory isTocleared. damage your television set, permanently etching thatTo image locate onto chapters screen. or tracks avoid during this, fast bereverse sure to or press fast the • menu The S may VIDEO OUT jack and thechapter VIDEO OUT jack cannot output video signals simultaneously, if you select progressive preceding or track. forward playback, first press the PLAY button to resume STOP button twice on your remote control signal when the SELECT (I/P) switch is setonce to “P.”the movie is completed. or button. normal playback, then use the SKIP Specifications DVD player / outputs / supplied accessories Connecting Connecting to an amplifier amplifier equipped with with a5.1ch Dolby Digital inputs decoder Connecting toto anan audio systemequipped and TV equipped with audio component video inputs Χ ΑΥ∆ΙΟ ΟΥΤ Λσ Λ Ψ 1 ΑΝΑΛΟΓ 5.1ΧΗ ΣΥΡΡΟΥΝ∆ ςΙ∆ΕΟ ΒΙΤΣΤΡΕΑΜ /ΠΧΜ ΠΒ ΣΥΒ Ρσ Ρ ΣΕΛΕΧΤ ΠΡ Ι Π Σ Ρ 2ΧΗ Λ ΧΟΑΞΙΑΛ ΟΠΤΙΧΑΛ ∆ΙΓΙΤΑΛ 4 5 2 Connections Basic Others playback ςΙ∆ΕΟ ΟΥΤ Connections To pause playb Playing ina slow-motion Locating desired section by entering its corresponding number Connectin 2Dolby channel digita Surround Resuming playback from the same location 3Connecting to an amplifier equipped with Dolby Surround Pro Logic 1 2 Locating a specific chapter or track Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 19 Connections Basic Others playback LIMITED Connections CAUTION Keep your fingers well clear of the disc tray as it is closing. Toshiba America Consumer Products, Inc. (“TACP”), Toshiba Hawaii (“THI”) and Toshiba Limited personal (“TCL”) make Neglecting to do so mayCanada cause serious injury.the Connect This You Check can section the enjoy play the following DVD shows discs MP3 highplayer files at quality you guide various on the tofor this dynamic your basics the speeds, DVD TV. possible on sounds player. how and cause resume tobyplay connecting ofaplayback adisc. problem from DVD before the player contacting location to or any service. following limited warranties. These limited warranties extend to the original purchaser person receiving this set as a gift optional you audio stopped equipment. playback. from where the original purchaser and to no transferee. For details of output sound, seeother .purchaser or ON/STANDBY / / ENTER You can operate the basic functions of selected TVsindicator using the supplied remote control. Commercial Units Limited Ninety (90) Day Warranty W Connectin Digital Theater Symptoms and correction Products sold and used for commercial use have a limited TACP/THI warrant this product against defects in materials ninety (90) day warranty for all parts and labor. or workmanship for a period of ninety (90) days after the original retail During this period,toTACP/ •date Forofconnection to purchase. your TV, see “Connecting a TV” Warning Symptom Cause Correction Page DVD display Owner’s Manual THI will repair product or part, at their . or replace a defective • When arethe connecting (via the BITSTREAM/PCM shouldyou owner’s manual thoroughly option, with a of new or refurbished product part is without The power disconnected. You 18 •read Connect the power plug securely into before the . or plug • No Forpower. details output sound, •see (DIGITAL) AUDIO OUT jack) AV decoder does outlet. video discs are divided intoproduct titles, and sub-divided into chapters. DVDan audio discsand arethat divided operating thiswall product. You should complete mail the into charge to DVD you. You deliver thereference entire to athe titles are •Normally, This section usesmust the following marks. not have Digital or MPEG2 function, be enclosed Demographic card within tendecoding (10) days after you, TACP/THI Authorized Service Station. You responsible groups, and the groups are sub-divided intoare tracks. VIDEO CDs and audio CDs are divided into tracks. You can quickly 27 The DVD player turned off by • The automatic power off function turned • Dolby Press the PLAY button. “DTS” and “DTS Digital Out” are locate sure to setwho “Digital to “PCM” fromTheater the DTS is a high surround technology used in theaters and now available for Output” itself. the unit off. for or the person has given you thisofproduct as aon-screen gift, for all transportation and insurance charges the unit to trademarks Digital Systems, any specific title,quality chapter, group, or track. Signal flow . Otherwise, high sound mayto displaysthis Inc. is one product. This wayvolume to enable and the Authorized Service If not you livetoas inreceive the home use, on DVD video discs or audio CDs. No from picture. • Station. The TV is set DVDpurchased signal • Select the appropriate video input modeTACP 26 Preparations MP3 disc compatibility with this player is limited follows: : Front speaker To pause resume playback normal playback Preparation damage your hearing as well as the speakers. provide you with better customer service andDVD improved U.S.A. you may, at your option, return your Unit to:only) output. IfWhen you have a DTS decoder or processor, you can obtain full input benefit of on5.1 the TV the picture from the DVD audio disc Press or FWD during playback. youREV want toCD-ROM, view DVD a“To video disc, disc turn on theDVD TV and select thethe video connected to so the DVD player. •Follow Playable discs: CD-R (650MB / 74 min. • during Use DVD video discs or audio PLAY. PAUSE/STEP playback. the instruction ofsound program the remote control” to the brand code. •Press DOCDs. NOT play DTS-encoded discs when you are player appears onand the TV products. Failure to return the card willscreen. not affect your rights Toshiba Consumer Products Inc. DTS encoded tracks on DVD video discs system, or set audio •channel When you want to enjoy the sound of discs from the audio turn on the audio system select the input connected CD-RW isAmerica not Title 1: recommendable. Title 2 Rear speaker CDsthat encoded viahave the DTS Group 2 REV : Fast reverse playback Group 1 connecting an AV decoder does not DTS18, 19 under this warranty. Returns Center • The video cable is not connected securely. • Connect the video cable securely into the to the DVD player. • Sampling 44.1 kHz only 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 1 Frequency: Chapter 2 Chapter 1 Chapter recording system. resume normal decoding function. TrackTo 1 program Track 2 the To Track 1 control Track 2 playback, Track 3 press the remote 1420C Toshiba Dr.FWD: Fast forward playback appropriate jacks. • Bit rate 32 kbps-320 kbps : Sub woofer • Make the following setting. PLAY button. Point the remote control at your TV, and • When playing DTS-encoded discs (audio CDs), Your Responsibility Lebanon, TN 37087 Amplifier• equipped with connected with the audio 1 While• holding down ENTER, press sound. The equipment Select the correct input mode of the the number26 • No CD physical format: Mode 1, Mode 2 XA Form 1 or noisereceiver may from thetoanalog audioPage Each time you press REV use buttons as follows. a DTS decoder Theexcessive above warranties arebe subject toto the following Upon receipt wethe will, at our option, exchange the DVD UnitDVD signal On-screen display Select: (red) (white) (yellow) cable is not the set to receive audio sooutput youto can listen the To S VIDEO OUT Press power button (ON/STANDBY). Press OPEN/CLOSE close the disc buttons that correspond your TV’s brand code •with File ISO9660 Level 1output. : Center speaker output jacks. Tofrom avoid possible damage to the audio FWD button, the playback speed conditions: a system: new or refurbished unit. Canadian consumers are sound the DVD player. referring to the list on the next page. “Bitstream” tray. •requested File names are limited to eight characters orand less and The DVD player turns on the To OPTICAL To COAXIAL system, you take proper precautions when the of Notes changes. Selecting a should track the disc (1) You must retain your bill ofincable sale or provideinto other to contact TCL. In Hawaii consumers are or proof To wall outlet “Digital Output” 18-23 •the Thepower audio cable is not securely. • Connect the(file) audio securely TV power To turn on and off.connected type digital type digital Connect either. must incorporate “MP3” extension. ON/STANDBY indicator on the : Signal flow analog audio output jacks ofand the omits DVD player areduring • The DVD player mutes sound subtitles purchase. requested to contact THI. “PCM” the appropriate jacks. To 2CH To VIDEO OUT 1 If a track list is not displayed, press the MENU button TV/VIDEO To select a video input. e.g. To Program brand code 0071. audio input audio input e.g.“********.MP3” player illuminates. connected to an aamplification system. To enjoy DTS Playback starts. VIDEO CD/Audio CD reverse and forward scan of DVD video discs. (2) notify TACP/THI/TCL /Authorized AUDIO cable to must show it. on the • The audio receiver or75 TV iscoaxial turned off.You • Turn equipment connected with Service26 VOL + / – To adjust the volume. Digital Surround™ playback, an external 5.1 channelfast •Limited File names cannot contain special characters such as • DVD audio discs may not be played inyou reverse Station within thirty (30) days after discover (1) Year OUT “Stereo”aor “Analog Output” the audio cable. track being played isfast highlighted in red. TrackOne Track 2 Warranty 4 Track 3 Track 5 Optical digital cable The current /1 To select a Track channel. CH DTS Digital Surround™ decoder system must be “?!><+*}{`[@]:;\ /.,” etc. forward directions. defective product or part. TACP/THI further warrant the parts in this product against / / / buttons to select a track you Press• the 42, 56 • The setting of output sound format is2connected Select the proper audio setting. tospeed theaBITSTREAM/PCM (DIGITAL) AUDIO •defects Total number of files on the disc should not exceed 254. (3) • The mayofdiffer depending onbe themade disc. Allplayback warranty servicing this product must by in materials or workmanship for a period If you DVD video disc that contains a top 59a want toinsert play. When the DVD player isincorrect. turned on forof one (1) Recording system DTS Notes OUT jack of the DVD player. TACP/THI/TCL Authorized Service Station. year after the date of original retail purchase. During this menu, a menu may appear. See “Locating a title The selected highlighted the connect firstpicture time, an on-screen display 9 playback • The disc is(DIGITAL) dirty.will appear • Eject thetrack disc is and clean it. in green. • The DO NOT thehas BITSTREAM/PCM (4) U.S.A. warranties are effective only if the product is period, TACP/THI repair or replace a defective product Preparations Set to “I.”will using theENTER top menu.” occasional distortion. 3 Press the button to begin playback of the / to provide initial settings. Press the • It is in fast forward or fast reverse • Sometimes a small amount of picture Hold down. AUDIO OUT jack of the DVD player to the AC-3 RF input purchased and operated in the U.S.A. or – part, atyou their option, with a newencoded or refurbished product or •orWhen playback an MP3 CD, set “Priority You may need to press theContinental TOP MENU or MENU selected track. playback. buttons to Receiver. select an item, and thepart is distortion may appear. This is not a with TV or monitor of awithout Dolby Digital This input your A/V Puerto Rico. part charge to you, except if on apress defective > JPG ”.that Contents 2” to “ MP3 button to display disc menu (depending on the ToENTER. video input (yellow) audio/video inputs malfunction. , is and ENTER button. the pages in of Receiver is reserved forSee Laserdisc use only and Release (5) 2Labor service for set installation. Set up, replaced after ninety (90) days from the date the original Audio/video cable actual DVDcharges video disc.) Brightness is unstable or • The effect of copy protection. • Connect the control DVD player directly tothe the selected / buttons, then make a selection using the incompatible with the BITSTREAM/PCM (DIGITAL) The DVD remote memorizes adjustment of customer controls and installation or 18 retail purchase you pay labor charges (supplied) involved in the (white) A menu may appear depending the to disc. noises are present in the TV. Avoid connecting the DVDon player Notes AUDIO OUT jackmust of the DVD player. press the ENTER button. brand code. repair of antenna systems are not covered by this replacement. You also deliver the entire product to a . See “Locating a title using the top menu” pictures. amay VCRnot or TV/VCR combination. Place a CD Service that contains MP3 filesOUT on • playback Connect the BITSTREAM/PCM (DIGITAL) AUDIO • Some discs permit this operation. To audio inputs (red) warranty. Reception problems caused by inadequate TACP/THI Authorized Station. You are responsible On-Screen Language S video cable 26 The DVD player does not • No disc is inserted. • Insert a disc. jack of the DVD player to the “DIGITAL (OPTICAL)” or the disc tray. • If you stop playback by pressing the STOP button, and then antenna systems are your responsibility. for all transportation charges for the unit to TV Shape and insurance (not supplied) start playback. “DIGITAL (COAXIAL)” of•aStation. Receiver or Processor. press the PLAY button, playback will in start 10 An unplayable disc in is the inserted. (6) • Insert a playable (Check thefrom discthe Warranties extend only todisc. defects materials or beginning and from the Authorized input Service If you live Notes Note •U.S.A. Referyou to the owner’s manual ofreturn the connected theremote track.type.) and After making alloption, the settings, select “Unit”to: To resume normal playback workmanship as limited above and extend to any may, at your your DVDequipment • of The control programmed at do thenot factory to operate To Sis video input If the TV has an S video input, connect thetray the disc contains a disc have already played, Press TOP MENU. Press ENTER. as well. SKIP , REPEAT and RANDOM functions Press PAUSE/STEP during still playback. press the ENTER button. 26 via The disc Inc. is placed upside down. •If The •TVs. the disc withyou the playback side product orPlace parts which have been lost ordiscs discarded by Toshiba America Consumer•Products TOSHIBA Press PLAY. • Use DVD video encoded MPEG2 sound DVD player with an S video cable. When playback will begin from the location where you last stopped • When you connect the DVD player to otherthe equipment, be also Press OPEN/CLOSE to load the disc. you oravailable. to down. damage to products or parts caused byon Returns Center The top menu appears onPAUSE/ the TV starts from chapter 1 ofthe the • are A single brand may Playback use different codes depending Each time you press the MPEG2 recording system. using an S video cable, do not connect the You can enjoy motion picture and live concert DVD video discs with dynamic playback. sure to turn off theDr. power and •unplug all is ofnot theplaced equipment misuse, accident, damage caused by Acts of God, such 1420C Toshiba 26 The disc within the guide. • Place the disc correctly inside the guide particular model. Enter the correct number referring to the screen. selected title. STEP button, the picture advances Press OPEN/CLOSE. yellow cable. Make the following setting. realistic by connecting an amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audioon the disc •tray. from thesound wallTN outlet before making anyvideo connections. as lighting or fluctuations in electric power, improper Lebanon, 37087 brand code table. one frame. Playback starts. decoder or MPEG2 processor. The disc tray opens. e.g. To start playback in the stop mode • The receipt output sound the DVD player has a wide dynamic This DVD player requires discs/recordings toviolation meet Try installation, improper maintenance orare useprovided. in of Upon we will,ofaudio at our option, exchange the DVD Unit On-screen display Select: Page • For some •brands, several brand codes 9 • The disc is dirty. Clean the disc. • Make the following setting. range. Beor sure to adjust unit. the receiver’s volume to a are certain technical standards in order to achieve optimal Press PLAY. instructions furnished by us; or to units which have with a new refurbished Canadian Consumers each of them until the remote control operates your TV. 56, 63 • The parental lock is set. Notes • Cancel the parental lock function or To start playback from stopfunction mode, moderate to listening level. Otherwise, speakers may playback quality. Pre-recorded DVDs automatically beenTVs altered or without ofinTACP/ requested contact TCL. In Hawaiithe consumers are be • The Some may notmodified respond to lock all ofauthorization the are functions thePage On-screen display Select: “Digital Output” change the parental level. “Bitstream” •Notes sound is muted during frame by frame playback. press the PLAY button. damaged by a sudden high volume sound. set to these standards. There are many different types THI/TCL orortomay damage to operated products at or all part thereof which requested to contact THI. Amplifier equipped with an table above, not be this remote does not follow the you • Itconnect is in the or mode of repeatthe playback, • These operations may prevent a with proper When using a DVD audio disc that includes pictures, this– •• The instructions above describe basic procedures which • Playback Turn off the amplifier before disconnect MPEG2 audio decoder of recordable disc formats (including CD-R containing have had thecase, serial number removed, altered, defaced control. Inmay this operate that TV picture with its“Stereo” own remote “Analog Output” a disc on the disc tray. coursePlace of the disc’s program. memory playback, etc. progress of the contents. operation be permitted in some segments. may vary depending on the contents of the DVD video disc. DVD player’s power cord. If you leave the amplifier power MP3 files). Given the fact that technology in this area is or rendered illegible. Rental Units To stop playback, press STOP. control. “Stereo” “Analog Output” – Buttons do not work. • PowerTosupply fluctuations or other If different•instructions Press and hold the ON/STANDBY button To OPTICAL COAXIAL appear on the TV screen, follow those on, the speakers may be damaged. still maturing, Toshiba cannot guarantee that all genre of (7) Should you elect to return your DVD Unit to TACP after The warranty for rental units beginabnormalities with the firstsuch rental or • If you replace the remote control’s batteries, remember to as static electricity may on the front panel for more than about 3 type digital type digital Connect either. With instructions. recordable discs will produce optimal playback the ninetythe (90) days and within one (1) year, or quality. after the thirty (30) days from theaudio dateinput of shipment tothe theplayback rental firm, reprogram brand codes forplayer TV. audio input interrupt correct operations. seconds. The DVD turns off. Recording system MPEG • If you display thecriteria top menu during playback and press the side down. The technical set out inCall this owner’s warranty period hasbutton expired: (800)-631-3811 whichever comes first. coaxial cable Press the again to turn it on. Ifmanual the toare Press / / / to select the title75you TOP MENU again without selecting any title, thetoDVD meant asinformation abutton guidestill only. receive concerning an exchange price. • Even if “Analog Output” is set buttons do not work, disconnect the Optical digital cable want. player may power resume playback from the point where you first plug and insert it into the Payment must be enclosed with product in the form a “Multi,” sound will wall be output in of pressed the TOP MENU button (depending on the actual outlet again. Customers should also note that permission is required certified check or money order including If the titles in the top menu are bitstream format. reason for DVD videotodisc.) in order download MP3control files and music from the 15 return. assigned number, canisdirectly The remote control does not •aThe remoteyou control not pointed at the • Point the remote at the remote When usingToshiba adamaged DVDofaudio disc, the DVD player resumes internet. has no right to are grant such permission. work properly. remote sensor of the DVD player. sensor theDVD DVD player. (8) Physically Units not acceptable for locate a specific title by pressing its playback from the beginning of the track where pressed shouldthe always bein sought from theyou copyright repair whether or out of warranty and designated number with the is number 15 • The remote control too far from thePermission DVD or• exchange Operate remote control within about the TOP button. owner. will be MENU returned 7 m. as received. buttons. player. • This method of locating a title is available only on a disc that Notes • There are two different disc sizes. Place the disc in 15 • The batteries in the remote control contains are Replace a• top menu.the batteries with new ones. • Refer tothe thecorrect owner’s manual of the connected guide on the disc tray. If the TV discasiswell. out exhausted. • Instruction notes of discs may refer to the button that • When you connect DVDdamage player to your because sure to turn off the power and unplug both units from the wall outlet before of the guide,the it may the discTV, and the displays the top menu as TITLE button. makingDVD any connections. player to malfunction. • If your• television set a has one audio connect the left and right audio outputs of the DVD player to a Y cable adapter (not Do not place disc which is input, unplayable in this supplied) andplayer. then connect to your TV. DVD • Connect the DVD player directly to your TV. If you connect the DVD player to a VCR, TV/VCR combination or video selector, the playback picture may be distorted as DVD video discs are copy protected. Connecting to a TV Playing Basic anaMP3 playback encoded CDor fast Playing in with fast reverse forward directions Operating TV the remote control 1 4 Locating a titleby using the top menu Playing frame frame 1Connecting to an amplifier equipped with an MPEG2 audio decoder 1 3 2 2 3 3 2 Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals 18 How to Obtain W INTERLACED outputs/inputs (ColorStream®) PROGRESSIVE outputs/inputs (ColorStream®Pro) Tocomponent obtain a higher picture Some TVs or monitors are equipped with video quality Some TVs or monitors are equipped with component video Occasionally, noise during a normal broadcast may inputs. Connecting to these inputs allows you to enjoysome picture inputs thatnot areusually capablevisible of reproducing a progressively appear on the TV screenscanned while playing a DVD Connecting video disc because the high higher quality TOP picture playback. video signal. toCLEAR these inputs allows MENU Actual labels for component video inputs resolution may varypictures on these you to discs viewinclude the highest a lot quality of information. pictures While with less theflicker. amount of (1) Referon to MENU the troubleshooting guide in owner’s manual. list this mayDVD solveplayer, your problem. depending TV manufacturer. (ex.noise Y, your R-Y, B-Y or Y, depends on the TVThis youcheck use with you should / / / generally reduce ENTER C(2) B, CR In) the U.S.A., only call the TACP toll number adjustment 800-631-3811, or if in Canada seevideo listing below within (30) thefree sharpness on your TVHawaii whenor viewing DVD discs. ENTER RETURN In some TVs or monitors, the color levels of the playback days after or part. /you find a defective product About PLAY SKIP picture maycode bePLAY reduced slightly tint may change. In Brand table (3) Arrange for the delivery of or thethe product to the TACP/THI/TCL Authorized Service Station or TACP Return Center. The icons on the heading bar show theSTOP playable discs for the PLAY such aProducts case, adjust the to TVthe or monitor optimum shipped Service for Station must be insured and safely and securely packed, preferably in the original STOP Brand name Brand code Brand name Brand codeSLOW function described under that heading. performance. shippingPAGE carton, and a letter explaining the defect and also a copy of the bill of sale or other proof of purchase must be T : DVD audio discs. PAUSE/STEP enclosed. TOSHIBA 0001 0071 0211: DVD 0571video discs. RCA 0971 1071 1081 1091 0201 DVD player Number buttons : Audio CD. : VIDEO CDs. In Canada contact: In the & Continental States contact: BELL HOWELLUnited 0471 0651 0071In Hawaii 0281 contact: 0441 1041 0501 Power supply 120 V AC, 60 Hz Consumer Electronics Group Consumer Electronics Toshiba Hawaii Inc. CARVER 0201 0251 0281 0411 0501 REALISTIC 0631 1001 1011 1021 Group 1031 191 McNabb Street 22171 Fraserwood Way 327 Kamakee Street Dolby Digital • Use DVD video discs encoded CITIZEN 0201 0251 0851 0201 0501 0481 0321via Power consumption 16 W Manufactured under license from Dolby 5.1ch surround sound Markham, Ontario L3R 8H2 Richmond, B.C. V6W 1J5 Honolulu, HAin 96814 Dolby Digital is the surround sound used theaters showing the the Dolby Digital recording CURTIS MATHES 0471 0651technology 0071 0281 0441 0331 0501 0651 0771 Laboratories. “Dolby”, “Pro Logic” andflow Signal Toll Free The Dolby Digital decoder equipped with this DVD player enables you to obtain (905)-470-5400 (604)-303-2500 (808)-521-5377 Massmovies, 2.5 kgthis realistic effect in the home. latest and is now0311 available reproduce the double-D symbol are trademarks of 800-631-3811 system. 0431to 0521 0571you connect the RUNCO 0071 0091 0281 0291 0341 the full benefit of 5.1 channel sound tracks when DVD player to About To resume the screen normal saver playback Laboratories. Consumer Electronics GroupConfidential You can enjoy motion picture and live 0471 concert DVD video with this dynamic dimensions 430 690571 219discs mm (W/H/D) • Dolby Make the following setting. EMERSON 0201 0231 0481 0471 0651 anExternal amplifier equipped with 5.1 channel audio inputs. Press Press SLOW T. during playback. Repeat steps 2 and 3 if necessary. unpublished works. Copyright North Road Presssound PAUSE/STEP during playback. If you PLAY. Press pause a1643 picture ofService a DVD video disc0281 and1992-1997 leave realistic by connecting DVD player to a 6 channel amplifier equipped 0581 the 0651 SAMSUNG 0171 0181 0251 0411it Dolby Laboratories. All rights reserved. Droval, the QC H9P 1J1display Signal Standard NTSC On-screen Select: Page SLOW If system you are using a VIDEO CD/audio CD, skip steps 1If you have Each time you press the SLOW still for a long while, screen saver of the DVD player with a Dolby Digital decoder or Dolby Digital processor. a Dolby PLAY FISHER 0041 0121 0181 0201press 0281 0491 0501 0631 0661 0791 To resume normal playback, (514)-856-4100 PAUSE/STEP and 2. Then at step 3, enter the number for the track button, the slow-motion speed • Use DVD video discs encoded automatically appears (when “Screen Saver” is set tovia Surround you will obtain the full benefit laser, of Pro Logic from 650 the nm 0021 Laser Pro Logic decoder, wavelength / 780 nm 0471 0571 0651 Semiconductor SANYO 0041 0081 “Multi” 0121 0171 the PLAY button. “Analog Output” you want using theprovide number buttons. changes. Dolby Digital recording ). To turn off the screen saver, press the PLAY “On” same DVD movies that full 5.1-channel Dolby Digital soundtracks, as well Amplifier equipped with Press PLAY or ENTER. GE 0941 0951 0961 DVD 0971linear 0981 0181 0231 0241 0451 Frequency range by state sound : button. kHz samplingand 4 Hz to 220201 kHz All warranties law, including the implied warranties of48merchantability fitness for a particular purpose, are system. audio inputs as To from with mark. (red) (white) Y titles To implied PB the To Dolby PR5.1ch 0991Surround 1041 0571 0651 0671 0701 0711 PLAY Playback starts from by the 96 kHz sampling 4 Hz to 44 kHz Recording system D/MPEG e.g. SEARCH expressly limited to the duration of limited warranties set forthNotes above.system With the exception of any warranties implied state If you press the SLOW button SLOW • Sound is muted during still mode. Audio • Make the following setting. VIDEO VIDEO VIDEO GOLDSTAR 0201 0251 0281 0411 0501 0721 location. 192 4Off Hz to selected 88 kHz agreements Toyou 5.1ch audio ENTER lawOUT as hereby limited,OUT the foregoing warranty is exclusive ofsound allkHz other warranties, guarantees, andchannel during playback, can view theand in •lieu The issampling muted during slow-motion playback. Automatic Power function When “To wall Pro Logic” is setSelect: to “On,” 20501 TOUT outlet On-screen display HALLMARK 0001 0511 inputs 0201 0231 0471 SEARS 0001 0191 0491 0201 Page To 5.1CH similar obligations of manufacturer or seller with respect to the repair or replacement of any parts. In no event TACP/THI • The playback speedismay differ depending onshall the disc.is picture in reverse slow-motion. (Only To stop playback sound is output in the Dolby Surround Pro Signal-to-noise ratio More than 112 dB Amplifier equipped with a If the DVD player stopped, or the screen saver 0481 0571 0581 0651 0071 0211 0571 0041 0121 SURROUND be Press liable for consequential orusing incidental damages. Logic format. Toincludes obtain thepictures, original 2 channel • When usingfor a DVD audio disc thatminutes, this when a DVD video0351 disc.) 0371 Dolby Digital decoder STOP. OUT engaged approximately 20 the DVD player HITACHI 0021 0221 0251 More 0181 0201 0281 “Digital “Bitstream” Audio dynamic than AUDIO 108 dB Pro Logic” to0471 “Off”. 0651 sound, set “Output” No person, agent,range distributor, dealer or company is authorized to change, modify or extend thein terms of these warranties in operation may be permitted some picture segments. Audio cable Press / to select a section you want will automatically turn itself off. 0381 0431 0571 0751 SHARP 0851obligation 0511 of 0571 0201 arising 0501 STOP Each time you press the0641 SLOW To be 2CH AUDIO OUT any manner whatsoever. The time within which an action must commenced to enforce any TACP/THI To OPTICAL To COAXIAL Notes Harmonic distortion Less than 0.002 % to warranty locate.or button, INFINITY 0501 SONY 0451 0571 0681 thestatute, slow-motion speed under the under any or law of the United Connect States oreither. any state thereof, is0441 hereby limited to ninety (90) days type digital type digital • Pressing the CLEAR button resets the numbers. To clear the (white) (red) “Stereo” “Analog Output” Stilllimitation pictures included onto0481 DVD audio discsarising JBLtheand 0501 SOUNDESIGN 0201 Wow Below level (less than 0.001 % (W.PEAK)) audio audio changes. e.g. When youhave want toinput locate measurable a the defect. display, from dateflutter you discover or input should discovered, This does not apply implied warranties press the T button several times. cable audio discs may0501 JVC state law. 0311 0431 0521 0571 75 coaxial SYLVANIA 0071 0191 0221 0461 stillispictures, which are under chapter. of locating ainclude title/group available only on a Operating conditions Temperature: 5 C• This toDVD 35method C, Operation status: Horizontal Towarranty remove the disc0001 legal Optical cable LXI 0511 rights 0851and you may 0471 0591 0611 0651 0371 D Recording system This alsodigital have other rights which may vary from state to state. Some classified into two large groups. ENTER gives you specific disc thatTocontains title/group audio inputs of thenumbers. amplifier MAGNAVOX 0501 0071long0191 0221 warranty 0461 lasts, when an action may be 0511 0531 0841 Press states do OPEN/CLOSE. not allow limitation on how an implied brought, or the exclusion or • Even if “Analog Output” is set to 0471 0591 damages, 0611 0651 TANDY 0171 0511 0851 0571 0201 limitation of incidental or consequential so the above provisions may not apply to you. • Slideshow: Still pictures appear one after another Playing of sound DVD audio “Multi,” will be discs output in Remove the disc after the disc tray TV orbonus monitorgroups equipped OPEN/CLOSE Outputs MARANTZ 0201 0501 0501 consistent automatically with thecontent disc bitstream format. with component video Some DVD audio discs may include an extra opens completely. ATTENTION CONSUMERS: 1.0 V (p-p), 75 , negative MEMOREX 0411 TECHNICS 0371 0501 0511 0531 0761 Set to “I.” They be operated. Video outputCANADIAN sync.,program. pin jack 1 cannot (INTERLACED) inputs To PRavideo input of the called “Bonus group”. / to enter number Canadian consumers are requested to complete the special Canadian “Warranty Registration MGA Press 0201 0841 Form” 0911 enclosed, and forward or If you select it to play, a display appears to enter a key S video outputform with0201 1.0 V0501 (p-p), , negative sync., Mini DIN 4-pin this completed a copy of bill ofinput sale(Y) to TOSHIBA OF75 CANADA and Validate” their10481 warranty. Product section. MITSUBISHI 0451 TEKNIKA 0201 0251 0501 •number. Browsable pictures: TVtoor“Register monitor equipped To P0321 B video0331 Press the number buttons to enter the key (C) 0.286 V (p-p), 75 must be purchased from0511 an Authorized Canadian purchased inYou thecan U.S.A. and 0251 used Canada are not 0571 0651 0771Dealer. Products TMK 0201 with component video display your in favorite still picture number, then press ENTER. Set to “P.” covered by these 2 Press PLAY. Y videobuttons input (Y)are (PROGRESSIVE) inputs MTC 0251 0201 0501 0401 0411 0851 selected with the buttons on the remote Component videowarranties. output 1.0 V (p-p), 75 VIDTECH ,When negative sync., pin jack 1 Also0201 the To number the number is entered correctly, playback of the at0001 the location where you NAD Press STOP 0511 0511 control. of those mayfrom change (PB)/(PR) 0.7 V (p-p),bonus 75 PLAY , group pin jack 2 •• Some available. Make the following setting. Make the following setting. Playback starts the starts. IMPORTANT: AND SHIPPING INSTRUCTION ENTER PACKING want to interrupt playback. OPTONICA 0511 0851 0201 0501 WARDS 0201 0501 of0001 0191 title. 0481 automatically. You can enjoy of(interlaced/ 20571 channel digital stereo by an beginning the(I/P), current realistic of Dolby Surround Pro Logic bynumbers, To get key to this instruction notes discs. * After setting switch beofsure to When you sendthe the product tosound a Service Station, you must use the original carton box andrefer packing material, then insert the Audio output (BITSTREAM/PCM Optical connector 1connecting Switching thedynamic output signal On-screen display Select: Page e.g. To enter 25sound PANASONIC 0371 0501 0511 0531 0761 0491 0851 0511from 0571 0071 The DVD player memorizes the STOP amplifier equipped with a digital audio input and speaker system (right and left Playback starts the connecting an amplifier and speaker system (right and left front speakers, a power off the DVD player then turn it on original carton box containing the unit into another carton using more packing material. progressive) using the remote control OPTICAL) Notes 0911 1061 +10 0281 0441 : To a picture. (The of pictures location is stopped. PAGE +10 2 0841 5where or playback front speakers). 5to “P”) beginning of theorder current group. center speaker, and or two rear speakers). to select activate the setting. “Stereo” “Analog Output” (only when theone SELECT (I/P) switch isVset “Digital “PCM” A key be cleared inOutput” some cases such as when depending onstarts the disc) PHILCO 0071 0111 0181 0.5 0201 0271 ZENITH 0931 Audio output (BITSTREAM/PCM (p-p), 75 ,•pin jacknumber 1 mayvary Playback from the Be sure to press the OPEN/CLOSE button to close removing the disc. Enter the key number again if necessary. With amplifier equipped with Digital Youancan temporarily switch theDolby output signal 0301 0461 0501 0651for better COAXIAL) beginning of the disc. the disc the tray after you remove theway disc.as described in “Connecting • When you use a :bonus group a programmed play such as picture quality. Connect equipment the same to an To return to in a specific one programmed on RETURN PHILIPS 0071 0191 0221 0461 0471 Amplifier equipped with Press PLAY. Be sure to set “Analog Output” “Stereo” Audio output (2CH AUDIO) 2.0 V (rms), 680 ,memory pin jacks (L, R)tothe 1 disc. “Analog Output” Press PROGRESSIVE on the remote control. playback, enter the key number beforehand. amplifier equipped with a Dolby Digital decoder.” Refer to that amplifier’s • If you want return to the beginning of a DVD video/ 0591input 0611 0651 a0501 digital audio to “Stereo” when you enjoy WhilePLAY the DVDand player is progressive signals, The DVD player resumes owner’s manual set theoutputting amplifier so you can enjoy Dolby Surround Pro audio Audio output (5.1CH SURROUND) 2.0playback V (rms), 680 , pin jacks disc, 6 open and close the disc tray once with PROTON 0201 the sound. indicator on the right side on To the frontyou panel sounds Dolby Surround To OPTICAL COAXIAL from the location where stopped Logic the OPEN/CLOSE buttonof before pressing the Pro PLAY PULSAR 0931 0071 0091 0281 0291 illuminates. Logic using this connection. type digital type digital Connect either. playback. button. • Make the following setting. 0341 0471 0651 input withaudio input With an amplifier notaudio equipped Dolby Digital QUASAR 0371 0501 0511 0531 75 0761coaxial cable Supplied On-screen display Select: Page Connect Accessories the equipment as follows. * Connect one or two rear speakers. Notes 0841 0911 Optical digital cable The output sound from the rear speakers Audio/video cable ................................................. 1 •Notes Resuming cannot function when: To start playback from beginning regardless RADIO SHACK 0631the 1001 1011 1021 1031 “Analog Output” even “Stereo” will be monaural if you connect two Amplifier equipped with – you change thenot parental lock setting or select a disc Press SKIP or repeatedly to display of the location where you stopped playback • Some titles may display chapter 0851 0201 0501 0481 0321 * Remote control (SE-R0071) ................................. 1 rear speakers. numbers. Dolby Surround Pro Logic menu language . • When you set “Title/Group Stop” to “Off” , you can the chapter or track number you want. 1 Press STOP twice.0331 0501 0651 0771 Notes Batteries (AAA) ..................................................... 2 – you play a PBC-featured VIDEO CD while “PBC” access chapters in another title. If you go back to the is To audio input • Refer to thestarts owner’s manual of the connected equipment as well. Playback from the selected track. The DVD playerchapter erases or the previous set to “On.” STOP preceding title by pressing the SKIP button, the DVD To 2CH AUDIO OUT • When you connect the DVD player to other equipment, be sure to turn off the power and unplug all of the equipment from the – you open thethe discfirst tray. location from its memory. SKIP Notes player locates chapter of the title. When “Title/Group To locate succeeding chapters or wall outlet before making any connections. • There may be a difference in the location where playback •• Do notplace movethe theDVD DVD playernear during playback. Doing maybroadcast damage Stop”the is set disc. to “On,”beyou can access chapters only within the tracks. If you player a tuner or radio, theso radio sound might distorted. In this case, place the DVD depending on while the disc. whensousing Audio cable • Use theaway OPEN/CLOSE button to open and close the disc tray. Doresumes current not push title. the disc tray it is Especially moving. Doing may a player the tuner and • Designs andfrom specifications areradio. subject to change without notice. DVD audio disc, playback may resume the beginning of the DVD player to DVD malfunction. press and hold the SKIP or from on the front starts has froma the SKIP • cause The output sound ofPlayback the player widebeginning dynamic range.• IfBeyou sure to adjust the receiver’s volume to abutton moderate the current track. • Do not push up on the disc tray or put any objects other than discs panel on the during disc playback, tray. Doing the so DVD may player cause performs the DVD fast player reverse to of the the current chapter listening level. Otherwise, speakers mayorbetrack. damaged by a sudden high volume sound. • Settings you changed using the on-screen the fast forward can vary the displays speed bywhile twice, playback the DVD or • malfunction. Turn off the amplifierWhen beforeyou youpress connect or disconnect player’s power playback. cord. If youYou leave the amplifier power on, the DVD player keeps afurther. location in thedisplay memory may function • In many instances, a menu screen will appear after playback of a pressing movie is the completed. button Prolonged of an on-screen starts from the beginning of the speakers may be damaged. only after theitsmemory isTocleared. damage your television set, permanently etching thatTo image locate onto chapters screen. or tracks avoid during this, fast bereverse sure to or press fast the • menu The S may VIDEO OUT jack and thechapter VIDEO OUT jack cannot output video signals simultaneously, if you select progressive preceding or track. forward playback, first press the PLAY button to resume STOP button twice on your remote control signal when the SELECT (I/P) switch is setonce to “P.”the movie is completed. or button. normal playback, then use the SKIP DVD player / outputs / supplied accessories Connecting Connecting to an amplifier amplifier equipped with with a5.1ch Dolby Digital inputs decoder Connecting toto anan audio systemequipped and TV equipped with audio component video inputs 4 5 AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT I P PR COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL R 2CH L S AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT 2 PR I P COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL R 2CH L S Connections Basic Others playback 1 Connections To pause playb Playing ina slow-motion Locating desired section by entering its corresponding number Connectin 2Dolby channel digita Surround Resuming playback from the same location 3Connecting to an amplifier equipped with Dolby Surround Pro Logic 1 AUDIO OUT 2 VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT PR I P R 2CH L S COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL Locating a specific chapter or track AUDIO OUT VIDEO OUT C Ls L SUB Rs R Y ANALOG 5.1CH SURROUND VIDEO BITSTREAM /PCM PB SELECT PR I Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals P S R 2CH L COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL 19 Printed in China Downloaded From Disc-Player.com Toshiba Manuals